|
|
|
Deficient management leads INDITEX on the verge of fail BUCHAREST, ROMANIA - Zara wants to cover losses from theft with employees’ money. The management, theft and losses give headaches to the Spanish group INDITEX, the owner of the ZARA chain. Only 10 months before, on July 25th, 2011, the publication Ziarul Financiar announced the fact that “INDITEX takes the manager from the Douglas perfumeries” pointing at Paul Cuza, who previously had the function of General Manager for Parfumerie Douglas SRL. Currently, the Romanian INDITEX group performs salary and structural changes without precedent, which the management team from Bucharest doesn’t want to explain. The problem of the clothes theft is a known phenomenon, especially when it comes to expensive brands such as ZARA or Massimo Dutti. The phenomenon was publicly recognized even by the management of the INDITEX Group Romania, two years before. Probably worried by this fact, Mihai Cioltea, the development manager of the INDITEX Group from Romania, also named by the press as “the Zara man”, stated in 2010 for the economic website InCont the following: “They steal a lot. Only for the stores in Bucharest we have 10 cases of stealing per day, which we discover and, depending on the severity, we call the police”.[...] Read the rest of the article... |
We respect intellectual property rights and will take appropriate steps to protect these rights.
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
FORM 10 GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES
Pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(g) of
UNOVA, INC.
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (310) 888-2500 Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None UNOVA, INC.
I. INFORMATION INCLUDED IN INFORMATION STATEMENT
CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET BETWEEN INFORMATION STATEMENT
II. INFORMATION NOT INCLUDED IN INFORMATION STATEMENT
* All schedules not included in the Information Statement have been omitted
because the amounts in question are insufficient to require inclusion or
because the information required is presented in the combined financial
statements contained in the Information Statement.
2 A REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM 10 RELATING TO THE COMMON STOCK OF UNOVA, INC. HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION BUT HAS NOT YET BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE. INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION OR AMENDMENT. [LETTERHEAD OF UNOVA] INFORMATION STATEMENT UNOVA, INC.
COMMON STOCK
PREFERRED SHARE PURCHASE RIGHTS This Information Statement is being furnished to shareholders of Western Atlas Inc. ("Western Atlas") in connection with the distribution by Western Atlas to its shareholders of all of the outstanding shares of common stock of its wholly owned subsidiary, UNOVA, Inc. The distribution will be made on , 1997, on the basis of one share of common stock of UNOVA, Inc. for each share of Western Atlas common stock held at the close of business on , 1997. No consideration will be paid by shareholders of Western Atlas for the shares of common stock of UNOVA, Inc. to be received by them in the distribution, nor will they be required to surrender or exchange shares of Western Atlas in order to receive common stock of UNOVA, Inc. Each share of UNOVA, Inc. common stock distributed will be accompanied by one Preferred Share Purchase Right. There is currently no public market for the common stock of UNOVA, Inc. UNOVA, Inc. will apply to have its common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange.
WE ARE NOT ASKING YOU FOR A PROXY
THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR THE
THE DATE OF THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT IS , 1997. TABLE OF CONTENTS
i
ANNEXES A. UNOVA, Inc. Director Stock Option and Fee Plan B. UNOVA, Inc. 1997 Stock Incentive Plan C. Certificate of Incorporation of UNOVA, Inc. D. By-laws of UNOVA, Inc.
ii
AVAILABLE INFORMATION UNOVA, Inc. (the "Company") has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a Registration Statement on Form 10 (the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), with respect to its Common Stock described herein. The Registration Statement became effective on , 1997. This Information Statement does not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information, reference is made hereby to the Registration Statement and such exhibits and schedules. Copies of these documents may be inspected without charge at the principal office of the Commission at 450 5th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the Commission upon payment of the charges prescribed by the Commission. Copies of such materials can also be obtained from the Commission's Web Site (http:// www.sec.gov). Following the Distribution (as defined herein), the Company will be required to comply with the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and other reports with the Commission. The Company will also be subject to the proxy solicitation requirements of the Exchange Act and, accordingly, will furnish audited financial statements to its shareholders in connection with its annual meetings of shareholders. No person is authorized by Western Atlas Inc. or the Company to give any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this Information Statement, and if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized.
iii
SUMMARY OF CERTAIN INFORMATION THIS SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED BY THE MORE DETAILED INFORMATION SET FORTH ELSEWHERE IN THIS INFORMATION STATEMENT, WHICH SHOULD BE READ IN ITS ENTIRETY. THE DISTRIBUTION
iv
UNOVA, INC.
v
vi
SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION
UNOVA, INC.
The following selected combined historical financial data of the Company should be read in conjunction with the historical combined financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Information Statement. The following selected combined historical financial data which relate to the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996 have been derived from combined financial statements audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors. The selected combined historical financial data for the five-month period ended December 31, 1993, the one-year periods ended July 31, 1993 and 1992 and the six-month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 have been derived from unaudited combined financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited combined financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial position of the Company at December 31, 1993, July 31, 1993 and 1992 and June 30, 1997 and 1996 and the results of operations for the five-month period ended December 31, 1993, for the years ended July 31, 1993 and 1992 and for the six-month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1996. The historical combined financial statements of the Company may not necessarily reflect the results of operations or financial position that would have been obtained had the Company been a separate, independent company. The historical combined results for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year. See "UNOVA, Inc. Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Statements of Operations" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." See page (ix) for selected pro forma financial data.
vii
UNOVA, INC.
(1) General and Administrative Costs include allocated charges from Western Atlas of $22.2 million, $19.9 million, $27.6 million, $8.1 million, $14.1 million and $10.4 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, the five months ended December 31, 1993, and the fiscal years ended July 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively, and $9.1 million and $10.8 million for the six-month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The June 30, 1997 period includes a $203.3 million non-tax-deductible charge, or $3.77 per share, for the value of in-process research and development activities resulting from the Norand and UBI acquisitions. (2) Amounts presented for the year ended July 31, 1993 are before a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle for the adoption of the provisions of SFAS No. 106, Employer's Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions. The Company elected immediate recognition of the transition liability, and recorded a net of tax charge of $9.3 million. Net earnings for the period were $22.1 million and earnings per share were $0.41 after the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. (3) Interest expense includes allocated charges from Western Atlas of $8.3 million, $8.4 million, $12.1 million, $3.7 million, $3.9 million and $5.8 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, the five months ended December 31, 1993, and the fiscal years ended July 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively, and $6.3 million and $4.1 million for the six-month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively. (4) In thousands. The number of common shares used to calculate earnings per share for all periods presented is based on the number of shares of Western Atlas Common Stock outstanding as of June 30, 1997.
viii
UNOVA, INC.
The following unaudited selected pro forma financial data of the Company give effect to the Distribution, the Company's purchase of Norand Corporation ("Norand") and the related borrowings. For purposes of the unaudited pro forma operating data, such transactions are assumed to have taken place on the first day of each period presented. The selected unaudited pro forma financial data should be read in conjunction with the more detailed unaudited pro forma financial data and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Information Statement.
ix
INTRODUCTION On May 5, 1997, Western Atlas Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Western Atlas"), announced that its Board of Directors had approved in principle a plan to distribute as a dividend to Western Atlas' shareholders (the "Distribution") substantially all of the industrial automation systems businesses being conducted by Western Atlas. Western Atlas' industrial automation businesses will be transferred to wholly owned subsidiaries of UNOVA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company") and a wholly owned subsidiary of Western Atlas. On , 1997, the Board of Directors of Western Atlas reaffirmed its approval in principle of the Distribution, and delegated to a committee of the board the authority to take the actions necessary to complete the Distribution, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions described under "The Distribution -- Conditions; Termination." The Distribution will be effected by distributing to holders of Western Atlas common stock, par value $1.00 per share ("Western Atlas Common Stock"), all of the outstanding common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company ("Company Common Stock"). On , 1997 (the "Distribution Date"), Western Atlas will effect the Distribution by delivering all of the outstanding shares of the Company Common Stock to ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C. as the distribution agent (the "Distribution Agent") for transfer and distribution to the holders of Western Atlas Common Stock on , 1997, the record date for the Distribution. The Company's principal executive offices are located at 360 North Crescent Drive, Beverly Hills, California 90210 and its telephone number is (310) 888-2500. Shareholders of Western Atlas with inquiries relating to the Distribution should contact the Distribution Agent at (800) 821-5130, or Western Atlas Inc., Shareholder Services Office, 360 North Crescent Drive, Beverly Hills, California 90210, telephone number (310) 888-2660. After the Distribution Date, shareholders of the Company with inquiries relating to their investment in the Company should contact UNOVA, Inc., Shareholder Services Office, 360 North Crescent Drive, Beverly Hills, California 90210, telephone number (310) 888-2660. NO ACTION IS REQUIRED BY WESTERN ATLAS SHAREHOLDERS IN ORDER TO RECEIVE THE COMPANY COMMON STOCK TO WHICH THEY ARE ENTITLED IN THE DISTRIBUTION. RISK FACTORS Certain risk factors are involved in an investment in the Company, as described below. The Company also cautions readers that, in addition to the historical information included herein, this Information Statement includes certain forward-looking statements and information that are based on management's beliefs as well as on assumptions made by and information currently available to management. When used in this Information Statement, the words "expect," "anticipate," "intend," "plan," "believe," "seek," "estimate," and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. However, this Information Statement also contains other forward-looking statements. Such statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including but not limited to the following factors, which could cause the Company's future results and shareholder values to differ materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of the Company. Many of such factors are beyond the Company's ability to control or predict. Readers are cautioned not to put undue reliance on forward-looking statements. The Company disclaims any intent or obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. CERTAIN FINANCIAL CONSIDERATIONS Following the Distribution, Western Atlas will become more leveraged than it currently is. Assuming the Distribution had been consummated as of June 30, 1997, Western Atlas would have had total debt, excluding deferred items and post-retirement benefit obligations other than pensions, of $740 million and total shareholders' equity of $783 million, compared with Western Atlas' actual total debt at June 30, 1997 of $1,043 million and total shareholders' equity of $1,373 million. If the Distribution had occurred on June 30, 1997, Western Atlas would have had approximately $19 million in cash or cash equivalents. The Company will be less leveraged immediately following the Distribution than Western Atlas currently is. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations." DIVIDEND POLICIES Neither Western Atlas nor the Company is expected to pay cash dividends in the near future. The dividend policy of each company will be reviewed from time to time by its Board of Directors. The payment of future dividends, if any, would depend on the companies' respective operating results, financial requirements and other factors, and should be within the sole discretion of such Board of Directors. CERTAIN ANTITAKEOVER EFFECTS The Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Company, certain sections of the Delaware General Corporations Law (the "DGCL") and the Rights Plan contain several provisions that may make the acquisition of control of the Company more difficult or expensive. See "Certain Antitakeover Effects of Certain Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws, State Law and the Rights Plan." TRADING OF WESTERN ATLAS COMMON STOCK AND COMPANY COMMON STOCK The Western Atlas Common Stock will continue to be listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE") after the Distribution. There is currently no public market for the Company Common Stock. The Company will apply to have the Company Common Stock listed on the NYSE. The combined trading price of Western Atlas Common Stock and Company Common Stock held by shareholders after the Distribution may be less than, equal to or greater than the trading price of Western Atlas Common Stock prior to the Distribution. Substantially all of the shares of Company Common Stock will be eligible for immediate resale in the public market after the Distribution. Any sales of substantial amounts of Company Common Stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales might occur, whether as a result of the Distribution or otherwise, could materially adversely affect the market price of Company Common Stock. See "The Distribution -- Listing and Trading of Company Common Stock." MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS Western Atlas has been advised by its special counsel, Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, that the Distribution will qualify as a tax-free distribution under Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), and the Distribution is conditioned on receipt of an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Western Atlas Board to the same effect. See "The Distribution -- Material Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Distribution."
2
THE DISTRIBUTION BACKGROUND AND REASONS FOR THE DISTRIBUTION The Board of Directors of Western Atlas (the "Western Atlas Board") believes that the Distribution will be beneficial to Western Atlas' shareholders and to each of Western Atlas' current businesses. It will separate businesses with distinctly different financial, investment and operating characteristics so that each could adopt strategies and pursue objectives more appropriate to its specific markets and industries than is possible under Western Atlas' present combined structure. Western Atlas' Industrial Automation Systems segment and Oilfield Services segment ("Oilfield Services") have also grown to a size that allows each to continue on its own without significantly reducing the operational or financial flexibility of either entity. The Distribution will enable management of each company to concentrate its attention and financial resources on the core businesses of its respective company without being limited by the corporate objectives, policies and investment standards of the other. Under current capital market conditions, the oilfield services sector is valued differently than either automated data collection or manufacturing systems. Moreover, competitive conditions in the oilfield services industry, particularly the demands of customers for a broader range of services to be provided by a single major service company, necessitate, in management's view, that the Oilfield Services business expand the range of services it offers. Management believes that this expansion will not be achievable solely through internal growth and thus the Oilfield Services business will need to engage in mergers and other significant acquisitions to respond to the competitive needs of this business and secure future expansion. Management believes that the Oilfield Services business is more likely to successfully realize its strategic and financing strategies as a separate public company. Western Atlas regards the UNOVA businesses as well-positioned in a worldwide market with attractive growth opportunities. Western Atlas has recently significantly expanded these businesses through the acquisition of Norand Corporation ("Norand") and United Barcode Industries ("UBI"), and further acquisitions in this segment are likely. While these recent acquisitions have added critical mass to UNOVA's businesses and helped establish Western Atlas as a leading participant in the industrial workplace information technology market, they have also made Western Atlas' prospects more difficult to analyze by investors and analysts, who follow and rate Western Atlas primarily because of its participation in the oilfield services industry. Management is concerned that as UNOVA continues to grow internally and through further acquisitions, the market value of Western Atlas' stock, in the absence of the Distribution, might be affected adversely. By dividing Western Atlas into two independent oilfield services and industrial automation entities, management hopes to facilitate the market's analysis of the two businesses so as to promote more accurate assessments of the value of each business, enhancing the likelihood that each will achieve appropriate market recognition of its performance and potential. Accordingly, the Distribution will enable current shareholders and potential investors to direct their investment to their specific area of interest by allowing them to choose between the industrial automation business and the Oilfield Services business or to continue to have an interest in both. The Oilfield Services business by its nature requires particularly extensive involvement between its senior executives and the senior executives of customers of the business on a global scale, as over two-thirds of its activities are performed outside North America and often in countries that are not highly developed from an industrial standpoint. As such this business benefits substantially from continuity of senior management and stability of relationships developed over many years. A major and growing part of UNOVA's activities participates in markets that are driven by constant technology advances and changes, and by the need to establish multi-layered distribution and marketing networks. Management
3
orientation in this business is distinctly different from that in Oilfield Services. Accordingly, these differences in the management characteristics of Western Atlas' businesses, and in the customers of each business, lead to issues related to management development and succession and to the compensation structure of each business. The Western Atlas Board believes that, following the Distribution, the value and potential of UNOVA and the Oilfield Services business can be better realized as separate public companies. In addition, the Distribution will permit each company to offer incentives that are unique to its business and, therefore, more appropriate for the key employees of its business. By establishing UNOVA and the Oilfield Services business as separate independent public companies, the Distribution should assist each company in recruiting key personnel and tailoring its compensation, particularly stock-based compensation, to correspond more closely to the performance of its business. For the reasons stated above, the Western Atlas Board believes that the Distribution is in the best interests of Western Atlas and its shareholders. MANNER OF EFFECTING THE DISTRIBUTION On , 1997, all of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock will be delivered to the Distribution Agent for transfer. Commencing on or shortly after that date, the Distribution Agent will commence mailing account statements to holders of Western Atlas Common Stock as of the close of business on , 1997, the date selected by the Western Atlas Board as the record date for the Distribution (the "Record Date"), on the basis of one share of Company Common Stock for each share of Western Atlas Common Stock held on the Record Date. All such shares of Company Common Stock will be fully paid, nonassessable and free of preemptive rights. See "Description of Capital Stock." The Company maintains a direct registration system for the Company Common Stock. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Company Common Stock." Accordingly, physical certificates representing shares of Company Common Stock will not be issued, except to shareholders that specifically request a certificate as described in the materials provided by the Distribution Agent. NO HOLDER OF WESTERN ATLAS COMMON STOCK WILL BE REQUIRED TO PAY ANY CASH OR OTHER CONSIDERATION FOR THE SHARES OF COMPANY COMMON STOCK TO BE RECEIVED IN THE DISTRIBUTION OR TO SURRENDER OR EXCHANGE SHARES OF WESTERN ATLAS COMMON STOCK OR TO TAKE ANY OTHER ACTION IN ORDER TO RECEIVE COMPANY COMMON STOCK. THE DISTRIBUTION WILL NOT AFFECT THE NUMBER OF OUTSTANDING SHARES OF WESTERN ATLAS COMMON STOCK. MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION Western Atlas has been advised by its special counsel, Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, that the Distribution will qualify as a tax-free distribution under Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code. The Distribution is conditioned upon receipt of an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Western Atlas Board to the same effect. So long as the Distribution qualifies under Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, in the opinion of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz the principal federal income tax consequences of the Distribution will be as follows: (a) No gain or loss will be recognized by, or be includible in the income of, a holder of Western Atlas Common Stock solely as a result of the receipt of Company Common Stock and the associated Preferred Share Purchase Rights in the Distribution. (b) No gain or loss will be recognized by Western Atlas as a result of the Distribution (other than income or gain, if any, recognized by Western Atlas or its subsidiaries in connection with the intercompany items or excess loss accounts). (c) Assuming that a holder of Western Atlas Common Stock holds such Western Atlas Common Stock as a capital asset, such holder's holding period for the Company Common Stock
4
received in the Distribution will include the period during which such Western Atlas Common Stock was held.
(d) The tax basis of Western Atlas Common Stock held by a Western Atlas
shareholder immediately prior to the Distribution will be apportioned
THE FOREGOING IS ONLY A SUMMARY OF THE MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION UNDER CURRENT LAW, AND DOES NOT TAKE INTO ACCOUNT ANY SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES THAT MAY APPLY TO PARTICULAR SHAREHOLDERS. EACH SHAREHOLDER SHOULD CONSULT HIS OR HER TAX ADVISOR AS TO THE PARTICULAR CONSEQUENCES OF THE DISTRIBUTION TO SUCH SHAREHOLDER, INCLUDING THE APPLICATION OF STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS, AND AS TO POSSIBLE CHANGES IN TAX LAWS THAT MAY AFFECT THE TAX CONSEQUENCES DESCRIBED ABOVE. THIS SUMMARY MAY NOT BE APPLICABLE TO SHAREHOLDERS WHO RECEIVED THEIR WESTERN ATLAS COMMON STOCK PURSUANT TO THE EXERCISE OF EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS, UNDER AN EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN OR OTHERWISE AS COMPENSATION OR WHO ARE NOT CITIZENS OR RESIDENTS OF THE UNITED STATES. The opinions of counsel referred to above would not be binding upon the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") and would be subject to certain factual representations and assumptions. Western Atlas is not aware of any present facts or circumstances which should cause such representations and assumptions to be untrue. However, certain future events not within the control of Western Atlas or the Company, including certain extraordinary purchases of Western Atlas Common Stock or Company Common Stock, could cause the Distribution not to qualify as tax-free. Depending on the event, the Company may be liable for some or all of the taxes resulting from the Distribution not qualifying under Sections 355 and/ or 368(a)(1)(D)of the Code as tax-free. See "Arrangements Between Western Atlas and the Company Relating to the Distribution -- Tax Sharing Agreement." If the Distribution were taxable, then (i) each holder of Western Atlas Common Stock who receives shares of Company Common Stock in the Distribution would be treated as if such shareholder received a taxable distribution, taxed as a dividend to the extent of such shareholder's pro rata share of Western Atlas' current and accumulated earnings and profits and then treated as a return of capital to the extent of the holder's basis in the Western Atlas Common Stock and finally as gain from the sale or exchange of Western Atlas Common Stock and (ii) corporate level taxes would be payable by the consolidated group of which Western Atlas is the common parent, based upon the excess of the fair market value of the Company Common Stock on the date of the Distribution over Western Atlas' tax basis therein. Western Atlas does not intend to effect the Distribution if, prior to the Distribution Date, Western Atlas becomes aware of circumstances that would result in the Distribution being a taxable transaction. Information with respect to the allocation of tax basis between Company Common Stock and Western Atlas Common Stock will be provided to shareholders at the time of distribution of the account statements reflecting ownership of shares of Company Common Stock. For a description of the agreement pursuant to which Western Atlas and the Company have provided for various tax matters, see "Arrangements Between Western Atlas and the Company Relating to the Distribution -- Tax Sharing Agreement." LISTING AND TRADING OF COMPANY COMMON STOCK There is not currently a public market for Company Common Stock. Prices at which Company Common Stock may trade prior to the Distribution on a "when-issued" basis (see the second following paragraph) or after the Distribution cannot be predicted. Until the Company Common Stock is fully distributed and an orderly market develops, the prices at which trading in such stock occurs may fluctuate significantly. The prices at which Company Common Stock trades will be determined by the marketplace and may be influenced by many factors, including, among others, the depth and liquidity of the market for Company
5
Common Stock, investor perception of the Company and of the industries in which the Company operates, the Company's dividend policy and general economic and market conditions. The planned Distribution will involve the distribution of an aggregate of approximately 53.9 million shares of Company Common Stock to the shareholders of Western Atlas on the Distribution Date, representing all of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock. Substantially all of such shares of Company Common Stock will be eligible for immediate resale in the public market. In addition, because Western Atlas is included in the Standard & Poor's 500 stock index, but the Company is not so included, shares of Company Common Stock received by "index funds" that invest in Western Atlas may be made available for sale, although the Company is unable to predict the timing or amounts of any such sales. Neither Western Atlas nor the Company is able to predict whether substantial amounts of Company Common Stock will be sold in the open market following the Distribution. Any sales of substantial amounts of Company Common Stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales might occur, whether as a result of the Distribution or otherwise, could materially adversely affect the market price of Company Common Stock. In "when-issued" trading, contracts for the purchase and sale of shares of stock are made prior to the issuance of such shares in the same manner as currently issued shares, except that when-issued contracts are settled by delivery of and payment for the shares on a date chosen by the particular exchange on which such shares are to be listed. Ordinarily, in connection with a distribution of stock such as described in this Information Statement, the date fixed for settlement of when-issued contracts relating to such stock is the sixth business day after distribution of such stock. Shareholders who may wish to effect a when-issued trade in Company Common Stock should consult their brokers for additional details. The Company will apply to have the Company Common Stock listed on the NYSE. The Company initially will have approximately 22,000 shareholders of record and an additional 14,000 beneficial holders, based on the number of record holders and the estimated number of beneficial holders of Western Atlas Common Stock, and 53.9 million shares of Company Common Stock will be outstanding. The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Company Common Stock will be ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C. For certain information regarding options to purchase Company Common Stock that are expected to become outstanding after the Distribution, see "Management -- Benefit Plans Following the Distribution." Shares of Company Common Stock distributed to Western Atlas shareholders in the Distribution will be freely transferable, except for securities received by persons who may be deemed to be "affiliates" of the Company, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). Persons who may be deemed to be affiliates of the Company after the Distribution generally include individuals or entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with, the Company and may include certain officers and directors of the Company as well as principal shareholders of the Company, if any. Persons who are affiliates of the Company will be permitted to sell their shares of Company Common Stock only pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. FUTURE MANAGEMENT OF THE COMPANY Following the Distribution it is intended that the Company will operate Western Atlas' industrial automation businesses substantially in the manner in which they have been operated by Western Atlas in the past. All of the executive officers of the Company are expected to be persons who currently serve as officers or other key employees of Western Atlas. See "Management -- Executive Officers of the Company." In order to avoid adversely affecting the intended tax consequences of the Distribution, and incurring indemnification obligations under the Tax Sharing Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the Company intends not to (a) liquidate, merge with any other corporation, or sell or otherwise dispose of assets other than in certain transactions, (b) engage in certain repurchases or issuances of stock or
6
(c) discontinue the active conduct of the trade or business conducted by it immediately after the Distribution, unless it obtains a satisfactory opinion of counsel or tax ruling. The Company does not expect these limitations to significantly inhibit its financing or acquisition activities or its ability to respond to unanticipated developments. See "Arrangements Between Western Atlas and the Company Relating to the Distribution -- Tax Sharing Agreement." CONDITIONS; TERMINATION The Distribution is conditioned upon, among other things, (i) the receipt by Western Atlas of opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Western Atlas Board that, among other things, the Distribution will be tax-free; (ii) the Company Common Stock having been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance; (iii) the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"), as described below under "Management -- Directors of the Company," having been elected by Western Atlas as sole shareholder of the Company, and the Certificate of Incorporation and the By-laws of the Company, as each will be in effect after the Distribution, having been adopted and being in effect; (iv) the Registration Statement having become effective; and (v) the receipt of a statement from the Staff of the Commission that the Distribution may be effected without registration of Company Common Stock under the Securities Act. Even if all the above conditions are satisfied, the Western Atlas Board has reserved the right to abandon, defer or modify the Distribution and the related transactions described herein at any time prior to the Distribution Date. See "Arrangements Between Western Atlas and the Company Relating to the Distribution -- Distribution and Indemnity Agreement."
ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN WESTERN ATLAS AND
For the purpose of governing certain of the relationships between Western Atlas and the Company after the Distribution, Western Atlas and the Company will enter into the various agreements described below. The agreements summarized below have been filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement, of which this Information Statement is a part, and the following summaries are qualified in their entirety by reference to the agreements as filed. DISTRIBUTION AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT Western Atlas and the Company will enter into a Distribution and Indemnity Agreement (the "Distribution Agreement") providing for, among other things, the principal corporate transactions required to effect the Distribution and certain other agreements governing the relationship between Western Atlas and the Company with respect to or in consequence of the Distribution. Subject to certain exceptions, the Distribution Agreement provides for certain cross-indemnities designed principally to place financial responsibility for the liabilities of the Company and its subsidiaries with the Company and financial responsibility for the liabilities of Western Atlas and its other subsidiaries with Western Atlas. The Distribution Agreement also provides that each of Western Atlas and the Company will indemnify the other in the event of certain liabilities arising under the federal securities laws. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Company has been informed that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy, as expressed in such Act and is therefore unenforceable. In the Distribution Agreement, each of Western Atlas and the Company has agreed to make available to the other for a limited period certain administrative services to assist in effecting an orderly transition following the Distribution. The party providing such services will be entitled to reimbursement for all direct costs of providing such services, including amounts relating to supplies, disbursements and other out-of-pocket expenses. These costs are not expected to be material.
7
The Distribution Agreement provides that, except as otherwise set forth therein or in the other agreements between Western Atlas and the Company relating to the Distribution, all costs and expenses arising prior to the Distribution Date in connection with the Distribution will be paid by Western Atlas, other than the expenses of printing the Company's new stock certificates. TAX SHARING AGREEMENT Through the Distribution Date, the results of the operations of the Company and its domestic subsidiaries (the "Company Group") have been and will be included in Western Atlas' consolidated United States federal income tax returns. As part of the Distribution, Western Atlas and the Company will enter into a Tax Sharing Agreement (the "Tax Sharing Agreement") which provides, among other things, for the allocation between the parties thereto of federal, state, local and foreign tax liabilities for all periods through the Distribution Date. In general, the Tax Sharing Agreement provides that Western Atlas will be liable for consolidated federal income tax and joint state income tax liabilities, including any such liabilities resulting from the audit of or other adjustment to previously filed tax returns, which are attributable to the Company Group through the Distribution Date. Western Atlas will be entitled to tax benefits resulting from any audit or other adjustments to the Company's pre-Distribution Date consolidated federal income tax and joint state income tax liabilities, when and if realized by the Company. The Company Group will generally be liable for all other state, local and foreign tax liabilities which are attributable to the Company Group through the Distribution Date and the pre-acquisition tax liabilities of Norand. Though valid as between the parties thereto, the Tax Sharing Agreement is not binding on the IRS and does not affect the several liability of the Company, Western Atlas and their respective subsidiaries to the IRS for all federal taxes of the consolidated group relating to periods prior to the Distribution Date. While the Tax Sharing Agreement provides that the Company Group should be liable generally only for items attributable to the Company Group's operations, it also provides that in the event that the Distribution fails to qualify as a tax-free distribution under the provisions of Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, the Company will indemnify Western Atlas for 50% of all taxes (100% of all taxes if an acquisition of 50% or more of the Company's stock or assets results in the Distribution's failure to so qualify, and 0% if an acquisition of 50% or more of Western Atlas' stock or assets results in the Distribution's failure to so qualify), including penalties and interest, incurred by Western Atlas by reason of the Distribution being a taxable event. In the event that the Distribution failed to so qualify, the amount by which the fair market value of the Company Common Stock on the date of the Distribution exceeds Western Atlas' tax basis therein would be recognized as gain upon the Distribution. BENEFITS AGREEMENT Western Atlas and the Company will enter into an Employee Benefits Agreement (the "Benefits Agreement") providing for the treatment of employee benefit matters and other compensation arrangements for certain former and current employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Benefits Agreement generally provides that the Company and its subsidiaries will be responsible for all liabilities to any employee of Western Atlas or any of its subsidiaries as of the Distribution Date who is or will become an employee of the Company or its subsidiaries after the Distribution ("Separated Employees"), as well as any former employee of Western Atlas who was previously employed in the Company's businesses. Further, except as specifically provided therein, the Benefits Agreement will not affect any employee benefit plan or compensation arrangement of Western Atlas in respect of employees of Western Atlas and its subsidiaries who are not Separated Employees. Effective immediately after the Distribution, the Company will establish its own pension and employee benefit plans, which generally will be similar to the plans of Western Atlas applicable to Company employees as in effect at that time. The Benefits Agreement provides for an apportionment of pension assets and liabilities between Separated Employees and other employees of Western Atlas. Such apportionment will be effected in a manner intended to assure that all material qualified pension plans of the Company will be fully funded
8
as of the Distribution Date. The Benefits Agreement further provides that the Company will continue, effective on the Distribution Date, substantially all of the welfare benefit plans that the Company's businesses currently participate in on behalf of employees of the Company's businesses, and will retain all liabilities under such plans. All of the Company's benefit plans that are subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), will comply with ERISA on the Distribution Date. The Benefits Agreement provides that the Separated Employees' cessation of employment with Western Atlas will not be deemed a severance of employment for purposes of any plan or agreement of Western Atlas or any subsidiary that provides for the payment of severance benefits. The Company expects all severance compensation agreements between Western Atlas or any subsidiary and any Separated Employee to be terminated as of the Distribution Date and that the Company will execute new agreements with such employees in the form described in "Management -- Historical Compensation" and adopt severance plans or arrangements similar to those presently in effect at Western Atlas covering other Separated Employees. The Benefits Agreement provides for an adjustment to all outstanding options to purchase Western Atlas Common Stock to account for the Distribution. The adjustment will have the effect of increasing the number of shares of Western Atlas Common Stock subject to each option, and decreasing the exercise price per share of Western Atlas Common Stock. See "Management -- Historical Compensation." INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AGREEMENT Some of the intellectual property utilized by the Company and its subsidiaries is nominally owned by Western Atlas or by one of Western Atlas' subsidiaries which will continue to be a Western Atlas subsidiary after the Distribution. The Company and its subsidiaries have been using the Western Atlas trade name, trademark and service mark on stationery, advertising and promotional materials, products and facilities. Western Atlas and the Company will enter into an Intellectual Property Agreement providing for the transfer of ownership of intellectual property without charge from the nominal owner to the Company or its subsidiaries, and to provide to the Company and its subsidiaries rights to use the Western Atlas name for a period of six months without charge therefor.
9
FINANCING The Company is currently negotiating with a group of banks and with Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York as agent to establish a five-year committed revolving credit facility of up to $400,000,000. The terms and conditions of such facility are expected to include terms and conditions customary in agreements of this nature. The Company believes that such terms and conditions will not restrict the operation and plans of the Company. BUSINESS AND PROPERTIES The Company operates in two business segments -- Automated Data Systems ("ADS") and Industrial Automation Systems ("IAS") (formerly the title for all of the operations to be spun off by Western Atlas). The Company had pro forma revenues of approximately $1.4 billion for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. The Company had approximately 6,650 employees as of June 30, 1997 located principally at offices, plants or other facilities in nine states within the United States and in Canada, the United Kingdom, Germany, France, Sweden, the Netherlands and Australia. Approximately 25% of the Company's sales and service revenues come from activities and customers outside the United States. The Company has been, and will be until the Distribution Date, a wholly owned subsidiary of Western Atlas. Prior to March 17, 1994, Western Atlas was a wholly owned subsidiary of Litton Industries, Inc. ("Litton"). Western Atlas became an independent public company on March 17, 1994 through the distribution by Litton to Litton's shareholders of all of the outstanding common stock of Western Atlas.
The Company's principal executive offices are located at 360 North Crescent
Drive, Beverly Hills, California 90210. Its telephone number at that address is
GENERAL The Company is an industrial technologies company providing customers with solutions for improving their efficiency and productivity. The Automated Data Systems business segment comprises automated data collection and mobile computing products and services, principally serving the industrial market. Customers include the distribution and transportation companies, food and beverage operations, manufacturing industries, health care providers and government agencies. The Industrial Automation Systems business segment includes integrated machining systems, body welding and assembly systems, and precision grinding and abrasive systems, primarily serving the worldwide automotive, off-road and diesel engine manufacturing industries. Current estimates call for about 45% of the Company's revenues to come from the ADS business and about 55% of revenues to be derived from IAS activities for the 1997 fiscal year. PRODUCTS AND SERVICES AUTOMATED DATA SYSTEMS. The Company's Automated Data Collection ("ADC") and Mobile Computing Systems business is conducted under the Intermec, Norand and UBI brand names. Intermec was acquired in 1991; Norand and UBI were acquired early in 1997. All three companies operate as one organization serving the global bar code, data collection and mobile computing market, which has grown approximately 12% to 15% annually over the past five years. The Company's activities in this market represented slightly more than 30% of the Company's total revenues in each of the fiscal years ended 1996, 1995 and 1994, and were based only on Intermec's results prior to the 1997 acquisitions of Norand and UBI. Together, the three companies would have had pro forma combined revenues of about $700 million in 1996, which would have represented 50% of the Company's pro forma
10
1996 revenues. Intermec accounted for 32%, 34% and 31% of the Company's combined revenues in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. This combination of companies and capabilities establishes the Company as a leading participant in the emerging logistics automation marketplace. Together, they offer a broad range of products which are used to gather, organize and transmit selected data from various off-site or in-premise locations to central computers or information retrieval systems in order to track parts, products and people through manufacturing, distribution and other processes. Through its Intermec subsidiary, the Company has been in the forefront of many innovations within the bar code and ADC technologies. Its ADC products comprise batch and radio frequency ("RF") terminals, hand-held and stationary scanners and related software. Intermec entered the bar code market in 1969 with a contract to create specialized printers for bar code labels, and later moved into hand-held scanners. In the late 1970s Intermec developed Code 39, the most widely used bar code symbology in the world. The Company also was an early originator in the use of open operating systems for industrial data collection applications, and continues to develop improved bar code label printing systems, which provide higher resolution, superior quality and greater label flexibility. Some of Intermec's other "firsts" included inventing the first stacked bar code symbology; introducing the first high-speed, wide-area scanning technology and spread spectrum radio frequency technology to the data collection market; and developing 400 dpi bar code label printing technology. The Norand acquisition added increased knowledge and capabilities from one of the leading originators of wireless data communications using radio frequency ("RF") technology and mobile computing solutions for the logistics market. Mobile computing refers to rugged PC-based devices for route accounting, meter reading, field services and sales management, rather than general personal or desktop computing applications. In combination with wireless communications, mobile computing enables remote workers to have access to centralized computer applications and databases and to send and receive information through wireless networks for improved productivity, efficiency and accuracy of data. Wireless network data communications represent an area in which the Company expects growth in the future. Norand is credited with inventing the world's first bar code scanner in 1971, and developing the first radio data network in 1985. It also originated the Pocket RF product category four years later, followed by the first pen-based hand-held computer with desktop PC performance in 1993. With the addition of UBI, the Company now also has access to an extensive distribution network for ADC products in the expanding European market. UBI further provided two major product lines: bar code on-demand printers with labels and ribbons, and hand-held scanners. These scanners are primarily based on "charge coupled device" ("CCD") technology which is an alternative to laser scanners in many applications. Bar code systems, which continue to represent the most widely used technology for ADC, typically consist of the bar code labels or tags and label printers, input devices such as scanners and wands, hand-held batch or RF terminals, vehicle mounted terminals, on-line (or stationary) terminals, systems integration tools and data transmission techniques. Complete systems installation, service and support are provided to customers on a global basis. The Company's operations also integrate technologies such as the newer 2-D symbologies, radio frequency identification tags ("RFID"), vision and scanning systems, magnetic stripe and optical character recognition. Ongoing product development efforts include advanced communication networks, further integration of RF technology, application software technologies, advances in portable computers and automatic identification technology integration. Innovative electronics miniaturization and packaging also have
11
enabled the Company to develop pen computing hand-held terminals for applications in which traditional keypad or bar code scanner data input is not practical. Typical uses for these wireless, durable pen-based, hand-held and mobile computers include route accounting for the distribution and package handling industries, public works, health care and utilities. Major offices and manufacturing facilities are located in the states of Iowa, Ohio and Washington; and internationally in The Netherlands, Sweden, France and Australia. INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION SYSTEMS. The Company is a major designer, producer and integrator of manufacturing technologies, primarily for the global automotive, off-road and diesel engine industries, but also for other markets such as electronics and durable goods. Products include integrated machining systems for the manufacture of powertrain components such as engines, transmissions and connecting rods, and chassis components such as steering knuckles, rear axle housings and brake calipers; body welding and assembly systems; test and automation equipment for integration into production lines; precision grinding and abrasives; the redesign, remanufacturing and retooling of installed equipment; and design/engineering services. During 1995 the Company acquired 49% of Honsberg, a German machine tool engineering and manufacturing company. The Company acquired the remaining 51% in 1997. The Company's integrated manufacturing systems are marketed under the Lamb, Lamb Technicon and Honsberg Lamb names; the Body Welding and Assembly Systems also are available under the Lamb and Lamb Technicon brands; and the Precision Grinding and Abrasives market is served under the Landis, Landis Lund, Gardner and Cranfield Precision brands. INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS. Through its Lamb, Lamb Technicon and Honsberg Lamb operations, the Company designs, integrates and installs integrated machining systems for the world's automotive and off-road vehicle industries. The integrated manufacturing systems divisions design manufacturing solutions for all production volumes of powertrain components -- primarily engines and transmissions. Integrated manufacturing systems accounted for 39%, 38% and 44% of the Company's combined revenues in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The product lines include computer-numeric-control ("CNC") machines for low-volume applications (up to 25,000 units of production annually), and modular flexible production systems for medium-(25,000 to 75,000 units of production annually) and high-volume (75,000 to 250,000 units of production annually) requirements. The integrated manufacturing systems operations specialize in utilizing simultaneous engineering techniques, in conjunction with its customers, to develop optimum solutions to complex manufacturing requirements. Historically, the Company has specialized in designing solution sets for manufacturing cylinder heads, engine blocks and transmission cases. However, the retooling of existing systems and the design of manufacturing processes for smaller parts also have expanded into growing businesses for the Company in recent years. The Company's emphasis on engineering has resulted in the advancement of machining processes. These upgrades offer lower life-cycle costs and improved production performance by reducing unproductive time during operation. Innovations also include a high-speed "dry" machining process for precision work on aluminum parts without the use of coolants, and better flexibility of transfer line systems using less production floor space, providing faster throughput at much lower costs. The Company has developed modular flexible transfer systems in which parts are mounted on pallet fixtures which transport work pieces between work stations faster than guided vehicles could between flexible machining systems. Recent additions to the Company's product range include modular machining centers that perform continuous high-speed, high-precision machining of cast iron, aluminum or magnesium parts. The Duraflex-TM- CNC machine line is designed to produce a variety of cylinder heads or engine blocks, in a random-run environment, while maintaining close tolerances. The MACH I-TM- dual-spindle machine has
12
been designed to improve the efficiency of CNC machines in higher-volume production scenarios. The MACH I can complete a machining operation, change tools and resume machining, all in less than one second. These new designs allow the machines to operate in stand-alone, cellular or system configurations. Larger systems also can be adapted to process changes by exchanging single machining modules on a transfer line. The utilization of advanced process technology, as represented in these newest CNC machines, has enabled the Company to provide highly accurate, durable and truly flexible machining systems. The Company's emphasis on process engineering is demonstrated by its efforts in "simultaneous engineering," a process in which manufacturing solutions are developed with the customer while the customer's product design and engineering phases are still underway. In these processes, another important technology, "virtual manufacturing," creates sophisticated 3-D computer simulations which are used by the Company to design and pre-program systems, work flow and single machining operations. BODY WELDING AND ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS. The Lamb Body Welding and Assembly Systems division designs automated systems to assemble and weld high-quality automobile and truck bodies as well as other industrial products. The division integrates robotic systems, high-precision holding and alignment fixtures and high-volume welding equipment to produce components and sub-assemblies for the automotive industry, and supplies specialized assembly systems for car bodies. It also provides engineering services and advanced electronic design technology in the areas of computer simulations and three-dimensional tool design. Through its Assembly and Test Systems operations, the division also designs and builds specialized assembly and/or testing equipment and systems for a variety of manufacturing applications. Body Welding and Assembly Systems accounted for 12%, 8% and 9% of the Company's combined revenues in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. A number of proprietary technologies have been developed for use in automotive assembly. Examples are specialized material handling solutions to move subassemblies or complete car bodies through the manufacturing process, such as overhead non-synchronous gantries. The Company also is recognized for its expertise in "hemming," the process of attaching exterior sheet metal to the interior frames of doors, hoods, deck lids and similar "hang-ons" or "closures." Another solution is called "flexible body framing," a patented system which enables consistent, high-precision positioning for final body assembly. PRECISION GRINDING AND ABRASIVES. The Company develops and produces precision grinding systems and equipment for the global manufacturing market. A key area of the Company's expertise is the application of precision cylindrical and disc grinding technologies to medium- and high-volume production of car engines and transmission components such as camshafts, crankshafts or connecting rods. Precision Grinding and Abrasives accounted for 17%, 20% and 16% of the Company's combined revenues in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. In response to the automotive industry's need to reduce costs, improve fuel consumption and decrease car emissions, the Company provides a full range of CNC precision grinding systems that enable car manufacturers to produce car engine parts at tight tolerances, increase production throughput and improve quality. Among the Company's new developments in precision grinding are a CNC machine for grinding the lobes of automotive camshafts. This advanced camlobe grinder uses superabrasive cubic boron nitride ("CBN") grinding wheels, which are capable of higher grinding speeds, more consistent accuracy, and longer effective performance life. Other technological innovations include a camshaft lobe grinder for large-scale production of soft camshaft applications, centerless grinders for high-production parts processing, a new generation of
13
double-disc grinding machines used for precision machining of parts with flat and parallel sides and a horizontal double-disc grinder for automotive connecting rods. The Company also has developed sophisticated software tools for monitoring and controlling grinding processes and dressing grinding wheels. The Industrial Automation Systems segment's major offices and production facilities are located in Illinois, Michigan, Ohio and Pennsylvania and internationally in Canada, the United Kingdom and Germany. BUSINESS STRATEGY The Company's strategy is to develop products, processes and services that help improve productivity and efficiency in a variety of manufacturing and distribution applications. Both business segments -- Automated Data Systems and Industrial Automation Systems -- offer single products as well as integrated solutions to their customers. Future growth in these businesses is expected to result from expansion of the Company's existing operations and its customer base, and through acquisitions. In seeking acquisitions, the Company will concentrate on technologies, products and services which enhance customer productivity and efficiency, and those that can be characterized as growth drivers. The ongoing development of the Company's ADC/Mobile Computing activities will depend primarily on the application of new technologies and products to maintain its position in this technology-driven market. The Company believes it has the necessary technical expertise to achieve this goal. Future geographic opportunities have been identified outside North America, particularly in Europe, Latin America and Asia, where the use of data collection technology is less developed. To capitalize on these emerging markets, the Company is expanding its international marketing, distribution and support network, and is engaged in an ongoing program to locate Company-owned resources in key markets worldwide. In its Industrial Automation Systems business segment, the Company plans to continue to develop its existing customer base by seeking a greater role in customer projects, by continuing its emphasis on product development and by expanding its international activities. The Company also intends to increase its presence in market segments where it presently holds a smaller market share, such as the body welding and assembly systems area, and the application of lower-volume flexible manufacturing systems and CNC machines. In some areas the Company also has developed high-precision manufacturing technologies that should allow it to establish a presence in growth markets such as micro-electronics with its new generation of ultra-high-precision wafer grinders. In recent years, cost-cutting needs and quality requirements in the automotive industry have affected the Company's relationships with its customers. The car makers' trend toward fewer suppliers has benefited the Company and allowed it to expand its market participation. These market-driven changes also have forced many smaller competitors to either withdraw from the market or reduce their role to that of a second or third tier supplier. The Company's strategy has been to establish an extensive outsourcing network of qualified suppliers in North America and overseas, thereby avoiding unnecessary vertical integration and gaining flexibility in its market approach. Both major business segments should be able to grow from established positions in their respective markets, often serving customers in a multitude of projects which result in repeat business opportunities. MARKETS AND CUSTOMERS AUTOMATED DATA SYSTEMS. Because Automated Data Systems represents technologies that can be utilized by a company of any size, and small systems can be installed at very low cost, the market is
14
extensive. Worldwide sales of automated data systems equipment exceeded $8 billion in 1996, according to estimates from independent research sources. These sources also predict that the overall market will continue to grow at an annual rate of approximately 12% to 15% over the next several years. Market growth is driven by the global need for technologies and solutions which improve quality, productivity and cost-efficiency in business and government, particularly through logistics automation and supply chain management. Worldwide coverage with a dedicated sales organization is therefore a major advantage. Through its application of technologies in the manufacturing, warehouse-distribution, transportation, health care, government and other non-retail markets, the Company maintains a strong position in the global non-retail ADC/mobile computing market. The Company sells and services its products through multiple sales and distribution channels: a direct field sales force which concentrates on large, complex systems sales; value added resellers ("VARs") that offer applications-specific solutions; and alliances with major systems integrators. The Company's direct sales organization serves customers from offices throughout North America, Europe and in some selected countries outside these regions. An indirect sales channel includes long-time exclusive relationships with international value-added distributors and master resellers. Although the Company obtains approximately 34% of its sales through indirect sales channels, no individual value-added distributor or reseller is material to overall Company results. The Company also maintains contact with customers and prospective users by having established user forums for Automated Data Systems applications and technologies. The mobile computing systems market consists of several applications, such as route accounting for the distribution and package/parcel delivery industries, sales merchandising, remote delivery and field service. These applications are generally used in the consumer products, food, beverage, wholesale, parcel delivery, freight, field service and home service industries. The RF systems market comprises manufacturing, warehousing and distribution center and retail applications. Manufacturing applications include the collection and communication of information related to receipt of materials, work-in-progress, finished goods inventory and other functions throughout the manufacturing process. Warehousing and distribution center applications involve the collection and communication of information related to receiving materials to be stored, storage locations, materials retrieval and shipping. Retail applications include the automation of shelf label maintenance and product shipping and receiving functions. International sales opportunities exist in countries where mobile computing systems market practices and other applications are similar to those in the U.S. The extent of RF systems opportunities in any particular country is based on the level of industrialization, the status of bar coding implementation and the RF regulatory environment. The major markets for printers are manufacturing, distribution, warehousing, transportation, health care, government and other services. INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION SYSTEMS. The Company participates in the automotive manufacturing market, the largest capital equipment investor in the world, and in the general manufacturing markets. Investments by automotive customers are driven by model changes; competitive pressures; government regulations such as emission standards and gasoline consumption rates; and by the customers' own internal spending cycles. Investments in diesel engine manufacturing are driven by the infrastructure needs of emerging industrial nations and by the efficiency benefits diesel engines offer for heavy and light trucks and utility vehicles. Customers for the Company's integrated manufacturing systems products are the major auto manufacturers and tier 1 suppliers. Although the passenger car and light truck industries continue to represent this division's largest market, business from diesel engine manufacturers has grown in recent years.
15
The Company believes the areas with growth potential for this business are the developing countries in Asia, Eastern Europe and Latin America. Potential customers include the major manufacturers from the U.S. and Western Europe who are building plants in these developing countries as well as indigenous manufacturers seeking to improve their competitiveness. Based upon internal surveys of equipment installed at customer engine and transmission plants, management believes that the Company is a leading global supplier of high-volume production systems for engine, transmission and chassis components in this $5.7 billion market. While the Company is not yet a leader in the body welding and assembly industry, its growth rate exceeds that of the market which is about the same size as integrated machining systems. A substantial majority of the Industrial Automation Systems segment's total revenues is generated by worldwide automotive and diesel engine industry purchases of automated manufacturing systems, including integrated machining, body welding and assembly and precision grinding systems. Among customers for such equipment, U.S. and Canadian auto producers currently account for more than 70% of integrated manufacturing systems sales, and manufacturers in Europe account for about 20%. The remainder of sales represents products exported from the Company's production facilities, mostly for installation in Latin America and Asia. Recent major customers include U.S.-based Chrysler, Cummins, Ford, General Motors, Navistar and Detroit Diesel; in foreign markets, the major Western European auto manufacturers, BMW/Rover, Fiat, Mercedes Benz, Jaguar, Peugeot, Renault, Volkswagen, and the European subsidiaries of the large U.S. manufacturers, as well as Yuchai Diesel in China and Tata (Telco) in India and Kamaz in Russia. The Company has also won major systems contracts in the U.S. for the manufacturing facilities of foreign auto makers, including both European and Japanese, and also serves the automotive components manufacturing market. COMPETITION Strong competition exists both in the domestic and international markets for the Company's products and services. Products are sold and projects are won in the marketplace based on price, technology and service. AUTOMATED DATA SYSTEMS. The market for ADC/Mobile Computing systems is highly fragmented. Based on independent market surveys, management believes that Intermec/Norand/UBI is one of the largest participants measured by revenues, with a more than 10% market share in the bar code segment of the Automated Data Systems industry. The other two major participants are Symbol and Telxon. The Company also faces strong competition for single product lines from specialized suppliers. The Company competes on the basis of its open modular systems approach, network and communications expertise, applications software, level of sales and support services, and product functionality, performance, ruggedness and overall quality. The market for mobile computing and RF products is highly competitive and rapidly changing. Some firms manufacture and market hand-held systems for route accounting applications, including Telxon and Fujitsu. In addition, a number of firms manufacture and market radio-linked data communication products, including LXE, Teklogix, Symbol, and Telxon. On the printer side, the Company faces competition from Zebra, Eltron, Datamax and many others, depending on the geographic area. INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION SYSTEMS. While product quality is a key determinate in the competition to win market share, pricing remains the most important criteria in the global market. Lamb Machining Systems' strength is the ability to design reliable and efficient manufacturing processes for its customers and combine them with cost-effective machining solutions in order to win orders against strong competition.
16
There are numerous competitors in the markets served by integrated manufacturing. The division's major competitors include four German companies and one in Italy. The market for high-volume production systems for engines and transmissions in North America and Europe is divided among approximately ten major competitors and numerous smaller participants. Major competitors are Thyssen/Giddings & Lewis, Ingersoll Milling and Grob (Germany). Management estimates that the Company has approximately a 12% share of this market.
In the Body Welding and Assembly Systems market, the Company is faced with
competitors that are involved in a broad range of assembly equipment and other
competitors that provide "niche" machines to address specific markets. Some of
the stronger competitors have been or are aligned with machine tool companies
for "total capability." In North America, there are eight main competitors and
another seven in Europe. The primary competitors include DCT, Progressive
Industries (PICO) and Valiant in the U.S.; FFT and Kuka in Germany; Comau
In the worldwide market for high-precision grinding of engine parts, the Company has achieved a strong market position through innovative products that improve customer efficiency while reducing their capital costs. Major competitors are the foreign companies Koyo and Toyoda in Japan; the Koerber Group, Naxos Union and Junkers in Germany; and Guistina in Italy. RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT Companywide expenditures on research and development activities amounted to $29.7 million, $27.5 million and $31.7 million, substantially all of which was sponsored by the Company, in the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. PATENTS AND TRADEMARKS The Company owns a large number of patents, trademarks and copyrights relating to its manufactured products, which have been secured over a period of years. These patents, trademarks and copyrights have been of value in the growth of the Company's business and may continue to be of value in the future. However, the Company's business generally is not dependent upon the protection of any patent, patent application or patent license agreement, or group thereof, and would not be materially affected by expiration thereof. The Company has approximately 21 patent licenses under which it paid out or received income in the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996. During such fiscal year, the aggregate amount of license fees paid by the Company was approximately $6.9 million, and the aggregate amount of license fees received was approximately $700,000. SEASONALITY; BACKLOG Sales backlog was $459 million at June 30, 1997, and $595 million, $579 million and $413 million at December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The operations of the Company are not seasonal to any appreciable degree. The majority of the Company's backlog is concentrated in the Industrial Automation Systems segment. The Automated Data Systems market typically operates without a significant backlog of firm orders and does not consider backlog to be a relevant measure of future sales. EMPLOYEES At June 30, 1997, the Company had approximately 6,650 full-time employees, of which approximately 3,220 are engaged in the Automated Data Systems business, approximately 3,310 in the Industrial Automation Systems segment and approximately 120 in corporate and shared services.
17
LEGAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS The Company is currently, and is from time to time, subject to claims and suits arising in the ordinary course of its business. Although the results of litigation proceedings cannot be predicted with certainty, the Company believes that the ultimate resolution of these proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial statements. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, the amounts incurred to comply with federal, state and local legislation pertaining to environmental standards did not have a material effect upon the capital expenditures or earnings of the Company. Radio emissions are the subject of governmental regulation in all countries in which the Company currently conducts business. In North America, both the Canadian and the U.S. governments publish relevant regulations, and changes to these regulations are made only after public discussion. In some countries regulatory changes can be introduced with little or no grace period for implementing the specified changes. Furthermore, there is little consistency among the regulations of various countries outside North America, and future regulatory changes in North America are possible. These conditions introduce uncertainty into the product planning process and could have an adverse effect on the ADC/ Mobile Computing business. The European Community ("EC") has passed a directive requiring its members to adopt laws relating to electro-magnetic compatibility and emissions standards. These standards will apply to ADC/Mobile Computing products sold in EC member countries as those countries adopt the EC standards into law. Currently, the Company believes that its products are in material compliance with the regulations in force in each of the EC member countries. RAW MATERIALS The Company uses a wide variety of raw materials in the manufacture of its products and obtains such raw materials from a variety of suppliers. No single supplier provides 10% or more of the Company's raw materials, nor do raw materials from any one supplier generate 10% or more of the Company's consolidated revenues. The Company does not have any long-term supply agreements relating to raw materials. PROPERTIES The Company's executive offices, in owned premises, are at 360 North Crescent Drive, Beverly Hills, California. Its principal plants and offices have an aggregate floor area of approximately 3,324,098 square feet, of which 2,454,428 square feet (74%) are located in the United States, and 869,670 square feet (26%) are located outside of the United States, primarily in the United Kingdom and Canada. These properties are used by the business segments as follows:
Approximately 2,873,428 square feet (86%) of the principal plant, office and commercial floor area is owned by the Company, and the balance is held under lease.
18
The Company's plants and offices in the United States are situated in 17 locations in the following states:
The above-mentioned facilities are in satisfactory condition and suitable for the particular purposes for which they were acquired or constructed and are adequate for present operations. The foregoing information excludes Company-held properties leased to others and also excludes plants or offices which, when added to all other of the Company's plants and offices in the same city, have a total floor area of less than 50,000 square feet.
19
UNOVA, INC.
The following unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations have been prepared from the historical financial statements of the Company and Norand Corporation. Effective March 3, 1997, the Company acquired Norand for approximately $280 million. The acquisition has been accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the acquisition cost has been allocated among the net assets of Norand based upon their estimated fair values. Such allocation process resulted in approximately $138 million in value assigned to in-process research and development activities; $23 million was assigned to identified intangibles (which will be amortized over periods ranging from five to eighteen years); and approximately $123 million was assigned to goodwill (which will be amortized over 25 years). In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 4 ("FIN 4"), the values assigned to in-process research and development activities acquired in the Norand and UBI transactions ($203 million in total) were charged to expense by the Company during the period ended June 30, 1997. The operations of Norand for the year ended November 30, 1996 have been combined with the Company's operations for the year ended December 31, 1996. Norand's historical operations for the two months ended March 1, 1997 have been combined with the Company's operations for the six months ended June 30, 1997 (which include Norand subsequent to the acquisition date). The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations are not necessarily indicative of what the results of operations would have been if the combination had occurred on the above-mentioned dates. Additionally, they are not predictive of future results of operations. The unaudited pro forma combined statements of operations should be read in conjunction with the Company's audited historical combined financial statements, along with Norand's audited historical financial statements for the year ended August 31, 1996, included elsewhere in this Information Statement.
20
UNOVA, INC.
21
UNOVA, INC.
22
UNOVA, INC.
The following pro forma adjustments give effect to the acquisition of Norand as if it had occurred on January 1, 1996 or January 1, 1997, respectively. The pro forma statements of operations have not been adjusted to eliminate the results of the Material Handling division (sold in November 1996) nor the acquisitions of UBI and Honsberg, because such results are not material to the Company's operations. (1) To record amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in the acquisition of Norand. (2) To eliminate the Company's non-recurring, non-tax-deductible charge to expense acquired in-process research and development activities in accordance with FIN 4. (3) To record incremental interest expense on allocated Western Atlas corporate debt using the Western Atlas estimated blended historical 7.5% annual rate. (4) To eliminate Norand's historical interest expense related to short-term borrowings under agreements which were repaid with additional Western Atlas corporate debt concurrent with the Company's acquisition of Norand. (5) To adjust the pro forma combined effective federal and state income tax rate to 40%.
23
UNOVA, INC.
The following selected combined historical financial data of the Company should be read in conjunction with the historical combined financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Information Statement. The following selected combined historical financial data which relate to the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996 have been derived from combined financial statements audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent auditors. The selected combined historical financial data for the five-month period ended December 31, 1993, the one-year periods ended July 31, 1993 and 1992 and the six-month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 have been derived from unaudited combined financial statements. In the opinion of management, the unaudited combined financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal adjustments, necessary to present fairly the financial position of the Company at December 31, 1993, July 31, 1993 and 1992 and June 30, 1997 and 1996 and the results of operations for the five-month period ended December 31, 1993, for the years ended July 31, 1993 and 1992 and for the six-month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1996. The historical combined financial statements of the Company may not necessarily reflect the results of operations or financial position that would have been obtained had the Company been a separate, independent company. The historical combined results for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996 are not necessarily indicative of results for the entire year.
24
UNOVA, INC.
(1) General and Administrative Costs include allocated charges from Western Atlas of $22.2 million, $19.9 million, $27.6 million, $8.1 million, $14.1 million and $10.4 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, the five months ended December 31, 1993, and the fiscal years ended July 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively, and $9.1 million and $10.8 million for the six-month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The June 30, 1997 period includes a $203.3 million non-tax-deductible charge, or $3.77 per share, for the value of in-process research and development activities resulting from the Norand and UBI acquisitions. (2) Amounts presented for the year ended July 31, 1993 are before a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle for the adoption of the provisions of SFAS No. 106, Employer's Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions. The Company elected immediate recognition of the transition liability, and recorded a net of tax charge of $9.3 million. Net earnings for the period were $22.1 million and earnings per share were $0.41 after the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle. (3) Interest expense includes allocated charges from Western Atlas of $8.3 million, $8.4 million, $12.1 million, $3.7 million, $3.9 million and $5.8 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, the five months ended December 31, 1993, and the fiscal years ended July 31, 1993 and 1992, respectively, and $6.3 million and $4.1 million for the six-month periods ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively. (4) In thousands. The number of common shares used to calculate earnings per share for all periods presented is based on the number of shares of Western Atlas Common Stock outstanding as of June 30, 1997.
25
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
The following is a description of the business segments of the Company and a discussion of the historical combined financial condition and results of operations of the Company and factors affecting the Company's financial resources and capital after the Distribution. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the historical combined financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Information Statement. GENERAL The Company is an industrial technologies company providing global customers with solutions for improving their efficiency and productivity. The Company's business segments comprise Automated Data Systems ("ADS") and Industrial Automation Systems ("IAS"). Future growth in these businesses is expected to result from expansion of the Company's existing operations and its customer base, and through acquisitions. In seeking acquisitions, the Company will concentrate on technologies, products and services which enhance customer productivity and efficiency, and those that can be characterized as growth drivers. Currently, the Company estimates that about 45% of its revenues will come from ADS operations and about 55% of revenues will be derived from IAS activities for the 1997 fiscal year. AUTOMATED DATA SYSTEMS ADS comprises automated data collection ("ADC") and mobile computing products and services, conducted under the Intermec, Norand and UBI brand names. Intermec was acquired in 1991; Norand and UBI were acquired early in 1997. Customers include the global distribution and transportation companies, food and beverage operations, manufacturing industries, health care providers and government agencies. All three companies operate as one organization serving the global bar code, data collection and mobile computing market, which has grown approximately 12% to 15% annually over the past five years. The Company's ADS operations represented slightly more than 30% of the Company's total revenues in each of the fiscal years ended 1996, 1995 and 1994, and were based only on Intermec's results prior to the 1997 acquisitions of Norand and UBI. Together, the three companies would have had combined revenues of about $700 million in 1996, which would have represented 50% of the Company's unaudited pro forma 1996 revenues. Intermec accounted for 32%, 34% and 31% of the Company's combined revenues in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. This combination of companies and capabilities establishes the Company as a leading participant in the emerging logistics automation marketplace. Together, they offer a broad range of products which are used to gather, organize and transmit selected data from various off-site or in-premise locations to central computers or information retrieval systems in order to track parts, products and people through manufacturing, distribution and other processes. The ongoing development of the Company's ADC/Mobile Computing activities will depend primarily on the application of new technologies and products to maintain its position in this technology-driven market. The Company believes it has the necessary technical expertise to achieve this goal. Future geographic opportunities have been identified outside North America, particularly in Europe, Latin America and Asia, where the use of data collection technology is less developed. To capitalize on these emerging markets, the Company is expanding its international marketing, distribution and support network, and is engaged in an ongoing program to locate Company-owned resources in key markets worldwide.
26
INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION SYSTEMS IAS includes integrated manufacturing systems, body welding and assembly systems, and precision grinding and abrasive systems, primarily serving the worldwide automotive, off-road and diesel engine manufacturing industries. The Company plans to continue to develop its existing IAS customer base by seeking a greater role in customer projects, continuing its emphasis on product development and expanding its international activities. The Company also intends to increase its presence in IAS market segments where it presently holds a smaller market share, such as the body welding and assembly systems area, and the application of lower-volume flexible manufacturing systems and CNC machines. In some areas the Company also has developed high-precision manufacturing technologies that should allow it to establish a presence in growth markets such as micro-electronics with its new generation of ultra-high-precision wafer grinders. INTEGRATED MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS. Through its Lamb, Lamb Technicon and Honsberg Lamb operations, the Company designs, integrates and installs integrated machining systems for the world's automotive and off-road vehicle industries. The integrated manufacturing systems divisions design manufacturing solutions for all production volumes of powertrain components -- primarily engines and transmissions. Integrated manufacturing systems accounted for 39%, 38% and 44% of the Company's combined revenues in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. BODY WELDING AND ASSEMBLY SYSTEMS. The Lamb Body Welding and Assembly Systems division designs automated systems to assemble and weld high-quality automobile and truck bodies as well as other industrial products. Through its Assembly and Test Systems operations, the division also designs and builds specialized assembly and/or testing equipment and systems for a variety of manufacturing applications. Body Welding and Assembly Systems accounted for 12%, 8% and 9% of the Company's combined revenues in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. PRECISION GRINDING AND ABRASIVES. The Company develops and produces precision grinding systems and equipment for the global manufacturing market. A key area of the Company's expertise is the application of precision cylindrical and disc grinding technologies to medium- and high-volume production of car engines and transmission components such as camshafts, crankshafts or connecting rods. Precision Grinding and Abrasives accounted for 17%, 20% and 16% of the Company's combined revenues in fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
The Company acquired Norand Corporation ("Norand") on March 3, 1997, and United
Barcode Industries ("UBI") on April 4, 1997. Norand designs, manufactures and
markets mobile computing systems and wireless data communications networks using
radio frequency technology. UBI is a European-based ADC company headquartered in
Sweden, with fiscal 1996 sales of approximately $100 million. These companies
are currently being integrated into the ADS segment. Both transactions were
funded using a combination of Western Atlas' committed credit facilities,
short-term uncommitted credit lines and excess cash, and are being accounted for
under the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the acquisition costs
27
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Sales and service revenues and segment operating profit for the six months ended
June 30, 1997 (excluding the $203 million charge for acquired in-process
research and development described above) and 1996, and each of the three years
ended December 31, were as follows:
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 COMPARED TO 1996 Total sales and service revenues increased $228 million, or 45% for the six months ended June 30, 1997 compared with the corresponding prior period. Total segment operating profit, excluding a $203 million charge for acquired in-process research and development, increased $19 million, or 45% for the six months ended June 30, 1997 compared to the corresponding prior period. ADS revenues increased by $107 million, or 61% due to the acquisitions of Norand and UBI. However, ADS operating profit declined by $1 million, or 8% due primarily to the process of integrating the newly acquired companies with Intermec. Operating profit margins, which declined from 7.4% in 1996 to 4.3% in 1997, are expected to improve to historical levels following the completion of the integration efforts in late 1997. IAS revenues increased $121 million, or 37% and related operating profit increased $20 million, or 69% for the six months ended June 30, 1997 compared with the corresponding prior period. IAS experiences lower profit margins in the early stages of long-term contracts (until the development risks have been mitigated). During 1997 the Integrated Manufacturing Systems operations experienced a higher level of revenues and profits from contracts in the final delivery and installation phase. These projects contributed to an increase in operating margins for IAS from 8.8% in 1996 to 10.9% in 1997. Accordingly, IAS backlog declined from $545 million at December 31, 1996 to $407 million at June 30, 1997. Net interest expense was $7.1 million and $3.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively. The increase is primarily due to an increase in the level of Western Atlas allocated debt from $113 million at June 30, 1996 to $228 million at June 30, 1997. The increase in allocated debt is primarily attributable to the 1997 acquisitions of Norand and UBI.
28
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996 COMPARED TO 1995 Total sales and service revenues increased $222 million, or 24%, and related segment operating profit increased $25 million, or 33% for the year ended December 31, 1996 compared with the corresponding prior period. ADS revenues increased by $46 million, or 14% as a result of the success of new product introductions and increased deliveries on Intermec's five-year purchase agreement with the U.S. Government. ADS operating profit increased by $17 million in 1996, and operating margins improved from 4.0% in 1995 to 8.2% in 1996. In 1995 margins were adversely impacted by changes in product mix and competitive pressure on pricing of certain mature product lines. IAS revenues increased by $176 million, or 28% in 1996, and its operating profit increased by 13% to $70 million. Operating margins declined from 10.0% in 1995 to 8.8% in 1996 as a result of lower profit recognition in the early stages of certain 1996 contracts. Backlog improved to $545 million at December 31, 1996 compared to $501 million at the prior year-end. Net interest expense decreased from $9.3 million in 1995 to $7.1 million in 1996 because of lower levels of allocated Western Atlas debt, as well as reduced interest income attributable to lower average balances in cash and marketable securities. YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO 1994 Total sales and service revenues decreased $28 million, or 3%, and related segment operating profit decreased $5 million, or 6% for the year ended December 31, 1995 compared with the corresponding prior period. ADS revenues increased by $18 million, or 6% in 1995. However, related operating profit declined by $11 million, or 46%, and ADS operating margins dropped from 7.9% to 4.0% for the reasons discussed above. IAS revenues decreased $46 million, or 7%, and related operating profit increased $6 million, or 11% for the year ended December 31, 1995 compared with the corresponding prior period. The decrease in sales and service revenues from 1994 compared with 1995 resulted from several large programs with automobile customers being completed by the Integrated Manufacturing Systems operations and shipped near the end of 1994. The increase in operating profit is partially attributable to improvements in the operational performance of the Material Handling Systems division in 1995 compared with 1994. This division was included with IAS until it was sold in 1996. IAS backlog increased to $501 million at December 31, 1995, from $353 million at December 31, 1994. Net interest expense decreased from $15.7 million in 1994 to $9.3 million in 1995. Allocated Western Atlas debt declined following the sale of 6.9 million Western Atlas common shares in September 1994, the proceeds of which ($286 million) were used primarily to pay down debt. FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSACTIONS The Company is subject to the effects of international currency fluctuations due to the global nature of its operations. Currency fluctuations did not have a significant impact on operations during fiscal years 1996, 1995 and 1994. It is not possible to predict the Company's exposure to foreign currency fluctuations beyond the near term because revenues generated from particular foreign jurisdictions vary widely over time. The Company hedges transactions from time to time, but the amount and volume of such transactions are not material.
29
For fiscal year 1996, the Company derived approximately 18% of its revenues and approximately 22% of its operating profits (exclusive of corporate overhead) from non-U.S. operations. However, at December 31, 1996, identifiable assets attributable to foreign operations comprised 14% of total assets (of which the largest components were attributable to European operations). Therefore, exposure of identifiable assets to foreign currency fluctuations or expropriations is not significant, even after considering the 1997 acquisitions of Norand and UBI. LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES Cash and marketable securities decreased from $149.5 million at December 31, 1996 to $21.8 million at June 30, 1997 primarily as a result of the Norand acquisition. Total debt increased from $151.5 million at December 31, 1996 to $302.9 million at June 30, 1997 due primarily to an increase in Western Atlas allocated debt attributable to the use of a combination of Western Atlas' committed credit facilities and short-term uncommitted credit lines to fund the Norand and UBI acquisitions. The remaining increase is primarily attributable to capital expenditures and working capital needs of the operations. WAI short-term borrowings currently bear interest at an annual rate of approximately 5.75% and have maturities of up to 60 days. The Company expects that cash flow from operations, along with available borrowing capacity, will be adequate to meet working capital requirements. After repayment of intercompany debt to Western Atlas upon the Distribution, the Company expects to have unused committed credit facilities of approximately $170 million. The Company does not anticipate any material adverse decline in cash flow from operations nor any significant changes in capital expenditures required to support ongoing operations. INFLATION In the opinion of management, inflation has not been a significant factor in the markets in which the Company operates and has not had a significant impact upon the results of its operations.
30
MANAGEMENT DIRECTORS OF THE COMPANY Immediately following the Distribution, the Board of Directors of the Company is expected to consist of the five persons named below. Directors for each class will be elected at the annual meeting of shareholders held the year in which the term for such class expires and will serve thereafter for three years. The expiration of the initial term of each director is indicated below.
[Two independent directors to be added by amendment] On the Distribution Date, Dr. Sample will resign as a member of the Board of Directors of Western Atlas. Mr. Brann and Dr. Hoch are expected to continue as directors of Western Atlas, and Mr. Brann will be elected non-executive Chairman of the Board of Western Atlas effective as of the Distribution Date. The Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Company provide that the Company's Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible. Of the initial directors, Dr. Hoch and Ms. will serve until the 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders; Dr. Sample and Mr. will serve until the 2000 Annual Meeting of Shareholders; and Mr. Brann will serve until the 2001 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. Starting with the 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, one class of directors will be elected each year for a three-year term. See "Certain Antitakeover Effects of Certain Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-Laws, State Law and the Rights Plan -- Classified Board of Directors." EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY The following table sets forth certain information concerning the persons who currently serve as executive officers of the Company. Each such person was elected to the indicated office with the Company in anticipation of the Distribution and serves at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. Those persons who
31
have been officers and/or employees of Western Atlas will relinquish such positions in connection with the Distribution.
THE BOARD AND CERTAIN BOARD COMMITTEES The Company's Board of Directors (the "Board") is expected to establish an Audit and Compliance Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating Committee. The duties and membership of such committees will be established at the initial meeting of the Board following the Distribution.
32
DIRECTORS' COMPENSATION AND RETIREMENT POLICIES Directors who are not employees of the Company are expected to be paid an annual fee for Board service of $30,000, payable in quarterly installments, and an attendance fee of $2,000 for each Board meeting attended and each meeting of a committee of the Board attended. In addition, any nonemployee director serving as Chair of the Audit and Compliance Committee or the Compensation Committee will receive a separate annual fee of $4,000, and any nonemployee director serving as Chair of the Nominating Committee will receive a separate annual fee of $3,000. Directors may elect prior to the Distribution Date (for fees earned in 1997) and prior to the commencement of the calendar year for each year thereafter, to receive 50% or more of the fees described in the two preceding sentences in Company Common Stock pursuant to the Director Stock Option and Fee Plan described below; PROVIDED, that new directors may make such election during the 30-day period immediately following commencement of service as a director. The number of shares of Company Common Stock which may be received in lieu of cash fees shall equal the quarterly fees earned which the director has elected to convert into Company Common Stock, divided by the average for the quarter of the average of the high and low prices of the Company Common Stock on each trading day during the quarter. Directors who are employees of the Company are not paid any fee or additional remuneration for services as members of the Board or any committee thereof. Director fees, including fees elected to be paid in Company Common Stock, may be deferred pursuant to the Director Stock Option and Fee Plan described below. The Company is expected to adopt a policy establishing the mandatory retirement date of each director and advisory director as the date of the Annual Meeting of the shareholders of the Company next following his or her 72nd birthday. DIRECTOR STOCK OPTION AND DEFERRED FEE PLAN Under the terms of the UNOVA, Inc. Director Stock Option and Fee Plan (the "Director Plan"), directors (including advisory directors, if any) who are not employees of the Company or any subsidiary thereof automatically receive annual grants of options to purchase shares of the Company Common Stock at the fair market value of such stock on the date of grant. The initial grants under the Director Plan will be made as of the Distribution Date (for purposes of the initial grants made as of the Distribution Date, fair market value shall be based on the average of the high and low daily prices of the Company Common Stock as reported in the NYSE Composite Tape on the sixth through tenth trading dates, inclusive, following the Distribution Date). Each of these initial grants will cover 25,000 shares of the Company Common Stock. Any person who joins the Board as a nonemployee director subsequent to the date of the initial grant of options under the Director Plan and who neither received options under the 1997 Plan during the two-year period preceding the date of commencement of Board membership nor was an employee of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company during such two-year period will receive an initial grant of options to purchase 25,000 shares upon joining the Board. Commencing in 1999, on the first business day following the Company's annual shareholders' meeting for each year during the term of the Director Plan, each nonemployee director automatically will receive a grant of an option for 2,500 shares. All options granted under the Director Plan become fully exercisable on the first anniversary of the grant thereof; however, if a director dies or becomes permanently disabled while serving on the Board, or if the director retires pursuant to the policy for mandatory retirement of directors described below, then all options held by such director become exercisable in full. In addition, if a change in control of the Company (as defined in the 1997 Stock Incentive Plan as described below) occurs, then all options granted under the Director Plan become fully exercisable. An aggregate of 500,000 shares of Company Common Stock, subject to adjustment for certain events affecting the Company's capitalization, are authorized for issuance under the Director Plan. Options granted under the Director Plan shall remain exercisable until three years following the first to occur of the retirement or resignation of the director from the Board (or the director's failure to be re-elected to the Board), the total and permanent disability of the director, or the death of the director.
33
Pursuant to the Director Plan, nonemployee directors may elect to defer all or a portion of their fees described under the caption "Directors' Compensation and Retirement Policies" to either a deferred stock account or cash account. The deferred stock account will enable directors to defer their fees into phantom Company Common Stock, and the cash account will provide a deferral into an interest-based account. An election to defer fees must be made prior to the Distribution Date (for fees earned in 1997) and prior to the commencement of the calendar year for fees earned in each year thereafter; provided, that new directors may make such election during the 30-day period following commencement of service as a director. The deferred stock account will be a bookkeeping account credited with share units representing shares of Company Common Stock. Dividends paid on Company Common Stock will be treated as paid on the number of share units in the deferred stock account and as reinvested in share units credited to the deferred stock account. The cash account will accrue interest at a rate equal to the prime rate as reported by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York on the first business day of the applicable quarter. Credits to the deferred stock and cash accounts shall be made on the first business day following the end of each quarter. A director's stock account will be credited with the number of shares of Company Common Stock into which the director's fees would be converted pursuant to an election to receive Company Common Stock in lieu of cash fees, and are the subject of a deferral election. Transfers between the stock account and the cash account will not be permitted. Deferred amounts will be paid to each director commencing in the January following the director's termination of service with the Board. Such payments may be made in a lump sum or in two to fifteen annual installments as elected by the director at the time of the deferral election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon a change in control of the Company, all deferred accounts will be paid out immediately. The deferred stock account will be paid in shares of Company Common Stock equal to the number of share units credited to such account, and the cash account will be paid in cash. The Director Plan will be administered by the Board, which will have authority to interpret, and make rules and regulations relating to, the Director Plan and to determine the provisions of the individual option agreements to be entered into under the Director Plan. The Director Plan will terminate on December 15, 2007 (unless earlier discontinued by the Board), but such termination will not affect the rights of the holder of any option or participant in a deferred stock or cash account outstanding on such date of termination. The Board may suspend or discontinue the Director Plan or amend it in any respect whatsoever; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such amendment shall adversely affect the rights of any director without such director's consent or shall be made without stockholder approval if such approval is required by any regulation, law or stock exchange rule. Of the individuals named on page 31, all except Mr. Brann are expected to be eligible to participate in the Director Plan immediately following the Distribution Date. The foregoing summary of the Director Plan is qualified by reference to the text of the Director Plan which is attached to this Information Statement as Annex A.
34
ANNUAL MEETING The Company's By-laws provide that annual meetings of shareholders shall be held at such place and time as may be fixed by resolution of the Board. The first annual meeting for which proxies will be solicited from shareholders is expected to be held in May 1999. HISTORICAL COMPENSATION The following table sets forth, for the chief executive and the four other executive officers of the Company who, based upon employment by Western Atlas and its subsidiaries, received the highest compensation with respect to the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 (the "Named Executive Officers"), information concerning compensation paid in fiscal 1996 to such persons by Western Atlas or its subsidiaries. The principal positions listed in the table are those expected to be held by the Named Executive Officers following the Distribution. SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE
(a) Bonuses awarded to the Named Executive Officers, with respect to 1996 were paid as follows: an amount equal to 50% of the recipient's annual base pay in effect on January 1, 1996, was paid in February 1997, and the remainder will be paid one year later provided the recipient is then in the employ of the Company, or has terminated employment by reason of death, disability, or retirement or is on an approved leave of absence. Where a bonus exceeded 100% of the recipient's base pay at January 1, 1996, an amount equal to one half of such base pay was paid in February 1997; and, subject to satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the preceding sentence, an additional amount equal to 50% of such base pay will be paid in February 1998; and the remainder, in February 1999. (b) Included in this column for 1996 are the following: (i) present value costs of Western Atlas' portion of the 1996 premium for split-dollar life insurance for Mr. Brann of $1,936; (ii) the amount of $2,793 representing premiums paid by Western Atlas with respect to the participation in Western Atlas' Executive Medical Plan of each of Messrs. Brann and Roberts; (iii) the following amounts representing interest imputed to and taxable to the holder of loans from Western Atlas: Mr. Brann, $10,903, Mr. Cusumano, $3,186, and Mr. Roberts, $4,514; (iv) Western Atlas matching contributions of $1,750 made to the respective accounts of Messrs. Brann, Cusumano, Ohanian and Roberts under
35
Western Atlas' 401(k) plan; and (v) the amount of $7,500 paid to Mr. Ohanian by a subsidiary of Western Atlas pursuant to an executive flexible benefits plan; and (vi) the amount of $45,540 paid to Mr. Williams as relocation expenses and relocation bonus in connection with his move from San Francisco to the Detroit area in December 1995, to assume the position of Group Executive for Western Atlas' Manufacturing Systems Operations. (c) Represents salary paid to Mr. Williams from the date of his employment by Western Atlas, December 9, 1995, through December 31, 1995. The following table shows stock option grants with respect to shares of Western Atlas Common Stock under employee stock option plans of Western Atlas to the Named Executive Officers during the 1996 fiscal year. OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
(a) All options granted to the Named Executive Officers were granted at the prevailing market price of the Western Atlas Common Stock on the date of grant. These options permit payment of the exercise price and any withholding tax due upon exercise by the surrender of already owned shares of Western Atlas Common Stock having a fair market value equal to the exercise price or the amount of withholding tax, as the case may be, or payment of withholding tax by applying shares otherwise receivable upon exercise. All such options become immediately exercisable upon the occurrence of certain events resulting in a change in control of Western Atlas, and accelerated vesting schedules become applicable in the event of the death of the optionee while in the employ of Western Atlas. Change in control has the meaning described on page 47. (b) The Black-Scholes model was used to determine the grant date present value of stock options. This method requires the assumption of certain values that affect the option price. The values which were used in this model are the volatility of Western Atlas' stock price and the estimate of the risk-free interest rate. Since Western Atlas does not pay a dividend, no yield on the Western Atlas Common Stock was assumed. For purposes of the model used to value the options in this table, a volatility factor of 26%, determined from historical stock price fluctuations, and a 6.7% risk-free interest rate, determined from market information prevailing on the grant date, were used. No adjustments were made for the nontransferability or risk of forfeiture of the stock options. This model assumed all options are exercised on their respective expiration dates. There is no assurance that these assumptions will prove true in the future. The actual value of the options depends on the market price of the Western Atlas Common Stock at the date of exercise, which may vary from the theoretical value indicated in the table.
36
(c) Incentive Stock Options. These options become 100% exercisable on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. (d) Nonqualified Stock Options. These options become exercisable in four installments of 10,000 shares each on the first through the fourth anniversaries of the date of grant, and in one installment of 8,269 shares on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. (e) Nonqualified Stock Options. These options become exercisable in four installments of 3,000 shares each on the first through the fourth anniversaries of the date of grant, and one installment of 1,269 shares on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant. (f) Incentive Stock Options. These options become exercisable in five equal installments of 1,731 shares on each of the first through the fifth anniversaries of the date of grant. (g) Nonqualified Stock Options. These options become exercisable in five equal installments of 469 shares each on the first through the fifth anniversaries of the date of grant. (h) Nonqualified Stock Options. These options become exercisable in four installments of 2,400 shares each on the first through the fourth anniversaries of the date of grant, and one installment of 669 shares on the fifth anniversary of the date of grant.
37
The following table provides information with respect to options to purchase Western Atlas Common Stock exercised by any of the Named Executive Officers during 1996 and with respect to the number and value of unexercised options held by each Named Executive Officer at December 31, 1996.
AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION
(a) The number and value of unexercised options to purchase Western Atlas Common Stock at the end of 1996 are shown in the table. In addition, Messrs. Brann, Cusumano, Ohanian and Roberts held options to purchase shares of Litton common stock, adjusted on account of the 1994 distribution of the Western Atlas Common Stock to the shareholders of Litton and granted to them prior to such distribution, as follows:
(b) In addition, during 1996 Mr. Brann exercised Litton options to purchase 49,840 shares, thereby realizing $1,388,406. ADJUSTMENTS TO OUTSTANDING WESTERN ATLAS OPTIONS AS A RESULT OF THE DISTRIBUTION. Western Atlas has granted outstanding options to purchase Western Atlas Common Stock under the Western Atlas Inc. 1993 Stock Incentive Plan and the Western Atlas Inc. Director Stock Option Plan (collectively, the "Western Atlas Options"). Upon the Distribution, each Western Atlas Option will be adjusted by (i) multiplying the number of shares of Western Atlas Common Stock subject to the option by the Adjustment Factor and (ii) dividing the exercise price per share of the option by the Adjustment Factor. For these purposes, the "Adjustment Factor" is defined as the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the Average Market Price of the Western Atlas Common Stock plus the Average Market Price of the Company Common Stock by (y) the Average Market Price of the Western Atlas Common Stock. The "Average Market Price" of Western Atlas Common Stock or Company Common Stock, as the case may be, is defined to be the average of the high and low daily prices of such security as reported on the NYSE Composite Tape on the sixth through tenth trading days, inclusive, following the date of the Distribution. The Western Atlas Options will be amended to provide that, (i) for purposes of the vesting, exercisability and duration of these options, service with the Company as an employee (or as a director, with respect to Western Atlas Options granted under the Western Atlas Inc. Director Stock Option Plan) shall be deemed to be service with Western Atlas, and (ii) upon the occurrence of certain events resulting in a change of control of the Company, these options will become immediately vested and exercisable to the extent not previously vested and exercisable.
38
EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE IN CONTROL ARRANGEMENTS Messrs. Brann, Cusumano and Roberts have entered into change in control agreements with the Company (collectively, the "Agreements"). The Agreements are operative only upon the occurrence of a change in control, which includes substantially those events described below. Absent a change in control, the Agreements do not require the Company to retain the executives or pay them any specified level of compensation or benefits. Generally, under the Agreements, a change in control is deemed to have occurred if: (a) a majority of the Board becomes composed of persons other than persons for whose election proxies have been solicited by the Board, or other than persons who are then serving as directors appointed by the Board to fill vacancies caused by death or resignation (but not removal) of a director or to fill newly created directorships; (b) another party becomes the beneficial owner of at least 30% of the Company's outstanding voting stock, other than as a result of a repurchase by the Company of its voting stock; (c) the approval by the shareholders of the Company of a merger, reorganization, or consolidation with another party (other than certain limited types of mergers) or sells or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of the Company's assets; or (d) the shareholders approve the liquidation or dissolution of the Company. Each Agreement provides that for three years after a change in control there will be no adverse change in the executive's salary, bonus opportunity, benefits, or location of employment. If, during this three-year period, the executive's employment is terminated by the Company other than for cause, or if the executive terminates his or her employment for good reason as such terms are defined in the Agreements (including compensation reductions, demotions, relocation, and requiring excessive travel), or voluntarily during the 30-day period following the first anniversary of the change in control, the executive is entitled to receive an accrued salary and annual incentive payment through the date of the termination and, except in the event of death or disability, a lump-sum severance payment equal to three times the sum of the executive's base salary and annual bonus (and certain pension credit and insurance and other welfare plan benefits). Further, an additional payment is required in such amount that after the payment of all taxes, income and excise, the executive will be in the same after-tax position as if no excise tax under the Code had been imposed. In the event of termination of employment by reason of death or disability or for cause, the Agreements terminate and the sole obligation of the Company is to pay any amounts theretofore accrued thereunder. The Agreements will terminate effective as of the Distribution, but it is expected that the Company will enter into agreements with these individuals and other officers and key employees with substantially identical terms. The Company has entered into an employment agreement with Clayton A. Williams whereby Mr. Williams has agreed to accept employment from the period from the Distribution Date to February 13, 1999, initially as Group Executive of the Company's Industrial Automation Systems operations and Senior Vice President of the Company. Under this agreement, Mr. Williams will receive a current annual salary of not less than $280,000 and is entitled to participate in the cash bonus plan or plans for which he is eligible. In the event of Mr. Williams' termination of employment without cause, he is entitled to receive the remaining installments of base salary payable during the term of the agreement and a pro rata portion of the bonus for which he would have qualified had he remained employed throughout the year of any such termination. Mr. Ohanian has an employment contract with Intermec Corporation, a subsidiary of the Company, which provides for his employment through February 28, 1998, for a base salary of $300,000 and provides that he is eligible to receive an annual bonus, subject to the satisfaction of performance goals established by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors, in accordance with the terms of any cash bonus plan in which he is eligible to participate.
39
RETIREMENT BENEFITS Prior to the Distribution, the Company's management will be participants in the tax-qualified and non-qualified retirement plans of Western Atlas (the "Western Atlas Retirement Plans"). Effective at the time of the Distribution, the Company will adopt tax-qualified and non-qualified retirement plans that will replicate, in all material respects, the Western Atlas Retirement Plans (the "Company Retirement Plans"). The following is a description of the expected terms of the Company Retirement Plans. THE FSSP AND RELATED RETIREMENT PLAN. Messrs. Brann, Cusumano, Ohanian and Roberts are expected to participate in the Company's Financial Security and Savings Program (the "FSSP"), a defined contribution plan intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code. Participation in the FSSP is generally available to employees of the Company located in the United States. A participant in the FSSP may elect to defer from 2% to 18% of his or her covered compensation for investment in the trust established under the FSSP, but the maximum amount which the employee may contribute to the FSSP for any calendar year is limited by provisions of the Code relating to the maximum amount, as adjusted for inflation, which may be contributed to plans qualified under Section 401(k) of the Code (the "401(k) Maximum Amount"), which is $9,500 for 1997. Deposits of 2% to 4% of the participant's compensation are invested in the FSSP Retirement Fund, while deposits in excess of 4% are invested in one or more investment funds as designated by the participant. The Company adds to the investment fund account of an FSSP participant an amount (not to exceed 2% of the participant's compensation) equal to 50% of the participant's deposits in excess of 4% of his or her compensation. In the case of employees who are classified as highly compensated pursuant to applicable Treasury releases (those earning over $80,000 for 1997), such employees' permissible contributions may be reduced further and the amount of the employer's matching contributions may be limited if certain nondiscrimination tests set forth in the Code are not achieved. A participant is entitled to receive his or her entire FSSP account, to the extent it has become vested, upon retirement or earlier termination of employment with the Company. Benefits under the FSSP are intended to supplement benefits under the Company's related retirement plan, which is a defined benefit plan. Although deposits to the FSSP do not comprise part of the retirement plan's trust (except for transfers of assets made at the request of a participant in connection with a distribution, as described below), the extent of an employee's participation in the Retirement Fund of the FSSP will affect the amount of such employee's benefit under the related retirement plan. The employee's contribution to the FSSP of 2% to 4% of his or her gross earnings causes the employee (if eligible to participate in the Company's retirement plan) to become eligible to accrue benefits under such retirement plan. Covered compensation for purposes of both the retirement plans and the FSSP Retirement Fund is aggregate cash compensation including bonuses and commissions but would, in the case of Messrs. Brann, Cusumano, Ohanian and Roberts be limited to $160,000 pursuant to provisions of the Code. The amount of a participant's annual retirement benefit at his or her normal retirement date (generally age 65) under the Company's defined benefit retirement plan is the higher of (A) 60% of the participant's deposits to the Retirement Fund of the FSSP (during the entire period of his or her employment) or (B) 85% of such deposits minus 75% of the participant's estimated Social Security primary benefit at age 65, with adjustments in the amount of the benefit to take into account factors such as age at retirement, degree of vesting, and form of benefit selected. In the case of Company employees who transferred directly from Western Atlas to the Company, contributions to the Retirement Fund of the FSSP will be included in the computation of a participant's total deposits for purposes of the formula set forth above. The annual retirement benefit at normal retirement age is reduced by the actuarial equivalent of lump sum distributions made (at the request of the participant) of the participant's Retirement Fund account in the FSSP. Should a participant wish to receive the entire benefit described in the formula set forth above,
40
the participant may direct that his or her Retirement Fund balance consisting of deposits with earnings be transferred to the retirement plan trust. RESTORATION PLAN.The limitations in the Code establishing the 401(k) Maximum Amount cause certain participants in the FSSP to lose Company-provided benefits which they could otherwise have derived from the deposit of a full 8% of their covered compensation to the FSSP. Consequently, the Company has adopted a noncontributory and unfunded plan (the "Restoration Plan") designed to restore the approximate amount of lost employer-provided benefits to those employees who participate in the FSSP to the fullest extent permitted by the applicable Code provisions but who are unable (as a result of the 401(k) Maximum Amount limitation) to contribute 8% of their compensation to the FSSP. Such lost employer-provided benefits which are restored under this plan consist of (i) all or part of the 50% matching contribution to the investment fund account of the FSSP participant and (ii) except in the case of Mr. Brann, who participates in a supplemental contractual arrangement (as described below), a portion of the full benefit under the Company's retirement plan if the participant's contributions to the FSSP Retirement Fund are limited to less than 4% of his or her compensation. Amounts that would have been deposited to the employee's Retirement Fund account by the employee and to his or her investment fund account by the Company are projected with interest to the participant's normal retirement date. Based upon these amounts, the participant's lost benefits from the Company's retirement plan and lost Company contributions to the investment fund are determined and converted to, and payable upon the participant's retirement as, a single life annuity if the participant is unmarried at such time or as a 100% joint and survivor annuity if the participant is then married; however, no payment will commence until the participant reaches the age of 62. SUPPLEMENTAL ARRANGEMENT FOR MR. BRANN. In addition to the FSSP, the related retirement plan, and the Restoration Plan, the Company has a noncontributory and unfunded supplemental contractual arrangement (the "Supplemental Arrangement") designed to provide additional retirement benefits to Mr. Brann. If Mr. Brann retires on or after age 65 following 25 years of service with the Company (including prior service with Western Atlas and Litton, his annual benefit (computed as a single life annuity) under the Supplemental Arrangement is 55% of his final average compensation, less amounts payable to Mr. Brann under Social Security and less that portion of pension benefits deemed to have been provided by the employer's (as opposed to Mr. Brann's) contributions which would have been received by Mr. Brann under any other retirement plan sponsored by the Company, Western Atlas or Litton if he was eligible to participate and had participated at all times in any such plan to the maximum extent permitted (regardless of the degree of actual participation). Final average compensation means one-third of covered cash compensation (including salary and bonus) deemed to have been received by Mr. Brann during any three periods of 12 consecutive months specified by Mr. Brann occurring during the 60-month period preceding his retirement. Salary is deemed to have been received when paid and bonuses are deemed to have been received when determined and awarded to Mr. Brann by the Compensation Committee, regardless of when paid. For purposes of the Supplemental Arrangement, Mr. Brann had 24 credited years of service at August 1, 1997. If Mr. Brann's employment is terminated before he has completed 25 years of service or attained the age of 65, then the percentage of 55% referred to above is reduced in accordance with a schedule relating to age and length of service; however, payment of retirement benefits to Mr. Brann under the Supplemental Arrangement will, in no event, commence until he reaches age 62. The Supplemental Arrangement also provides for certain salary continuation payments in the event of Mr. Brann's disability and certain survivors' benefits in the event of his death while employed by the Company and prior to the commencement of the payment of retirement benefits. The following table indicates the approximate annual combined benefit which would be received by Mr. Brann representing the sum of (a) the benefit under the Company's basic retirement plan deemed to have been provided by the employer's contributions and (b) the benefit under the Supplemental Arrangement, based on the following assumptions: (i) participation in the voluntary retirement plans to the maximum extent permitted during the entire period of Mr. Brann's employment, (ii) retirement at age 65, and (iii) election of the benefit in the form of a single life annuity.
41
PENSION PLAN TABLE
Although, as indicated above, the amount of such combined benefit would be reduced by Mr. Brann's Social Security primary benefit, the foregoing table does not give effect to such offset. Covered compensation under the Supplemental Arrangement is aggregate cash compensation, including salary and bonus, actually paid to Mr. Brann during the fiscal year. Since Mr. Brann received incentive awards from Western Atlas payable in installments, and since Mr. Brann's bonus awarded by Western Atlas for fiscal 1996 was not paid during 1996, the cash compensation paid to Mr. Brann during 1996 was $1,312,000, rather than the amount shown in the Summary Compensation Table. SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN. Messrs. Cusumano, Ohanian and Roberts participate in the Company's Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, an unfunded plan which provides additional retirement benefits to key executive employees designated by the Compensation Committee of the Board after nomination by the Chief Executive Officer. A participant in this plan does not ordinarily vest in a retirement benefit until reaching the age of 60 and completing 15 years of service following the participant's 40th birthday and may not ordinarily begin receiving a retirement benefit thereunder until reaching age 62. Under this plan a participant's annual retirement benefit is the actuarial equivalent, as of the age of the participant at retirement, of the following computation (a) 1.6% of "average earnings" of the participant up to $125,000 (which amount is adjusted annually for inflation) plus (b) 2.2% of "average earnings" in excess of such amount, the sum of (a) plus (b) then being multiplied by the participant's number of years of service (not to exceed 25) following the participant's 40th birthday. Average earnings for purposes of this plan is the average of base salary and cash bonus awarded by the Company to the participant in the three periods of 12 consecutive months in which the participant's compensation was highest during the final 60 months of the participant's employment. There is offset from the benefit calculated in the manner described above the participant's Social Security primary benefit as well as all amounts of "Company-provided" retirement benefit which the participant receives (or could have received assuming full participation at all times of eligibility) under other retirement plans sponsored by the Company. For purposes of this plan, Mr. Roberts had 22 credited years of service, Mr. Ohanian had 9 credited years of service and Mr. Cusumano had 11 credited years of service at August 1, 1997.
The following table indicates the approximate combined annual retirement benefit
which would be received by a participant in this plan representing the sum of
42
PENSION PLAN TABLE
In addition to retirement benefits, certain benefits are payable under this plan in the event of the death or disability of the participant. In the event of a change of control of the Company, a participant is immediately vested in the retirement benefit and is entitled to receive a lump sum payment equal to the actuarial equivalent, as of the age of the participant on the date of the change of control of the Company, of the retirement benefit which would have been payable at age 65, unless the committee which then administers the plan elects to defer such lump sum payment. INDEBTEDNESS OF MANAGEMENT TO THE COMPANY As a form of additional incentive for its key employees, Western Atlas provides loans to certain such employees located in the United States. Under such program, loans in the aggregate principal amount of $1,196,000 were outstanding at August 1, 1997 to four executive officers of the Company, as follows: Alton J. Brann, $616,000; Charles A. Cusumano, $225,000; Michael E. Keane, $100,000; and Norman L. Roberts, $255,000. These loans are unsecured, currently bear interest at the rate of 4% per annum, and are payable on the Company's demand, but, in any event, not later than the earlier of (i) termination of the borrower's employment with the Company or any subsidiary thereof, or (ii) December 31, 1998. The foregoing amounts represent the largest amount of indebtedness of each such executive officer and present executive officers as a group under such loan program outstanding since December 31, 1995. It is anticipated that the Company will establish a similar program effective as of the Distribution Date, and that the receivables of Western Atlas representing such loans will be transferred to the Company. The final maturity date of these loans is expected to be extended to December 31, 2002. INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLANS FOLLOWING THE DISTRIBUTION The following are descriptions of the incentive compensation plans that are expected to provide benefits to management employees of the Company after the Distribution. 1997 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN The UNOVA, Inc. 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (the "1997 Plan") has been adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by Western Atlas as the Company's sole shareholder. The Company's Board believes that the adoption of the 1997 Plan will help the Company to attract, retain and provide appropriate incentives for management personnel. The description of the 1997 Plan set forth below is a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the text of the 1997 Plan, which is attached to this Information Statement as Annex B. GENERAL. The 1997 Plan provides that the total number of shares available for grant shall be 5,500,000 shares of Company Common Stock plus a number of shares of Company Common Stock equal to 1% of the number of shares of Company Common Stock outstanding as of January 1 of each year beginning in 1999; any amount not used in a given year may be carried over into the next year. In addition to the foregoing limitation, no more than 5,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock may be granted over the life of the 1997 Plan for incentive stock options (within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code) ("ISOs"), and no more than 30% of the shares of Company Common Stock available for grant under the plan as of the first day of any fiscal year during which the 1997 Plan is in effect may be utilized in that
43
fiscal year for awards in the form of restricted stock ("Company Restricted Stock"). Shares subject to an option or award may be authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares. In each calendar year, no individual may be granted awards covering more than 1,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock. If an award granted under the 1997 Plan expires, terminates or lapses for any reason, without the issuance of shares of Company Common Stock thereunder, such shares will again be available under the 1997 Plan. In the event of a merger, reorganization, consolidation, recapitalization, spin-off, stock dividend, stock split, extraordinary distribution with respect to the Company Common Stock or any other similar event, the Board or its Compensation Committee (the "Compensation Committee") shall make such adjustments in the aggregate number and kind of shares reserved for issuance, the maximum number of shares that can be granted to any participant in any single year, the number of shares covered by outstanding awards and the exercise prices specified therein and make such other equitable adjustments as may be determined to be appropriate. An employee may satisfy a tax withholding requirement by applying shares to which the employee is entitled as a result of the exercise of a nonqualified stock option or the termination of the restricted period with respect to any shares of Company Restricted Stock awarded under the 1997 Plan. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION. Participants in the 1997 Plan will be selected by the Compensation Committee, which will administer the 1997 Plan. The 1997 Plan contemplates that awards will be granted to officers and other key employees of the Company and that participants will be such employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates, including officers of the Company, as from time to time are designated as such by the Compensation Committee.
ADMINISTRATION. The 1997 Plan requires that the Compensation Committee consist
solely of at least two directors of the Company who are "non-employee
directors," as such term is used in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and are
"outside directors" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.
Accordingly, members of the Compensation Committee may not be current employees
of the Company, former officers of the Company or be receiving fees from the
Company other than in their capacity as directors and may not be engaged in any
transaction or business relationship with the Company which would require
disclosure under the proxy rules of the Commission. Under the 1997 Plan and
subject to the limitations thereunder, the Compensation Committee is authorized
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION. The 1997 Plan will terminate on , 2007. Under the 1997 Plan, options to purchase Company Common Stock ("Company Options") or other awards granted and outstanding as of the date the 1997 Plan terminates are not affected or impaired by such termination. The Board may amend, alter or discontinue the 1997 Plan in such respects as the Board may deem advisable; but no such amendment, alteration or discontinuation may be made without shareholder approval to the extent such approval is required by law or agreement. No such amendment, alteration or discontinuation may impair the rights of participants under outstanding awards without the consent of the participants affected thereby (except for any amendment made to cause the plan to qualify for an exemption provided by Rule 16b-3) or make any change that would disqualify the 1997 Plan from the exemption provided by Rule 16b-3.
44
The Compensation Committee may amend any award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively. No such amendment or modification may impair the rights of any participant under any award without the consent of such participant (except for any amendment made to cause the plan to qualify for an exemption provided by Rule 16b-3). However, the Compensation Committee may not lower the exercise price of a previously granted option or replace an option with a new option having a lower exercise price. PRICING OF OPTIONS. Under the 1997 Plan, an employee to whom a Company Option is granted will have the right to purchase the number of shares of Company Common Stock covered by the Company Option, subject to the terms and provisions of the 1997 Plan. The exercise price to be paid by a participant, which may not be less than the fair market value of the Company Common Stock subject thereto on the date of grant, is determined by the Compensation Committee and will be set forth in a Company Option agreement between the Company and the participant. Under the 1997 Plan, the purchase price of a Company Option is payable, (i) in cash or (ii) by the surrender, at the fair market value on the date on which the Company Option is exercised, of shares of unrestricted Company Common Stock already owned by the optionee for at least six months. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS. The 1997 Plan authorizes the Compensation Committee to grant stock appreciation rights ("SARs") in connection with all or part of any Company Option. An SAR entitles its holder to receive from the Company, at the time of exercise of such right, an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value (determined in accordance with procedures to be established by the Compensation Committee) at the date of exercise of a share of Company Common Stock over the exercise price of the related Company Option multiplied by the number of shares as to which the holder is exercising the SAR. The amount payable may be paid by the Company in Company Common Stock (valued at its fair market value on the date of exercise), cash or a combination thereof, as the Compensation Committee may determine, which determination may be made after considering any preference expressed by the holder. To the extent an SAR is exercised, any related Company Option will be cancelled and, to the extent the related Company Option is exercised, any SAR will be cancelled. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. ISOs may be granted at the discretion of the Compensation Committee under the 1997 Plan. No term of the 1997 Plan relating to ISOs may be interpreted or authority exercised so as to disqualify the plan under Section 422 of the Code. EXERCISABILITY OF OPTIONS AND SARS. Company Options and SARs will become fully exercisable upon a Change in Control (as defined below). Otherwise, the 1997 Plan provides that if such participant's employment by the Company or its subsidiaries is terminated for any reason, other than death, disability or retirement, such participant may exercise a Company Option or SAR to the extent then exercisable, or on such accelerated basis as the Compensation Committee may determine, within the period ending on the earlier of three months after such termination (seven months if the termination follows a Change in Control) or the date the Company Option or SAR expires in accordance with its terms; provided, however, that if the optionee dies within such three-month period, any unexercised Company Option or SAR held by such optionee shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such three-month period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for a period of twelve months from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Company Option or SAR, whichever period is shorter. Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, if such participant dies prior to termination of employment, his legatees, executors, distributees or personal representatives may, subject to the provisions of the 1997 Plan, exercise the Company Option or SAR granted to such participant within the period ending on the earlier of (i) twelve months after the date of such death or (ii) the date the Company Option or SAR expires in accordance with its terms. Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, if an optionee's employment terminates by reason of disability, any Company Option or SAR held by such optionee may thereafter be exercised
45
by the optionee, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination or on such accelerated basis as the Compensation Committee may determine, for a period of three years (or such other period as the Compensation Committee may prescribe in the option agreement) from the date of such termination of employment or until the expiration of the stated term of such Company Option or SAR, whichever period is the shorter, provided, however, that if the optionee dies within such three-year (or other) period, any unexercised Company Option or SAR held by such optionee shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such three-year (or other) period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for a period of twelve months from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Company Option or SAR, whichever period is the shorter. Unless otherwise determined by the Compensation Committee, if an optionee's employment terminates by reason of retirement, any Company Option or SAR held by such optionee may thereafter be exercised by the optionee, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of such retirement or on such accelerated basis as the Compensation Committee may determine, until the expiration of the stated term of such Company Option or SAR.
The right of any participant to exercise a Company Option may not be transferred
in any way other than (i) by will or the laws of descent and distribution or
AWARDS OF RESTRICTED STOCK. The 1997 Plan also permits the Compensation Committee to grant shares of Company Restricted Stock to a participant subject to the terms and conditions imposed by the Compensation Committee. Each certificate for Company Restricted Stock will be evidenced in such manner as the Compensation Committee may deem appropriate, including book entry registration or issuance of one or more certificates registered in the name of the participant. The Compensation Committee may require that such certificate be legended and deposited with the Company. There will be established for each award of Company Restricted Stock a restriction period (the "restriction period") of such length as is determined by the Compensation Committee. Shares of Company Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered, except as described below, during the restriction period. Except for such restrictions on transfer and such other restrictions as the Compensation Committee may impose, the participant will have all the rights of a holder of Stock as to such Company Restricted Stock including, if applicable, the right to vote the shares and the right to receive any cash dividends. If so determined by the Compensation Committee in the applicable Company Restricted Stock Agreement, the Compensation Committee may require the payment of cash dividends to be deferred and reinvested in additional Company Restricted Stock. At the expiration of the restriction period, the Company will redeliver to the participant unlegended certificates. Except as provided by the Compensation Committee at the time of grant or otherwise, upon a termination of employment for any reason during the restriction period, all shares still subject to restriction are forfeited by the participant. The 1997 Plan provides that shares of Company Restricted Stock will cease to be subject to restrictions on transfer upon a Change in Control. The vesting of Company Restricted Stock may, in the discretion of the Committee, be conditioned upon the achievement by the participant of pre-established performance goals determined by the Committee or upon the continued service of the participant, or may be conditioned upon a combination of both such criteria. It is expected that the award of Company Restricted Stock to participants, the deductibility of whose compensation may be limited by the limitation on deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code will require the achievement of such performance goals by the recipient of the award, such that the compensation received thereunder will not be subject to such limitation on deductibility. The 1997 Plan provides that in the case of an award of Company Restricted Stock the vesting of which is conditioned only upon the continued service of the participant, such award will not vest earlier than the
46
first, second and third anniversaries of the date of grant thereof, on each of which dates a maximum of one-third of the shares subject to the award may vest. In the case of an award of Company Restricted Stock the vesting of which is conditioned upon the attainment of a specified performance goal or goals, such award will not vest earlier than the first anniversary of the date of grant thereof.
CHANGE IN CONTROL. For purposes of the 1997 Plan, a "Change in Control" means
47
In the event of a Change in Control: (i) any Company Options and SARs outstanding as of the date such Change in Control is determined to have occurred and not then exercisable and vested shall become fully, exercisable and vested to the full extent of the original grant; and (ii) the restrictions applicable to any Company Restricted Stock shall lapse, and such Company Restricted Stock shall become free of all restrictions and become fully vested and transferable to the full extent of the original grant. The 1997 Plan further provides that during the 60-day period following a Change in Control, the holder of a Company Option has the right to surrender such option for cash in an amount equal to the difference between the "change in control price" (as defined in the 1997 Plan) and the exercise price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the receipt of cash upon surrender of an option would make a Change in Control transaction ineligible for pooling-of-interests accounting treatment, the Committee may substitute for the cash payment common stock with a fair market value equal to the cash that would otherwise be payable. OTHER BENEFIT PLANS Pursuant to the Employee Benefits Agreement, the Company will create plans for management and other employees of the Company that generally are comparable to the existing Western Atlas benefits plans covering Company employees.
48
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN
BY MANAGEMENT The following table sets forth the number of shares of Company Common Stock expected to be beneficially owned following the Distribution, directly or indirectly, by each director, each Named Executive Officer and all directors and executive officers as a group, based upon the ownership by such persons of Western Atlas Common Stock as of August 1, 1997. A list of current executive officers of the Company is set forth on page 32 of this Information Statement. Except as otherwise indicated, each individual named is expected to have sole investment and voting power with respect to the securities shown.
(*) Less than 1%. (a) Includes 1,080 shares expected to be owned by Dr. Hoch's wife, as to which shares Dr. Hoch will disclaim beneficial ownership. BY OTHERS The following table sets forth each person or entity that is expected to beneficially own more than 5% of the Company Common Stock outstanding immediately following the Distribution, based upon the
49
ownership of Western Atlas Common Stock as reported to the Company (except as noted) as of December 31, 1996.
(a) Unitrin, Inc., ("Unitrin"), has reported in a filing on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act that these shares are owned by two of its subsidiaries, Trinity Universal Insurance Company (7,206,776 shares) and United Insurance Company of America (5,450,988 shares). Unitrin reported that it had sole voting power and sole dispositive power with respect to all such shares. Based upon the foregoing, Unitrin would beneficially own 12,657,764 shares of Company Common Stock immediately following the Distribution. (b) FMR Corp. ("FMR") has reported in a filing on Schedule 13G under the Exchange Act that, as of July 31, 1997, it has sole dispositive power with respect to these shares and sole voting power with respect to 237,491 of such shares. Based upon the foregoing, FMR would beneficially own 4,145,115 shares of Company Common Stock immediately following the Distribution. (c) In a filing on Schedule 13G under the Exchange Act, The Capital Group Companies, Inc., stated that, as of July 9, 1997, it has sole voting power with respect to 1,068,000 shares and sole dispositive power with respect to 5,558,100 shares. The Capital Group Companies, Inc., has advised Western Atlas that 4,111,800 of such shares are beneficially owned by its wholly owned subsidiary Capital Research and Management Company, which acts as investment manager for institutional investors such as pension funds and mutual funds, and the remainder of such shares are beneficially owned by others of its subsidiaries. The Capital Group Companies, Inc., disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. (d) In a filing on Schedule 13G under the Exchange Act, Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. stated that it held shared voting power and shared dispositive power with respect to 3,125,031 shares. The filing further discloses that the beneficial owner of the shares reported is a registered investment company advised by Merrill Lynch Asset Management known as Merrill Lynch Growth Fund for Investment and Retirement. Merrill Lynch & Co. and various of its affiliates disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares of Western Atlas reported.
50
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK AUTHORIZED CAPITAL STOCK The Company's authorized capital stock consists of 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Company Preferred Stock"), and 250,000,000 shares of Company Common Stock. No shares of Company Preferred Stock will be issued in connection with the Distribution. Based on the number of shares of Western Atlas Common Stock outstanding at , 1997, up to approximately 53.9 million shares of Company Common Stock will be issued to shareholders of Western Atlas in the Distribution. All of the shares of Company Common Stock issued in the Distribution will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. COMPANY COMMON STOCK The holders of Company Common Stock will be entitled to one vote for each share on all matters voted on by shareholders, including elections of directors, and, except as otherwise required by law or provided in any resolution adopted by the Board with respect to any series of Company Preferred Stock, the holders of such shares exclusively will possess all voting power. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (the "Certificate") does not provide for cumulative voting in the election of directors. Subject to any preferential rights of any outstanding series of Company Preferred Stock created by the Board from time to time, the holders of Company Common Stock will be entitled to such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board from funds available therefor, and upon liquidation will be entitled to receive pro rata all assets of the Company available for distribution to such holders. See "Risk Factors -- Dividend Policies." DIRECT REGISTRATION SYSTEM. The Company maintains a direct registration system ("DRS") for the Company Common Stock. Under the DRS, which will be operational at the time of the Distribution, the transfer agent will establish a book-entry account for each shareholder of record of Western Atlas who is entitled to receive shares of Company Common Stock in the Distribution. The transfer agent will mail an account statement to each such shareholder promptly following the Distribution. The DRS permits each shareholder to maintain the registration of his or her shares of Company Common Stock in his or her own name without the need for the Company to issue, or for the shareholder to maintain or store, a physical stock certificate. The Company believes that the DRS will enable the Company to reduce the costs of maintaining shareholder accounts and will enable shareholders to eliminate the costs of storing and safeguarding stock certificates and facilitate the timely settlement of trading in the Company Common Stock. Any shareholder who wants to receive a physical certificate evidencing his or her shares of Company Common Stock will be able to obtain a certificate at no charge by contacting the transfer agent. Additional information concerning the DRS is contained in the separate printed materials being distributed with this Information Statement. Copies of such information can also be obtained by contacting at [telephone]. COMPANY PREFERRED STOCK Under the Certificate, the Board will be authorized to provide for the issue of shares of Company Preferred Stock, in one or more series, and to fix for each such series such powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights, and such qualifications, limitations or restrictions, as are stated in the resolution adopted by the Board providing for the issue of such series and are permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "Delaware Law"). See "Certain Antitakeover Effects of Certain Provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, the By-laws, State Law and the Rights Plan -- Preferred Stock."
51
CERTAIN ANTITAKEOVER EFFECTS OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS
The Certificate, the By-laws of the Company (the "By-laws") and the Rights Plan contain certain provisions that could make more difficult the acquisition of the Company by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or otherwise. The description set forth below is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Certificate and the By-laws, which are attached to this Information Statement as Annex C and Annex D, respectively. CLASSIFIED BOARD OF DIRECTORS The Certificate and By-laws provide that the Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal in number as possible. The Board consists of the persons referred to in "Management -- Directors of the Company" above. The Certificate and the By-laws provide that, of the initial directors of the Company, approximately one-third will continue to serve until the 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, approximately one-third will continue to serve until the 2000 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, and approximately one-third will continue to serve until the 2001 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. Of the initial directors, Dr. Hoch and will serve until the 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, Mr. and Dr. Sample will serve until the 2000 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and Mr. Brann will serve until the 2001 Annual Meeting of Shareholders. Starting with the 1999 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, one class of directors will be elected each year for a three-year term. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for shareholders to change the composition of the Board. At least two annual meetings of shareholders, instead of one, will generally be required to effect a change in a majority of the Board. Such a delay may help ensure that the Company's directors, if confronted by a holder attempting to force a proxy contest, a tender or exchange offer, or an extraordinary corporate transaction, would have sufficient time to review the proposal as well as any available alternatives to the proposal and to act in what they believe to be the best interest of the shareholders. The classification provisions will apply to every election of directors, however, regardless of whether a change in the composition of the Board would be beneficial to the Company and its shareholders and whether or not a majority of the Company's shareholders believe that such a change would be desirable. The classification provisions could also have the effect of discouraging a third party from initiating a proxy contest, making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company, even though such an attempt might be beneficial to the Company and its shareholders. The classification of the Board could thus increase the likelihood that incumbent directors will retain their positions. In addition, because the classification provisions may discourage accumulations of large blocks of the Company's stock by purchasers whose objective is to take control of the Company and remove a majority of the Board, the classification of the Board could tend to reduce the likelihood of fluctuations in the market price of the Company Common Stock that might result from accumulations of large blocks for such a purpose. Accordingly, shareholders could be deprived of certain opportunities to sell their shares of Company Common Stock at a higher market price than might otherwise be the case. NUMBER OF DIRECTORS; REMOVAL; FILLING VACANCIES The Certificate provides that, subject to any rights of holders of Company Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by the Board. In addition, the By-laws provide that, subject to any rights of holders of Preferred Stock, and unless the Board otherwise determines, any vacancies will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, though less
52
than a quorum. Accordingly, the Board could prevent any shareholder from enlarging the Board and filling the new directorships with such shareholder's own nominees. Under the Delaware Law, unless otherwise provided in the Certificate, directors serving on a classified board may only be removed by the shareholders for cause. In addition, the Certificate and the By-laws provide that directors may be removed only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least 80 percent of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors ("Voting Stock"), voting together as a single class. NO SHAREHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT; SPECIAL MEETINGS The Certificate and the By-laws provide that, subject to the rights of any holders of Company Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, shareholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of shareholders and prohibit shareholder action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. The By-laws provide that special meetings of shareholders can be called only upon a written request stating the purpose of such meeting delivered to the Chairman of the Board, the President (if any) or the Secretary, signed by a majority of the Board or by resolution of the Board or the Executive Committee (if any). Shareholders are not permitted to call a special meeting or to require that the Board call a special meeting of shareholders. Moreover, the business permitted to be conducted at any special meeting of shareholders is limited to the business brought before the meeting pursuant to the notice of meeting given by the Company. The provisions of the Certificate and the By-laws prohibiting shareholder action by written consent may have the effect of delaying consideration of a shareholder proposal until the next annual meeting unless a special meeting is called at the request of a majority of the Board or by resolution of the Board or the Executive Committee thereof. These provisions would also prevent the holders of a majority of the voting power of the Voting Stock from unilaterally using the written consent procedure to take shareholder action and from taking action by consent. Moreover, a shareholder could not force shareholder consideration of a proposal over the opposition of the Chairman and the Board by calling a special meeting of shareholders prior to the time the Chairman or a majority of the Board believes such consideration to be appropriate. FAIR PRICE PROVISION Article IX of the Certificate ("Article IX") places certain limitations on the Company's ability to effect a Business Combination with an Interested Shareholder (as each such term is defined therein). DEFINITIONS. Article IX confers upon a majority of the Whole Board, or, if a majority of the Whole Board does not consist of Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined), a majority of the then Continuing Directors, the power and duty to determine, on the basis of information known after reasonable inquiry, the applicability of certain defined terms used in Article IX as well as all other facts necessary to determine compliance with Article IX. A summary of the definitions of certain of these terms follows. An "Interested Shareholder" is any person (other than the Company or a subsidiary) who or which is (a) the beneficial owner (as defined below) of ten percent or more of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock, or (b) an "Affiliate" or an "Associate" (as defined in Article IX) of the Company or at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question was the beneficial owner of ten percent or more of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, or (c) an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to any shares of Voting Stock which were at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question Beneficially Owned (as defined below) by a person described in (a) or (b) above (other than shares acquired through a public offering). Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Unitrin nor any of its subsidiaries will be an Interested Shareholder as long as such entities in the aggregate beneficially own less than 12,658,000 shares of Company Common Stock.
53
A person is the "beneficial owner" of, or "Beneficially Owns," any shares of Voting Stock which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates (as defined in Article IX) directly or indirectly owns or has the right to acquire or vote or which are beneficially owned by any member of any group of such persons having any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of Voting Stock. A "Business Combination" includes the following transactions: (a) a merger or consolidation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries with an Interested Shareholder or any corporation (whether or not itself an Interested Shareholder) which is, or after such merger or consolidation would be, an Affiliate of such Interested Shareholder; (b) the sale or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of assets having an aggregate "Fair Market Value" (as defined in Article IX) of $10 million or more if an Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Shareholder is a party to the transaction; (c) the issuance or transfer (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of any securities of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries to an Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Shareholder in exchange for cash or property (including stock or other securities) having an aggregate Fair Market Value of $10 million or more; (d) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company proposed by or on behalf of an Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Shareholder; (e) any reclassification of securities, recapitalization, merger with a subsidiary or other transaction which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding stock of any class of the Company or any of its subsidiaries Beneficially Owned by an Interested Shareholder or any Affiliate or Associate of an Interested Shareholder. A "Continuing Director" is any member of the Company's Board, who is not affiliated with the Interested Shareholder in question and was a director of the Company prior to the time such Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder, and any director who is thereafter appointed to fill any vacancy on the Company's Board or who is elected and who, in either event, is not affiliated with an Interested Shareholder and in connection with his or her initial assumption of office was recommended by a majority of the Continuing Directors then on the Company's Board. SHAREHOLDER VOTE REQUIRED FOR CERTAIN BUSINESS COMBINATIONS. Article IX requires the approval of the holders of 80 percent of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, as a condition to Business Combinations, except in cases in which one of the two alternatives described under "Exceptions to Higher Vote Requirement" were applicable and were satisfied. In the event that either of such alternatives were applicable and satisfied with respect to the particular Business Combination, the affirmative vote otherwise required by the Delaware Law and the other provisions of the Certificate and by the terms of any class or series of stock of the Company which might be outstanding at the time of the Business Combination would apply. (Although the Certificate authorizes 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, no such shares will be outstanding immediately after the Distribution and the Board has no present intention of issuing any such shares, other than the shares reserved for issuance in connection with the Company's Share Purchase Rights Plan. If any authorized preferred stock were in the future issued, its terms might be such as to require the approval of a Business Combination by its holders, voting as a series or class. That requirement would be in addition to, and would not be affected by, Article IX.) Thus, depending upon the circumstances, Article IX may require an 80 percent shareholder vote for a Business Combination in cases in which either a majority vote or no vote would presently be required under the Delaware Law. Even if an Interested Shareholder could obtain a 80 percent affirmative shareholder vote in favor of a Business Combination under the Delaware Law such Business Combination may nevertheless (depending upon its nature) require approval by the Company's Board prior to its submission to a shareholder vote (such would be the case, for instance, with respect to a merger or consolidation involving the Company). In that case, the Interested Shareholder could not effect such Business Combination, regardless of its ability to assure an 80 percent shareholder vote, without Board action. Further, even were an Interested Shareholder able to obtain votes sufficient to effect a repeal of such provisions, it
54
could not, under the Certificate, exercise its power by written consent or compel the Board to call a special meeting of shareholders for the purpose of voting on such repeal. As discussed above, as a result of the classified board provisions in the Certificate, an interested shareholder could not be assured of gaining control of the Board until at least two shareholder meetings had been held. In addition, Section 203 of the Delaware Law ("Section 203"), which restricts second-step mergers with "Interested Shareholders" (and is described more fully below) might also operate to prevent the ability of an Interested Shareholder to effect a Business Combination. EXCEPTIONS TO HIGHER VOTE REQUIREMENT. In the case of a Business Combination that involved the receipt of cash or other consideration by the Company's shareholders, solely in their capacity as shareholders, the 80 percent affirmative shareholder vote requirement would not apply if either (a) the Business Combination were approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors of the Company (in order for this condition to be satisfied there must be at least three Continuing Directors), or (b) all of the requirements described in paragraphs (1), (2) and (3) below were satisfied. If the Business Combination did not involve the receipt of consideration by the Company's shareholders solely as shareholders (E.G., because it took the form of a sale of assets or an original issuance of the Company's securities to an Interested Shareholder), only approval by a majority of the Continuing Directors would avoid the requirement for such 80 percent shareholder vote, although, as noted above (see "--Shareholder Vote Required for Certain Business Combinations"), such Business Combination might, depending upon the circumstances, otherwise require a lesser or no shareholder vote. If there were fewer than three Continuing Directors, such Business Combination would necessarily require such 80 percent shareholder vote. On the other hand, approval by a majority of the Continuing Directors would, with respect to any Business Combination, avoid both the 80 percent shareholder vote requirement and the need to satisfy all of the requirements described below. As noted above, under the Delaware Law a particular Business Combination may, depending upon its nature, require approval of the Board and/or less-than-80-percent shareholder approval. Neither the approval of such Business Combination by a majority of the Continuing Directors nor the satisfaction of the form of consideration, minimum price and procedural requirements of Article IX with respect to such Business Combination would supersede such other approval requirements of the Delaware Law or any class voting requirements with respect to any series or class of stock of the Company then outstanding. It also would not supersede the requirements of Section 203, discussed below. Rather, such approval or satisfaction of such form of consideration, minimum price and procedural requirements would eliminate only the requirement for the 80 percent shareholder vote otherwise required by Article IX. In order to avoid the requirement of an 80 percent shareholder vote or approval by a majority of the Continuing Directors in the case of a Business Combination that involved the receipt of cash or other consideration by the Company's shareholders, the following conditions must be met: (1) FORM OF CONSIDERATION REQUIREMENT. The consideration to be received by holders of a particular class (or series) of capital stock in the Business Combination would be required to be either cash or the same type of consideration used by the Interested Shareholder and its Affiliates in acquiring the largest portion of their interest in such class (or series) of capital stock. If the Interested Shareholder and its Affiliates have not previously purchased any shares of such class (or series) of capital stock, the consideration paid to holders of shares of that class (or series) in the Business Combination would be required to be cash. (2) MINIMUM PRICE REQUIREMENTS. The aggregate of (x) the cash and (y) the Fair Market Value, as of the date of consummation of the Business Combination (the "Consummation Date"), of any consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of Company Common Stock, in the Business Combination would have to be at least equal to the higher of (i) the highest per share price paid by the Interested Shareholder or any of its Affiliates in acquiring any shares of Company Common Stock during the two years immediately prior to the date of the first public announcement of the proposal of the
55
Business Combination (the "Announcement Date") or in any transaction in which the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder (whichever is higher), plus interest compounded annually from the first date on which the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder (the "Determination Date") through the Consummation Date at the publicly announced base rate of interest of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York, or such other major bank headquartered in New York, New York, as may be selected by the Continuing Directors, from time to time in effect in New York, New York, LESS the aggregate dividends paid on each share of Company Common Stock from the Determination Date through the Consummation Date up to but not exceeding the amount of interest so payable per share of Company Common Stock, and (ii) the Fair Market Value per share of Company Common Stock on the Announcement Date or the Determination Date, as the case may be, whichever is higher. The higher of (i) and (ii) above would have to be paid in respect of all outstanding shares of Company Common Stock, whether or not the Interested Shareholder or any of its Affiliates had previously acquired any shares of Company Common Stock. If the Interested Shareholder and its Affiliates did not purchase any shares of Company Common Stock, as the case may be, during the two-year period prior to the Announcement Date or in the transaction in which the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder (E.G., if the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder by purchasing shares of any then-outstanding class of voting Preferred Stock), the minimum price would be as determined under (ii). Under (i), interest and dividends would be computed from the Determination Date whether the highest price during the two-year period prior to the Announcement Date were higher than the price paid in the transaction on the Determination Date or vice versa and whether the Determination Date occurred before or after the beginning of such two-year period. Thus, for instance, if the highest price per share paid by the Interested Shareholder and its Affiliates during such two-year period was higher than the price paid in the transaction on the Determination Date and the Determination Date occurred before the beginning of such two-year period, interest and dividends would nevertheless be required to be computed on such highest price from the Determination Date. Since (ii) does not include an interest factor, if (ii) exceeded (i) no interest would be included in computing the per share amount required to be paid in the Business Combination. The following example illustrates the application of the form of consideration and minimum price requirements to a Business Combination with an Interested Shareholder acting alone which (x) acquired in the open market, during the two-year period prior to the Announcement Date, 4.9 percent of the outstanding Company Common Stock (the only then outstanding class of Voting Stock), for which its highest per share price was $40, (y) became an Interested Shareholder by purchasing 45 percent of the outstanding Company Common Stock in a cash tender offer at $50 per share, and (z) then announced a proposed Business Combination with the Company at a time when the Company Common Stock was trading at $55 per share: (i) highest price paid by the Interested Shareholder per share of Company Common Stock during the two-year period prior to the Announcement Date ($40) or on the Determination Date in the transaction in which the Interested Shareholder became such ($50), whichever is higher (I.E., $50), plus the net amount (assumed herein to be $2) representing interest (on $50), less dividends paid or declared (if ultimately paid) per share of Company Common Stock, from the Determination Date through the Consummation Date: $52. (ii) Fair Market Value per share of Company Common Stock on the Announcement Date: $55. Accordingly, in the above example, in order to comply with Article IX's minimum price requirements, the Interested Shareholder would be required to pay at least $55 per share (the higher of the two alternatives above) and, in order to comply with Article IX's form of consideration requirement, such price would have to be paid in cash.
56
The per share prices and interest assumptions used in the foregoing example were selected for illustrative purposes only and are not intended, and should not be treated, as estimates of future prices of Company Common Stock or future interest rates. Such prices and interest rates will be determined in the marketplace and cannot be predicted. As indicated above, none of the Company Preferred Stock will be outstanding immediately after the Distribution and the Board has no present plans to issue any thereof, other than the shares reserved for issuance in connection with the Company's Share Purchase Rights Plan. If any series of the Company Preferred Stock were in the future issued with voting rights and were outstanding at the time of consummation of the Business Combination, then unless such series were excluded from the provisions of Article IX by the terms of the resolution authorizing such series, the payments to holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock would have to be at least equal to the higher of (x) the highest per share price determined with respect to such series in the same manner as described above with respect to Company Common Stock, and (y) the highest preferential amount per share to which the holders of such class or series of Preferred Stock would be entitled in the event of a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. The minimum price requirement would have to be met with respect to each class or series of outstanding Voting Stock whether or not the Interested Shareholder was a beneficial owner of shares of that class or series prior to the Business Combination. Under the minimum price requirements, the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration to be received by holders of shares of any class of Voting Stock in a Business Combination is to be determined as of the Consummation Date. Where the definitive terms of such non-cash consideration were established in advance of the Consummation Date, intervening adverse developments, either in the economy or the market generally or in the financial condition or business of the Interested Shareholder, could result in a decline in the originally anticipated Fair Market Value of such consideration, so that, on the date scheduled for its consummation, the Business Combination, which had theretofore been considered as not requiring an 80 percent shareholder vote or approval by a majority of the Continuing Directors (I.E., because it was expected to satisfy the minimum price requirements and it satisfied the form of consideration and procedural requirements), could not be consummated because it had not received such vote or approval (even if it had received any less-than-80-percent shareholder vote required by the Delaware Law, and any separate class vote required by the terms of any class or series of then-outstanding stock of the Company) and did not, in fact, meet the minimum price requirements on such date. However, an Interested Shareholder could avoid such a situation by establishing, in advance, terms for the Business Combination whereby the non-cash consideration was to be finalized by reference to its Fair Market Value on the Consummation Date. Such an approach, which has in fact been used in connection with mergers and similar second-step transactions in the past, would assure that the Interested Shareholder would bear the risk of a decline in the Fair Market Value of the offered consideration prior to the consummation of the Business Combination. Article IX uses the Consummation Date as the determination date of the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration to be paid in a Business Combination in order to ensure that the Interested Shareholder uses this approach so that the Interested Shareholder, and not the other shareholders, would bear this risk. In addition, since the minimum price requirements call for a determination to be made with respect to interest at the base rate compounded, and dividends per share paid, through the Consummation Date, in a particular case it might not be possible to determine with certainty whether, at the time a Business Combination was submitted for shareholder approval, it would ultimately satisfy the minimum price requirements on the Consummation Date. Accordingly, it might not be possible to determine with certainty whether the Business Combination would require an 80 percent shareholder vote or the lesser vote otherwise applicable under the Delaware Law and, until the Consummation Date, there might be uncertainty as to whether the Business Combination, if it in fact received less than an 80 percent affirmative shareholder vote, could be consummated under Article IX. This uncertainty could deter an Interested Shareholder who did not own (and was not assured of obtaining the affirmative votes of) 80 percent of the voting power of the Voting Stock from going forward with a Business Combination that
57
had not been approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors. However, Western Atlas and the Company consider that it is appropriate, for the reasons indicated above, to use the Consummation Date as the determination date with respect to the minimum price requirements of Article IX and that this will benefit shareholders by encouraging the Interested Shareholder to negotiate with the Continuing Directors (and to refrain from taking action which would result in there being fewer than three Continuing Directors) and obtain their approval of the Business Combination, since such approval would avoid the applicability of both the 80 percent shareholder approval requirement and the minimum price requirement. (3) PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS. In order to avoid the requirement of an 80 percent affirmative shareholder vote or approval by a majority of the Continuing Directors, after an Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder and prior to the Consummation Date, all of the following procedural requirements, as well as the form of consideration and minimum price requirements, must be complied with. The first procedural requirement would be that the Company, after the Determination Date, not have failed to pay full quarterly dividends on any then-outstanding Company Preferred Stock and not have reduced the rate of dividends paid on Company Common Stock, unless such failure or reduction was approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors. This provision is designed to prevent an Interested Shareholder from attempting to depress the market price of the Voting Stock prior to proposing a Business Combination by reducing dividends thereon, and thereby reducing the consideration required to be paid pursuant to the minimum price requirements of Article IX. The second procedural requirement would be that the Interested Shareholder and its Affiliates not have acquired any additional shares of the Voting Stock, directly from Company, or otherwise, in any transaction subsequent to the transaction pursuant to which the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder (other than any such acquisition pursuant to a stock split or similar transaction that does not increase the Interested Shareholder's proportionate share of any class or series of stock of the Company). This provision is intended to prevent an Interested Shareholder from purchasing additional shares of Voting Stock at prices which are lower than those set by the minimum price requirements of Article IX. Since all of the forms of consideration, minimum price and procedural requirements must be satisfied in order for the Interested Shareholder to avoid the need for either an 80 percent affirmative shareholder vote or the approval of a majority of any Continuing Directors, an effect of this provision, where the Interested Shareholder or any of its Affiliates acquired additional shares of Voting Stock after the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder, is that the Interested Shareholder could only acquire all of the Voting Stock by means of a Business Combination if such Business Combination either satisfied the 80 percent shareholder approval requirements or were approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors. The third procedural requirement would be that the Interested Shareholder and its Affiliates not have received, at any time after the Interested Shareholder became an Interested Shareholder, whether in connection with the Business Combination or otherwise, the benefit of any loans or other financial assistance or tax advantages provided by the Company (other than proportionately, solely in its capacity as a shareholder). This provision is intended to deter an Interested Shareholder from self-dealing or otherwise taking advantage of its equity position in the Company by using the Company's resources to finance the Business Combination or otherwise for its own purposes in a manner not proportionately available to all shareholders. The fourth procedural requirement would be that a proxy or information statement disclosing the terms and conditions of the Business Combination and complying with the requirements of the proxy rules promulgated under the Exchange Act or any replacement legislation be mailed to all shareholders of the Company at least 30 days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, whether or not such proxy or information statement is required to be mailed pursuant to the Exchange Act or any such replacement legislation. This provision is intended to ensure that shareholders will be fully informed of the terms and conditions of the Business Combinations even if the Interested Shareholder were not otherwise required by law to disclose such information to shareholders.
58
The final procedural requirements would be that the Interested Shareholder have supplied the Company with all information requested by the Continuing Directors pursuant to Article IX. Under Article IX, the Continuing Directors have the right to request information as to the beneficial ownership of stock by the Interested Shareholder and other factual matters relating to the applicability and effect of Article IX. ADVANCE NOTICE PROVISIONS FOR SHAREHOLDER NOMINATIONS AND SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS The By-laws establish an advance notice procedure for shareholders to make nominations of candidates for election as directors, or bring other business before an annual meeting of shareholders of the Company (the "Shareholder Notice Procedure"). The Shareholder Notice Procedure provides that only persons who are nominated by, or at the direction of, the Board, or by a shareholder who has given timely written notice to the Secretary of the Company prior to the meeting at which directors are to be elected, will be eligible for election as directors of the Company. The Shareholder Notice Procedure provides that at an annual meeting only such business may be conducted as has been brought before the meeting by, or at the direction of, the Chairman or the Board or by a shareholder who has given timely written notice to the Secretary of the Company of such shareholder's intention to bring such business before such meeting. Under the Shareholder Notice Procedure, for notice of shareholder nominations to be made at an annual meeting to be timely, such notice must be received by the Company not less than 70 days nor more than 90 days prior to the first anniversary of the previous year's annual meeting (or if the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 20 days, or delayed by more than 70 days, from such anniversary date, not earlier than the 90th day prior to such meeting and not later than the later of (x) the 70th day prior to such meeting and (y) the 10th day after public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the number of directors to be elected is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board made by the Company at least 80 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting, a shareholder's notice will be timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it is received by the Company not later than the 10th day after such public announcement is first made by the Company. Under the Shareholder Notice Procedure, for notice of a shareholder nomination to be made at a special meeting at which directors are to be elected to be timely, such notice must be received by the Company not earlier than the 90th day before such meeting and not later than the later of (x) the 70th day prior to such meeting and (y) the 10th day after public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Under the Shareholder Notice Procedure, a shareholder's notice to the Company proposing to nominate a person for election as a director must contain certain information, including, without limitation, the identity and address of the nominating shareholder, the class and number of shares of stock of the Company which are owned by such shareholder, and all information regarding the proposed nominee that would be required to be included in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the proposed nominee. Under the Shareholder Notice Procedure, a shareholder's notice relating to the conduct of business other than the nomination of directors must contain certain information about such business and about the principal shareholders, including, without limitation, a brief description of the business the shareholder proposed to bring before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at such meeting, the name and address of such shareholder, the class and number of shares of stock of the Company beneficially owned by such shareholder, and any material interest of such shareholder in the business so proposed. If the Chairman of the Board or other officer presiding at a meeting determines that a person was not nominated, or other business was not brought before the meeting, in accordance with the Shareholder Notice Procedure, which person will not be eligible for election as a director, or such business will not be conducted at such as the case may be. By requiring advance notice of nominations by shareholders, the Shareholder Notice Procedure will afford the Board an opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by the Board, to inform shareholders about such qualifications.
59
By requiring advance notice of other proposed business, the Shareholder Notice Procedure will also provide a more orderly procedure for conducting annual meetings of shareholders and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by the Board, will provide the Board with an opportunity to inform shareholders, prior to such meetings, of any business proposed to be conducted at such meetings, together with any recommendations as to the Board's position regarding action to be taken with respect to such business, so that shareholders can better decide whether to attend such a meeting or to grant a proxy regarding the disposition of any such business. Although the By-laws do not give the Board any power to approve or disapprove shareholder nominations for the election of directors or proposals for action, they may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the consideration of shareholder proposals if the proper procedures are not followed, and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or to approve its own proposal, without regard to whether consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or beneficial to the Company and its shareholders. PREFERRED STOCK
The Certificate authorizes the Board to establish one or more series of Company
Preferred Stock and to determine, with respect to any series of Company
Preferred Stock, the terms and rights of such series, including (i) the
designation of the series, (ii) the number of shares of the series, which number
the Board may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in the Preferred Stock
Designation) increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof
then outstanding), (iii) whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or
noncumulative and the dividend rate of the series, (iv) the dates at which
dividends, if any, will be payable, (v) the redemption rights and price or
prices, if any, for shares of the series, (vi) the terms and amounts of any
sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series,
Western Atlas and the Company believe that the ability of the Board to issue one or more series of Company Preferred Stock will provide the Company with flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions, and in meeting other corporate needs which might arise. The authorized shares of Company Preferred Stock, as well as shares of Company Common Stock, will be available for issuance without further action by the Company's shareholders, unless such action is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company's securities may be listed or traded. The NYSE currently requires shareholder approval as a prerequisite to listing shares in several instances, including where the present or potential issuance of shares could result in an increase in the number of shares of common stock, or in the amount of voting securities outstanding, of at least 20 percent. If the approval of the Company's shareholders is not required for the issuance of shares of Company Preferred Stock or Company Common Stock, the Board may determine not to seek shareholder approval. Although the Board has no intention at the present time of doing so, it could issue a series of Company Preferred Stock that could, depending on the terms of such series, impede the completion of a merger, tender offer or other takeover attempt. The Board will make any determination to issue such shares based on its judgment as to the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. The Board, in so acting, could issue Company Preferred Stock having terms that could discourage an acquisition attempt through which an acquirer may be able to change the composition of the Board, including a tender offer or other transaction that some, or a majority, of the Company's shareholders might believe to be in their
60
best interests or in which shareholders might receive a premium for their stock over the then current market price of such stock. AMENDMENT OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE CERTIFICATE AND BY-LAWS Under the Delaware Law, the shareholders have the right to adopt, amend or repeal the By-laws and, with the approval of the board of directors, the certificate of incorporation of a corporation. In addition, if the certificate of incorporation so provides, the By-laws may be adopted, amended or repealed by the board of directors. The Certificate provides that the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, is required to amend provisions of the Certificate relating to the prohibition of shareholder action without a meeting; the number, election and term of the Company's directors; or the removal of directors. The vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock is required to amend all other provisions of the Certificate. The Certificate further provides that the By-laws may be amended by the Board or by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class. These 80 percent voting requirements will have the effect of making more difficult any amendment by shareholders of the By-laws or of any of the provisions of the Certificate described above, even if a majority of the Company's shareholders believe that such amendment would be in their best interests. ANTITAKEOVER LEGISLATION
Section 203 of the Delaware Law provides that, subject to certain exceptions
specified therein, a corporation shall not engage in any business combination
with any "interested shareholder" for a three-year period following the date
that such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder unless (i) prior to such
date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business
combination or the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an
interested shareholder, (ii) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted
in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested
shareholder owned at least 85 percent of the voting stock of the corporation
outstanding at the time the transaction commenced (excluding certain shares), or
Under certain circumstances, Section 203 of the Delaware Law makes it more difficult for a person who would be an "interested shareholder" to effect various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period, although the shareholders may elect to exclude a corporation from the restrictions imposed thereunder. The Certificate does not exclude the Company from the restrictions imposed under Section 203 of the Delaware Law. It is anticipated that the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware Law may encourage companies interested in acquiring the Company to negotiate in advance with the Board, since the shareholder approval requirement would be avoided if a majority of the directors then in office approve, prior to the time the shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, either the business combination or the transaction which results in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder. RELATIONSHIP OF ARTICLE IX TO SECTION 203 Each of Article IX and Section 203 should encourage persons interested in acquiring the Company to negotiate in advance with the Board of Directors since the higher shareholder voting requirements imposed would not be invoked if, (i) in the case of Article IX, such person obtains the approval of a majority of the Continuing Directors for the proposed business combination transaction, and (ii) in the
61
case of Section 203, such person, prior to acquiring 15 percent of the Company's voting stock, obtains the approval of the Board for such stock acquisition or for the proposed business combination transaction (unless such person acquires 85 percent or more of the Company's voting stock in such transaction excluding certain shares as described above). As stated above, in the event of a proposed acquisition of the Company, the Boards of Western Atlas and the Company believe that the interests of the Company's shareholders will best be served by a transaction that results from negotiations based upon careful consideration of the proposed terms, such as the price to be paid to minority shareholders, the form of consideration paid and tax effects of the transaction. The protection afforded the remaining shareholders by Section 203 is stronger in some respects than the protection that would be afforded by Article IX in situations in which the provisions of both apply. This is because, unless the requisite Board or shareholder approval is obtained or the acquiror succeeds in obtaining at least 85% of the target corporation's voting stock in the initial transaction, Section 203 would prevent any of the specified business combination transactions which could be used by an acquiror to eliminate such remaining shareholders, use the assets of the company to finance its acquisition or otherwise abuse its equity position from occurring for a period of three years thereafter, whereas Article IX would merely require that the specified minimum price and procedural conditions be satisfied. Nonetheless, Article IX has been included in the Certificate for several reasons. First, the term "Business Combination" is defined differently in Article IX than it is in Section 203 and, as a result, Article IX may afford protection to the Company's shareholders in certain situations in which Section 203 would not apply. In addition, Article IX would apply to transactions with or for the benefit of any person (together with such person's affiliates and associates) beneficially owning 10 percent of the Company's voting stock while Section 203 would only apply to transactions involving persons (together with their affiliates and associates) beneficially owning 15 percent or more of the Company's voting stock. Second, although the constitutionality of Section 203 has so far been upheld in the courts, it is possible that a higher court might yet find Section 203 to be unconstitutional. If Section 203 were to be challenged and struck down as unconstitutional prior to or in connection with any acquisition of the Company, Article IX would continue to afford its protections to shareholders. Neither Article IX nor Section 203 will prevent a hostile takeover of the Company. They may, however, make more difficult or discourage a takeover of the Company or the acquisition of control of the Company by a significant shareholder and thus the removal of incumbent management. Such effect will be enhanced by the fact that the Company will have a Share Purchase Rights Plan. Some shareholders may find this disadvantageous in that they may not be afforded the opportunity to participate in takeovers which are not approved by the Continuing Directors but in which they might receive, for at least some of their shares, a substantial premium above the market price at the time of a tender offer or other acquisition transaction. Article IX should not prevent or discourage transactions in which the acquiring person is willing to negotiate in good faith with the Board and is prepared to pay the same price to all shareholders of each class of the Company's voting stock. RIGHTS PLAN As of the Distribution Date, the Board of Directors of the Company will have adopted a Share Purchase Rights Plan (the "Rights Plan") under which the Board of Directors declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a "Right") for each outstanding share of Common Stock. Each share of Company Common Stock distributed on the Distribution will have attached to it (as described below) an associated Right. Rights are issuable in respect of all shares of Company Common Stock issued after the Distribution Date and prior to the earliest of (i) the Rights Distribution Date (as defined below), (ii) the date on which the Rights are redeemed or exchanged as discussed below or (iii) ______, 2007. Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-hundredth of a share of Series A Junior Participation Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred Shares"), of the Company
62
at a price of $ (the "Purchase Price"), subject to adjustment. The terms of the Rights are set forth in a Rights Agreement (the "Rights Agreement") between the Company and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., as Rights Agents (the "Rights Agent"). The Rights Agreement provides that, until the Rights Distribution Date (or earlier redemption or expiration of the Rights), the Rights will be transferred with and only with the shares of Company Common Stock. The Rights Distribution Date is the earlier to occur of (i) ten days following a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (an "Acquiring Person") has acquired beneficial ownership of 15 percent or more of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock or (ii) ten business days (or such later date as may be determined by action of the Board of Directors prior to such time as any person or group of affiliated persons becomes an Acquiring Person) following the commencement of, or announcement of an intention to make, a tender offer or exchange offer, the consummation of which would result in the beneficial ownership by a person or group of 15 percent or more of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock. As soon as practicable following the Rights Distribution Date, separate certificates evidencing the Rights ("Right Certificates") will be mailed to holders of record of the shares of Company Common Stock as of the close of business on the Rights Distribution Date and such separate Rights Certificates alone will evidence the Rights. In the event that any person or group of affiliated or associated persons becomes an Acquiring Person, each holder of a Right, other than Rights beneficially owned by the Acquiring Person (which will thereafter be void), will thereafter have the right to receive upon exercise that number of shares of Company Common Stock having a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right. At any time prior to the time a person or group of affiliated or associated persons becomes an Acquiring Person, the Board of Directors of the Company may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $.01 per Right (the "Redemption Price"). The redemption of the Rights may be made effective at such time on such basis with such conditions as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may establish. If the Rights are not redeemed as provided above and in the event that the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction or 50 percent or more of its consolidated assets or earning power are sold after a person or group has become an Acquiring Person, each holder of a Right will thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at the then current exercise price of the Right, that number of shares of common stock of the acquiring company which at the time of such transaction will have a market value of two times the exercise price of the Right. At any time after any person or group becomes an Acquiring Person and prior to the acquisition by such person or group of 50 percent or more of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock, the Board of Directors of the Company may exchange the Rights (other than Rights owned by such person or group which will have become void), in whole or in part, at an exchange ratio of one share of Company Common Stock, or one-hundredth of a Preferred Share, per Right (subject to adjustment). Preferred Shares which are purchasable under the Rights Plan will not be redeemable. Each Preferred Share will be entitled to an aggregate dividend of 100 times the dividend declared per share of Company Common Stock but in no event shall such minimum preferential quarterly payment be less than $1 per share. In the event of liquidation, the holders of the Preferred Shares will be entitled to an aggregate payment of 100 times the payment made per share of Company Common Stock, but in no event shall they receive less than $100 per share. Each Preferred Share will have 100 votes, voting together with the shares of Company Common Stock. Finally, in the event of any merger, consolidation, or other transaction in which shares of Company Common Stock are exchanged, each Preferred Share will be entitled to receive 100 times the amount received per share of Company Common Stock. These rights are protected by customary antidilution provisions. Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as a shareholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive dividends. While the distribution of
63
the Rights is not taxable, shareholders may recognize taxable income upon the occurrence of subsequent events -- for example, upon the redemption, sale, or other disposition of the Rights, or upon the Rights becoming exercisable with respect to an acquiror's stock whether or not exercised. The Rights will expire on , 2007 (the "Final Expiration Date"), unless the Final Expiration Date is extended or unless the Rights are earlier redeemed or exchanged by the Company. As of December 31, 1996, Unitrin and its subsidiaries owned 23.6 percent of the outstanding shares of Western Atlas Common Stock, and on that assumption would own an identical percentage of the shares of Company Common Stock immediately following the Distribution. The Rights Plan does not affect the Unitrin companies so long as they do not purchase additional shares of Company Common Stock or their shares are not transferred to a third party or group which would thereby beneficially own 15 percent or more of the outstanding shares of Company Common Stock.
The terms of the Rights may be amended by the Board of Directors of the Company
without the consent of the holders of the Rights, including an amendment to
lower the 15 percent thresholds described above to not less than the greater of
The Rights have certain anti-takeover effects. The Rights will cause substantial dilution to a person or group that attempts to acquire the Company without conditioning the offer on the Rights being redeemed or a substantial number of Rights being acquired. This summary description of the Rights does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Rights Agreement, which is incorporated by reference as an exhibit to the Registration Statement which includes this Information Statement. COMPARISON WITH RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF WESTERN ATLAS COMMON STOCK The Company's Certificate, By-laws and Rights Plan are essentially identical to the corresponding instruments of Western Atlas except that (i) any amendment by shareholders of the Company's By-laws requires the vote of 80 percent of the outstanding Company Common Stock, while amendments by shareholders to the Western Atlas By-laws require either a majority of the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present or 80 percent of the outstanding Western Atlas Common Stock, depending on which By-law is being amended, and (ii) Western Atlas does not have in its certificate of incorporation any provision analogous to Article IX of the Certificate.
LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION
ELIMINATION OF LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS The Certificate provides that a director of the Company will not be personally liable to the Company or its shareholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company or its shareholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware Law, which concerns unlawful payments of dividends, stock purchases or redemptions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the Delaware Law is amended after the approval by the shareholders of the Certificate to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the
64
Company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Law, as so amended from time to time. While the Certificate provides directors with protection from awards for monetary damages for breaches of their duty of care, it does not eliminate such duty. Accordingly, the Certificate will have no effect on the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission based on a director's breach of his or her duty of care. The provisions of the Certificate described above apply to an officer of the Company only if he or she is a director of the Company and is acting in his or her capacity as director, and do not apply to officers of the Company who are not directors. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS The Certificate provides that each person who is or was a director or officer of the Company or who is or was serving or who had agreed to serve at the request of the Board or an officer of the Company as a director, officer or employee of another Corporation, Partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, will be indemnified by the Company, in accordance with the By-Laws, to the full extent permitted from time to time by Delaware Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Company to provide prior to such amendment) or any other applicable laws as presently or hereafter in effect. In addition, the Certificate provides that the Company may provide indemnification to other persons as provided in the By-Laws and may enter into one or more agreements with any person which provide for indemnification greater as different than that provided in the Certificate. The By-Laws provide that each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a "Proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative is or was a director or officer of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by the Company, whether the basis of such Proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law as the same exists or may in the future be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Company to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification will continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and will inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; however, except as described in the following paragraph with respect to Proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Company will indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board. Pursuant to the By-Laws, if a claim described in the preceding paragraph is not paid in full by the Company within thirty days after a written claim has been received by the Company, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant will be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. The By-Laws provide that it will be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Company) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware Law for the Company to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense will
65
be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Company (including the Board, independent legal counsel or shareholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware Law, nor an actual determination by the Company (including the Board, independent legal counsel or shareholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, will be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. The By-Laws provide that the right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a Proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in the Certificate will not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or may in the future acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate, the By-laws, agreement, vote of shareholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. The Certificate permits the Company to maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any person serving at the request of the Company, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by the Company, against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Company would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware Law. The Company intends to obtain directors' and officers' liability insurance providing coverage to its directors and officers. The Certificate provides that the right to indemnification conferred therein is a contract right and includes the right to be paid by the Company the expenses incurred in defending any such Proceeding in advance of its final disposition, except that if Delaware law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a Proceeding, will be made only upon delivery to the Company of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it is ultimately determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under the Certificate or otherwise.
66
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
F-1
INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
Board of Directors and Shareholder
We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of the businesses comprising UNOVA, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the related combined statements of operations, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, such combined financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of UNOVA, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. As described in Note A, the accompanying combined financial statements have been prepared from the separate records maintained by the Western Atlas Inc. divisions comprising UNOVA, Inc. and may not necessarily be indicative of the conditions that would have existed or the results of operations if UNOVA, Inc. had been operated as a separate company. Portions of debt, interest, and corporate expenses represent allocations made from Western Atlas Inc.
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
F-2
UNOVA, INC. COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-3
UNOVA, INC. COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-4
UNOVA, INC. COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-5
UNOVA, INC. NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NOTE A: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES GENERAL INFORMATION. On May 4, 1997, the Board of Directors of Western Atlas Inc. ("WAI") approved in principle, subject to formal declaration of a dividend at a later date, a plan for the distribution (the "Distribution") to holders of WAI common stock of all of the outstanding shares of common stock of UNOVA, Inc. ("UNOVA" or the "Company"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of WAI. At the time of the Distribution the Company will own substantially all of WAI's industrial automation businesses. The Distribution is expected to occur before December 31, 1997 and will be made on the basis of one share of Company common stock for each share of WAI common stock outstanding on the record date for the Distribution. The Distribution will be reported by WAI as a tax-free dividend for tax reporting purposes. In connection with the Distribution, the Company and WAI have entered into various agreements, including a Distribution and Indemnity Agreement, a Tax Sharing Agreement and certain agreements relating to employee benefits and intellectual property. The Distribution and Indemnity Agreement provides for, among other items, the transfer to the Company of WAI's interest in UNOVA and the repayment by the Company of approximately $230 million payable to WAI. In connection therewith, the Company will obtain financing in the form of loans from a group of banks adequate to repay the aforementioned indebtedness to WAI and to meet its other capital requirements. The combined pro forma financial statements included elsewhere in this Information Statement have been presented as if this financing had been in effect as of January 1, 1996. For purposes of historical presentation, total UNOVA debt has been adjusted based on the historical capital needs of the UNOVA businesses compared to that of other WAI businesses. The Distribution Agreement also provides for the division between WAI and the Company of certain other liabilities and certain other agreements governing the relationship between the Company and WAI following the Distribution. In general, the Tax Sharing Agreement provides that WAI will be liable for consolidated federal income tax and joint state income tax liabilities, including any such liabilities resulting from the audit of or other adjustment to previously filed tax returns, which are attributable to the Company and its domestic subsidiaries (the "Company Group") through the date of the Distribution. WAI will be entitled to tax benefits resulting from any audit or other adjustments to the Company's pre-date of the Distribution consolidated federal income tax and joint state income tax liabilities, when and if realized by the Company. The Company Group will generally be liable for all other state, local and foreign tax liabilities which are attributable to the Company Group through the date of the Distribution and the pre-acquisition tax liabilities of Norand. NATURE OF OPERATIONS. UNOVA is an industrial technologies company providing global customers with solutions for improving their efficiency and productivity. The Automated Data Systems business segment is comprised of automated data collection ("ADC") and mobile computing products and services, principally serving the industrial market. Customers are the global distribution and transportation companies, food and beverage operations, manufacturing industries, health care providers and government agencies. The Industrial Automation Systems business segment includes integrated manufacturing systems, body welding and assembly systems, and precision grinding and abrasives, primarily serving the worldwide automotive, off-road and diesel engine manufacturing industries. A different automotive industry customer was significant to the Company's revenues in each of the three years ended 1996. One such customer represented 15% of revenues in 1996, another represented 11% of revenues in 1995, and another represented 28% of revenues in 1994.
F-6
UNOVA, INC. NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE A: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
A pro rata share of certain general and administrative corporate costs incurred by WAI have been allocated to the Company based on the relative ratio of such projected costs to be incurred by WAI and the Company individually. Such costs include general management, legal, tax, treasury, insurance, financial audit, financial reporting, human resources and real estate services. The Company's historical debt includes an allocation of a portion of WAI's corporate debt, based on the Company's estimated past capital requirements. Interest expense related thereto has been included in the Company's statements of operations at WAI's estimated blended historical rate of interest on long- term borrowings of 7.5%. Management believes the above stated allocations were made on a reasonable basis; however, they do not necessarily reflect the results of operations which would have occurred had the Company been an independent entity nor are they necessarily indicative of future expenses or income (see Note J). The Company consolidates its subsidiaries and companies in which it has a controlling interest. Investments in companies over which UNOVA has influence but not a controlling interest are accounted for using the equity method. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated. USE OF ESTIMATES IN THE PREPARATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for each reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. EARNINGS PER SHARE. Earnings per share computations in each year were based on 53,891,534 shares of WAI common stock outstanding at June 30, 1997. Management estimates that this amount is representative of the number of shares that will be issued upon the Distribution. Historical Western Atlas common stock equivalents arising from various stock option plans have been excluded from the Company's earnings per share calculation as such options will not be converted into UNOVA stock options (see Note F). CASH EQUIVALENTS. The Company considers time deposits and commercial paper purchased within three months of their date of maturity to be cash equivalents. INVENTORIES. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or market. REVENUE RECOGNITION. Revenues are generally recognized when products are shipped or as services are performed. Revenues and profits on long-term contracts associated with the Company's operations are recorded under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting. Any anticipated losses on contracts are charged to operations as soon as they are determinable. General and administrative costs are expensed as incurred.
F-7
UNOVA, INC. NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE A: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT. Investment in property, plant and equipment is stated at cost. Depreciation, computed generally by the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes, is provided over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. INCOME TAXES. The Company measures tax assets and liabilities based on a balance sheet approach. Tax assets and liabilities are stated at the tax rate in effect when the estimated assets and liabilities will be realized. For further discussion of accounting policies for taxes see Note G. The Company's domestic operations and their foreign branches have been included in WAI's consolidated tax return. Any tax benefits related to these operations have been recorded in these financial statements if such were realizable by WAI on a consolidated basis. Foreign entities included in these financial statements provide taxes in accordance with local laws and regulations. Earnings of these entities are deemed permanently invested in their operating environments and U.S. taxes have not been provided. CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK. Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure with any one institution. Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited because a large number of geographically diverse customers make up the Company's customer base, thus spreading the trade credit risk. The Company evaluates the creditworthiness of its customers and maintains allowance for anticipated losses. FOREIGN CURRENCIES. The currency effects of translating the financial statements of those non-U.S. entities of the Company which operate in local currency environments are included in the "cumulative currency translation adjustment" component of equity. Currency transaction gains and losses are included in the combined statements of operations and were not material for any periods presented herein. GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES. Goodwill is amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 15 to 40 years. Other intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from four to 18 years. The Company assesses the recoverability of goodwill at the end of each fiscal year or as circumstances warrant. Factors considered in evaluating recoverability include management's plans with respect to the operations to which the goodwill relates, particularly the historical earnings and projected undiscounted cash flows of such operations. IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS. The Company regularly reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be fully recoverable. Impairment is recognized in the event that the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by the asset are less than its carrying amount. ENVIRONMENTAL COSTS. Provisions for environmental costs are recorded when the Company determines its responsibility for remedial efforts and such amounts are reasonably estimable.
F-8
UNOVA, INC. NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE A: SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 130 REPORTING FOR COMPREHENSIVE INCOME and
NOTE B: BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS, INVESTMENTS AND DISPOSITIONS ACQUISITIONS AND INVESTMENTS The Company acquired Norand Corporation ("Norand") on March 3, 1997, and United Barcode Industries ("UBI") on April 4, 1997. Norand designs, manufactures and markets mobile computing systems and wireless data communications networks using radio frequency technology. UBI is a European-based ADC company headquartered in Sweden. These companies are currently being integrated into the Automated Data Systems segment. Both transactions were funded using a combination of WAI's committed credit facilities, short-term uncommitted credit lines and excess cash, and are being accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the acquisition costs (approximately $280 million and $107 million for Norand and UBI, respectively) have been allocated to the net assets acquired based upon their relative fair values. Such allocation resulted in $203 million assigned to in-process research and development activities; $156 million assigned to goodwill (to be amortized over 25 years using the straight-line method); and $29 million assigned to other intangibles (to be amortized over periods ranging from four to 18 years using the straight-line method). During the period ended June 30, 1997, the Company expensed the amounts assigned to in-process research and development in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 4. The allocation of the acquisition cost of Norand and UBI is preliminary and subject to revision upon receipt of pending information, such as final assessment of certain legal and environmental exposures and the completion of certain appraisals. Any such revisions are not expected to have a material impact on the Company's combined financial statements. The Company made several acquisitions and investments during 1995, including 49% of Honsberg, a German machine tool maker. Cranfield Precision Engineering, a grinding technology company located in the United Kingdom, was also acquired in 1995. The remaining 51% of Honsberg was acquired in the second quarter of 1997. These acquisitions are integral to the Company's goals, though not material in the aggregate to the Company's combined financial statements. DISPOSITIONS The Company sold its Material Handling Systems operations in November of 1996 and received cash proceeds of approximately $31 million. The activities of the division were not considered a core business of the Company.
F-9
UNOVA, INC. NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) NOTE C: CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, DEBT AND INTEREST Cash and cash equivalents amounted to $149.5 million and $103.5 million at December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995, respectively, and consisted mainly of time deposits and commercial paper. Notes payable and long-term obligations consist of the following:
Notes payable and long-term obligations at December 31, 1996 mature as follows:
Financial instruments on the Company's combined balance sheet include accounts receivable, notes payable, accounts payable, and payrolls and related expenses, which approximate their market values due to their short maturity. The fair market value of long-term obligations does not differ significantly from their carrying value as of December 31, 1996, based on comparisons to similar types of debt in the market. As discussed in Note I, WAI also has off-balance-sheet guarantees and letter-of-credit agreements relating to UNOVA customers with face values totaling $95 million at December 31, 1996 relating principally to the guarantee of future performance on contracts. Such guarantees and letters-of-credit will be assumed by the Company upon the Distribution. Debt allocated from WAI was $109.6 million and $112.4 million as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Interest expense related thereto of $8.3 million, $8.4 million, and $12.1 million of WAI's corporate debt for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively, has been included in the Company's statements of operations at WAI's estimated blended historical rate of interest on long-term borrowings of 7.5%.
F-10
UNOVA, INC. NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) NOTE C: CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, DEBT AND INTEREST (CONTINUED) Net interest expense is composed of the following:
The Company made interest payments to non-related parties of $2.6 million, $3.8 million, and $5.8 million in the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. Capitalized interest costs in each of the periods presented were not material. NOTE D: ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND INVENTORIES Following are the details of net accounts receivable:
The unbilled recoverable costs and retentions at December 31, 1996 are expected to be entirely billed and collected in fiscal year 1997. Summarized below are the components of inventory balances:
F-11
UNOVA, INC. NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) NOTE E: PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT Property, plant and equipment consists of the following:
The net book value of assets utilized under capital leases was not material at December 31, 1996 and 1995. The range of estimated useful lives for determining depreciation and amortization of the major classes of assets are:
As of December 31, 1996, minimum rental commitments under noncancellable operating leases were:
Rental expense for operating leases, including amounts for short-term leases with nominal, if any, future rental commitments, was $10.4 million, $9.8 million and $10.8 million, for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The minimum future rentals receivable under subleases and the contingent rental expenses were not significant.
F-12
UNOVA, INC. NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) NOTE F: EQUITY--INVESTMENT BY WESTERN ATLAS INC. At the date of the Distribution, holders of WAI common stock will receive one share of Company common stock for each share held of WAI common stock. If the Distribution had occurred on June 30, 1997, approximately 53.9 million shares of Company common stock would have been issued. Changes in equity are summarized below:
STOCK OPTION INFORMATION Under the UNOVA, Inc. 1997 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), an aggregate of 5,500,000 shares of Company common stock will initially be available for the issuance of stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock. The number of shares available under the Plan increases by one percent of the total number of shares of common stock outstanding as of the first day of each calendar year beginning after December 31, 1999. Under the Plan, stock options may not be granted at a price less than the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant. There have been no issuances made under the Plan to date, but it is expected that the initial issuances will occur soon after the date of the Distribution. The Distribution Agreement provides that all employee and director options to purchase WAI common stock outstanding immediately prior to the Distribution will be adjusted by increasing the number of shares subject to the option and decreasing the exercise price per share so as to preserve the difference between the aggregate exercise price of the option and the aggregate market value of the shares subject to the option.
F-13
UNOVA, INC. NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) NOTE G: TAXES ON INCOME See Note K for earnings by geographic area.
The components of taxes on income consist of the following provisions
(benefits):
Deferred taxes result from the effect of transactions which are recognized in different periods for financial and tax reporting purposes and relate primarily to employee benefits, depreciation and other valuation allowances. The primary components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
F-14
UNOVA, INC. NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE G: TAXES ON INCOME (CONTINUED)
The Company made tax payments of $26.1 million, $15.1 million and $25.8 million, in the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.
F-15
UNOVA, INC. NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) NOTE H: PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS Benefit plans covering employees of the Company are sponsored by WAI. These plans include retirement and pension plans which cover most of its employees. Most of the Company's U.S. employees are covered by a contributory defined benefit plan. Under a contributory defined benefit plan generally available to U.S. employees of the Company, annual contributions are made to the extent such contributions are actuarially determined. There are also defined contribution voluntary savings programs generally available for U.S. employees, which are intended to qualify under Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. These plans are designed to enhance the retirement programs of participating employees. Under these plans, the Company matches up to 50% of a certain portion of participants' contributions. The Company's non-U.S. subsidiaries also have WAI sponsored retirement and savings plans for employees. The pension liabilities and their related costs are computed in accordance with the laws of the individual nations and appropriate actuarial practices. For employees of the Company, who are participants in any of WAI's various benefit plans, new benefit plans will be established effective as of the date of the Distribution. Assets will be transferred to such plans from corresponding WAI plans based upon actuarial determinations made in conformity with regulatory requirements. U.S. PENSION PLANS
A summary of the components of net periodic pension cost for the U.S. defined
benefit plans and defined contribution plans for the years ended December 31,
1996, 1995 and 1994, is as follows:
Actuarial assumptions for the Company's U.S. defined benefit plans included an expected long-term rate of return on plan assets of 9 1/4% for fiscal years 1996 and 1995. The weighted-average discount rate used in determining the actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation was 7 1/2% at December 31, 1996 and 1995. The rate of increase in future compensation levels was 5% at December 31, 1996 and 1995.
F-16
UNOVA, INC. NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE H: PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
The above table includes prepaid pension cost presented net of pension liabilities for plans in which accumulated benefits exceed plan assets. As of December 31, 1996 and 1995, these liabilities amounted to $13.5 million and $7.4 million, respectively. Plan assets consist primarily of equity securities and U.S. Government securities. The excess of plan assets over the projected benefit obligation at August 1, 1986 (when the Company adopted SFAS No. 87) and subsequent unrecognized gains and losses are fully amortized over the average remaining service period of active employees expected to receive benefits under the plans, generally 15 years. NON-U.S. PENSION PLANS For the principal non-U.S. pension plans located in the United Kingdom, the weighted-average discount rate used was approximately 8% at December 31, 1996. The rate of increase in future compensation used was approximately 5%, and the rate of return on assets was 8 1/2% at December 31, 1996. Pension costs for non-U.S. plans were not material for any of the periods presented herein. The actuarial present value of projected benefits at December 31, 1996 was $42.3 million compared with net assets available for benefits of $47.2 million. OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS In addition to pension benefits, certain of the Company's U.S. employees are covered by postretirement health care and life insurance benefit plans provided by WAI. These benefit plans are unfunded. The net periodic postretirement benefit costs were not material for any of the periods presented herein. The accumulated benefit obligation at December 31, 1996 was $18.5 million, of which $14.7 million was attributable to retirees and $3.8 million to other active plan participants. The accumulated benefit obligation at December 31, 1995 was $18.0 million, of which $14.7 million was attributable to retirees and $3.3 million was attributable to active plan participants. Actuarial assumptions used to measure the accumulated benefit obligation include a discount rate of 7 1/2% at December 31, 1996 and 1995. The assumed health care cost trend rate for fiscal year 1996 was
F-17
UNOVA, INC. NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE H: PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFIT PLANS (CONTINUED)
NOTE I: LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES The Company is currently, and is from time to time, subject to claims and suits arising in the ordinary course of its business. In the opinion of the Company's General Counsel, the ultimate resolution of currently pending proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's consolidated financial statements. WAI has off-balance-sheet guarantees and letter of credit agreements relating to UNOVA customers with face values totaling $95 million at December 31, 1996 relating principally to the guarantee of future performance on contracts. Such guarantees and letters-of-credit will be assumed by the Company upon the Distribution. NOTE J: RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS Included in other assets are amounts due from related parties of $1.6 million and $2.1 million at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. Included in general and administrative costs are allocated charges from WAI of $22.2 million, $19.9 million and $27.6 million, for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. Included in interest expense are allocated charges from WAI of $8.3 million, $8.4 million and $12.1 million, for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. NOTE K: BUSINESS SEGMENT REPORTING The Company reports its operations in two business segments: the Automated Data Systems segment and the Industrial Automation Systems segment. Material Handling Systems and VantageWare divisions were sold during the fourth quarter of 1996. Figures for these divisions were reported as part of the Industrial Automation Systems segment. Activities are primarily product sales oriented. Export sales are not material. Corporate and other amounts include corporate operating costs, net interest expense and currency transaction gains and losses (see Notes A and J). Assets classified as corporate and other amounts consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and deferred taxes.
F-18
UNOVA, INC. NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
NOTE K: BUSINESS SEGMENT REPORTING (CONTINUED)
OPERATIONS BY GEOGRAPHIC AREA
F-19
UNOVA, INC. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
F-20
UNOVA, INC. COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) (UNAUDITED)
See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-21
UNOVA, INC. COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-22
UNOVA, INC. COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS) (UNAUDITED)
See accompanying notes to combined financial statements.
F-23
UNOVA, INC. NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
1. The amounts included in these interim financial statements are unaudited; however in the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of results for the stated periods have been included. These adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted. It is suggested that these consolidated financial statements be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes thereto included in this information statement. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of operating results for the entire year. 2. The Company acquired Norand Corporation ("Norand") on March 3, 1997, and United Barcode Industries ("UBI") on April 4, 1997. Norand designs, manufactures and markets mobile computing systems and wireless data communications networks using radio frequency technology. UBI is a European-based ADC company headquartered in Sweden, with fiscal 1996 sales of approximately $100 million. These companies are currently being integrated into the Automated Data Systems segment. Both transactions were funded using a combination of WAI's committed credit facilities, short-term uncommitted credit lines and excess cash, and are being accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the acquisition costs (approximately $280 million and $107 million for Norand and UBI, respectively) have been allocated to the net assets acquired based upon their relative fair values. Such allocation resulted in $203 million assigned to in-process research and development activities; $156 million assigned to goodwill (to be amortized over 25 years using the straight-line method); and $29 million assigned to other intangibles (to be amortized over periods ranging from four to 18 years using the straight-line method). During the period ended June 30, 1997, the Company expensed the amounts assigned to in-process research and development in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 4. The allocation of the acquisition cost of Norand and UBI is preliminary and subject to revision upon receipt of pending information, such as final assessment of certain legal and environmental exposures, and the completion of certain appraisals. Any such revisions are not expected to have a material impact on the Company's combined financial statements. The following unaudited pro forma financial information for the Company reflects the Norand acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 1996, after giving effect to certain pro forma adjustments, including amortization of goodwill and other intangibles, and interest associated with the increase in allocated WAI debt. The 1997 pro forma information excludes the $203 million charge for acquired in-process research and development activities. The unaudited pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of what results would have been if the combination had occurred on the above-mentioned date. Pro forma sales and services revenues, net earnings and earnings per share for the six months ended June 30, 1997 are $769.1 million, $21.2 million and $0.39, respectively. Pro forma sales and service revenues, net earnings and earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 1996 are $1,405.8 million, $27.9 million and $0.52, respectively. The Company acquired the remaining 51% of Honsberg, a German machine tool maker, in the second quarter of 1997. The original 49% of Honsberg was acquired during 1995.
F-24
UNOVA, INC. NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
The fair values of Norand, UBI and Honsberg assets and liabilities at their respective acquisition dates are presented below for supplemental cash flow disclosure purposes:
3. Sales and service revenues and segment operating profit for the six months ended June 30, 1997 (excluding the $203 million charge for acquired in-process research and development described above) and 1996 were as follows:
4. General and administrative costs include allocated charges from WAI of $9.1 million and $10.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Interest expense includes allocated charges from WAI of $6.3 million and $4.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 1997 and 1996, respectively.
F-25
UNOVA, INC. NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1997
5. The components of inventory balances are summarized below:
6. Net interest expense is composed of the following:
F-26
NORAND CORPORATION REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS TO THE STOCKHOLDERS OF NORAND CORPORATION We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Norand Corporation (a Delaware corporation) and Subsidiaries as of August 31, 1996, and the related consolidated statement of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the year ended August 31, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Norand Corporation and Subsidiaries as of August 31, 1996, and the results of operations and cash flows for the year ended August 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
Arthur Andersen LLP
F-27
NORAND CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-28
NORAND CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-29
NORAND CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-30
NORAND CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS)
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-31
NORAND CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS Norand designs, manufactures and markets mobile computing systems and wireless data communications networks using radio frequency technology. Norand systems allow businesses worldwide to apply information technology to industrial and field automation settings. Typical applications include route accounting, field sales automation, and inventory database management in manufacturing, warehouse and retail settings. Norand provides hardware, application software, systems integration and support to thousands of customers in dozens of industries to improve accountability, productivity and management control. 2. ITALIAN SUBSIDIARY IRREGULARITIES On September 25, 1995, the Company announced that it had discovered irregularities during the course of the year-end audit at its Italian subsidiary. At that time the managing director of the Italian subsidiary was removed. The Company's investigation of the irregularities in its Italian subsidiary continued following the initial announcement. The investigation revealed a complex set of irregularities, which took place over a period of time. The irregularities were facilitated by third parties, certain of which were associated with the former managing director. As a result of the investigation attributable to the Italian subsidiary, the Company recorded in its 1995 and 1994 financial statements pretax charges and costs related to sales returns, inventory losses, certain local taxes which may not be recoverable, professional costs for the investigation, and the settlement or anticipated settlement of numerous third party claims against the Italian subsidiary. In total, after restatement for irregular sales and costs, pretax charges and costs related to the irregularities included in the financial statements amounted to $8.3 million in 1995 and $1.5 million in 1994. The Company believes that a thorough investigation has been completed in order to determine the aggregate losses due to the irregularities. The Company has continued to pursue potential further recoveries from third parties and insurance. Such potential recoveries have not been reflected in the accompanying financial statements. During 1996, the Company settled numerous previously identified third party claims for costs which approximated previous estimates. No new claims have been presented that would have a material adverse financial impact on the Company. Based upon the results of its investigation and the claim settlements, the Company does not believe that the aggregate charges and operating losses relating to these known facts and circumstances will materially exceed the amount of recorded losses and costs already recorded. However, there can be no assurances that additional third party claims will not be discovered in future periods which will result in further losses related to this matter. Such losses could be material to the consolidated results of operations in any future period. Management does not believe that any such losses will be material to the Company's consolidated financial position. 3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION The accompanying financial statements have been prepared on a consolidated basis to include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany amounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. INVENTORIES Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined on a first-in, first-out basis.
F-32
NORAND CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of plant and equipment is provided over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Production machinery and equipment (including molds and dies) is depreciated using the units of production method. All other property, plant and equipment is depreciated using the straight-line method. The ranges of the estimated useful lives are as follows: buildings, ten to thirty years; machinery and equipment and office furniture and equipment, three to ten years; computer equipment and software purchased to support the Company's business processes, two to five years; and leasehold improvements, the shorter of the useful lives of the assets or the term of the leases. Costs of renewals and betterments are capitalized; repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT COSTS The Company capitalizes internal software development costs and qualifying purchased product software, both of which are developed or acquired for sale to the Company's customer. The Company capitalized internal software development costs of $1.5 million in 1996. As of August 31, 1996, capitalized software development costs, net of amortization were $3.7 million. The capitalization of these costs begins when a product's economic and technological feasibility has been established and ends when the product is available for general release to customers. Amortization is computed on an individual product basis over a three year period. Capitalized software development costs are included in other noncurrent assets. PATENTS AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTIES Patents include the direct costs of the patents and costs to maintain and protect the patents. Patents are being amortized over the remaining lives of the patents, a weighted average of approximately four years. Intellectual properties include the direct costs of acquisition and are amortized over the useful lives of the underlying technology, generally three to five years. GOODWILL Goodwill from the acquisition of Infolink Group Limited in August 1995, the acquisition of the Company in October 1988, and other acquisitions, represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired and is being amortized over 15 and 40 years, respectively, using the straight-line method. The Company periodically reviews the value of its goodwill to determine if an impairment has occurred. The Company bases its determination on the performance, on an undiscounted basis, of the underlying businesses. Based on its review, the Company does not believe that an impairment of its goodwill has occurred. In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 121, "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to be Disposed of". The statement becomes effective in fiscal 1997. The Company does not believe that the adoption of this statement will be material to the Company's consolidated financial statements. INCOME TAXES The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109. Deferred income taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences on future years of
F-33
NORAND CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for income tax and for financial reporting purposes. In addition, the amount of any future tax benefits are reduced by a valuation allowance until it is more likely than not that such benefits will be realized. Deferred income taxes have not been provided for any income tax liability which could be incurred upon the repatriation of undistributed earnings of the Company's consolidated foreign subsidiaries as the Company expects to indefinitely reinvest these earnings outside the U.S. However, if the Company were to repatriate the undistributed earnings of the consolidated foreign subsidiaries, the potential income tax liability would not be material. INCOME PER COMMON SHARE The computation of primary and fully diluted earnings per share is based on the weighted average number of common stock and common stock equivalent shares outstanding during the period. Common stock equivalents consist primarily of options outstanding under the Company's stock option plans and shares to be purchased under the employee stock purchase plan. FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION The financial statements of foreign operations are translated into U.S. dollars in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 52. Accordingly, all assets and liabilities are translated at year-end exchange rates. The gains and losses that result from this process are shown in the accumulated translation adjustment account in the shareholders' equity section of the balance sheet. Operating transactions are translated at weighted average rates during the year. Transaction gains and losses are reflected in net loss. During 1996, the Company did not enter into foreign exchange forward contracts or foreign exchange option contracts to hedge the effect of foreign currency fluctuations on the financial statements. REVENUE RECOGNITION Revenues from product sales are generally recognized at the time of shipment of the product. Revenues from customer service sales are recognized ratably over the maintenance contract period or as the services are performed for repairs not under warranty or maintenance contracts. Included in deferred income at August 31, 1996, is deferred maintenance revenue of $10.2 million. USE OF ESTIMATES The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES The Company is subject to various potential risks and uncertainties which include, without limitation, continued pressures in the marketplace, the Company's ability to realize the benefits of the implemented restructuring, the future need for restructuring (see Note 11), the Company's ability to achieve increased revenues from new products and achieve lower operating expenses as a percent of revenues, the Company's ability to obtain debt financing, remain in compliance with debt covenants and maintain
F-34
NORAND CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 3. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED) liquidity (see Note 7). Additionally, the Company is subject to potential risks and uncertainties related to foreign operations, the effect of technological changes on the carrying value of inventories and specialized manufacturing equipment, the estimated realization of deferred tax assets (see Note 8), the potential for additional third party claims against the Company's Italian subsidiary (see Note 2) and the possible adverse effects of certain pending litigation (see Note 13). A summary discussion of risks and uncertainties is included in Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under the caption "Safe Harbor Statement." RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES Research and development expenses included in the caption "Product development and engineering expenses" in the consolidated statement of operations in the fiscal year ended in 1996 are $18.5 million. 4. INVENTORIES Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market, and consist of the following:
F-35
NORAND CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 5. NONCURRENT ASSETS Noncurrent assets include the following:
6. ACQUISITION On August 8, 1995, the Company acquired all the outstanding stock of Infolink Group Limited (Infolink), a distributor in Australia, for 9,817 shares of the Company's common stock valued at $0.4 million. The acquisition was accounted for using the purchase method. Accordingly, the purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired based on their estimated fair values. This treatment resulted in approximately $1.3 million of estimated goodwill. The goodwill is being amortized over fifteen years. The prior operations and financial position of Infolink were not material. 7. SHORT-TERM DEBT At August 31, 1995, the Company had $39.5 million of borrowings outstanding under a credit facility (the "Agreement") with a group of lending banks. The Agreement allowed for $60 million of maximum borrowings. In October 1995, as a result of anticipated non-compliance with the Agreement, the Company and the lending group amended and recollateralized the Agreement resulting in an increase in the effective interest rate by 1.0 percent on LIBOR borrowings and 0.5 percent on prime rate borrowings. As a result of the losses for the year ended August 31, 1995 and losses for the quarter ended December 2, 1995, the Company was not in compliance with certain covenants under the amended Agreement. Borrowings under the amended Agreement to fund operations and capital additions had increased to $57.4 million in early December, 1995. Due to covenant violations, in December 1995, available borrowings under the amended Agreement were frozen at $57.4 million.
F-36
NORAND CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 7. SHORT-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED) On January 25, 1996, the Company and the lending group amended and restated the Agreement (the "Restated Agreement") wherein the lending group agreed to waive any defaults under or violations of the Agreement occurring on or before January 25, 1996. The Restated Agreement provided for an amortizing term loan beginning at $52.0 million and amortizing by $1.0 million per month beginning September 15, 1996 to $48.0 million on December 15, 1996, and up to $11.5 million in borrowing base revolving loans. The Restated Agreement was limited to $63.5 million in aggregate borrowings. Obligations under the Restated Agreement were to mature on December 31, 1996. The Company's obligations under the Restated Agreement were secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company. The effective interest rate, effective January 25, 1996, under the Restated Agreement was the agent's alternate base rate (ABR) plus 1.75% for all borrowings up to $57.4 million and ABR +2.75% for borrowings above $57.4 million. The Restated Agreement contained financial covenants, measured at varying dates, including covenants relating to tangible net worth, capital additions and cash flows. The Company paid a commitment fee at closing amounting to 0.5% of the total facility. At August 31, 1996, the Company had $52.0 million of borrowings outstanding under the Restated Agreement. In November 1996, as a result of noncompliance with certain covenants under the Restated Agreement due to losses incurred for the year ended August 31, 1996, the Company and its lenders amended the Restated Agreement (the "Amended and Restated Agreement") wherein the lending group has agreed to waive any defaults under or violations of the Restated Agreement occurring on or before August 31, 1996. The Amended and Restated Agreement provides for maximum borrowings of $60.5 million. Maximum allowable borrowings decline to $59.5 million on December 16, 1996 and then decline periodically over the period to $48.25 million on September 15, 1997. Obligations under the Amended and Restated Agreement will mature on September 30, 1997. Obligations under the Amended and Restated Agreement will continue to be secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company. No foreign currency borrowings are permitted under the Amended and Restated Agreement. The effective interest rate increases periodically September 15, 1996 to ABR plus 4% on December 31, 1996 for all borrowings. The Amended and Restated Agreement will continue to contain financial covenants relating to tangible net worth, capital additions, earnings and cash flows. In addition to a fee amounting to $0.3 million which was paid on September 15, 1996 to maintain the aggregate borrowing capacity under the Restated Agreement, the Company will be required to pay additional fees to maintain aggregate borrowings under the Amended and Restated Agreement amounting to 0.1% of the total facility due at closing, 0.1% of the total facility due monthly from January 31, 1997 to April 30, 1997, and 0.25% of the total facility due June 30, 1997. Concurrently with entering into the Amended and Restated Agreement, the Company issued to its lending group Series A Warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 250,000 shares of the Company's common stock (the "Series A Warrants") and Series B Warrants exercisable for an aggregate of 300,000 shares of the Company's common stock (the "Series B Warrants"), in each case at an exercise price of $21.15. The Series A Warrants and Series B Warrants are not exercisable until May 31, 1997 and August 31, 1997, respectively, and may be repurchased by the Company for an aggregate of one dollar ($1) for the Series A Warrants and an aggregate of one dollar ($1) for the Series B Warrants in the event that, with respect to each of the Class A Warrants and Class B Warrants, prior to such dates, all indebtedness under the Amended and Restated Agreement has been repaid in full. Additionally, with respect to the Series B Warrants, the Company may repurchase such Warrants before August 31, 1997, for an aggregate of one dollar ($1) if it has received at least $20 million in net cash proceeds from additional equity.
F-37
NORAND CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 7. SHORT-TERM DEBT (CONTINUED) The Company is currently seeking alternative sources of capital which will be more advantageous to the Company. Management believes that they will be able to replace the Amended and Restated Agreement with such sources during fiscal 1997. As of August 31, 1996, the Company had borrowings outstanding at its Australian subsidiary which amounted to $0.5 million. The carrying amount for the short-term borrowing recorded in the financial statements approximates fair value. The weighted average interest rate paid under the above agreements was 11.57% in fiscal 1996. The average month-end balance outstanding was $53.7 million in fiscal 1996. The maximum amount outstanding in fiscal 1996 was $63.0 million. 8. INCOME TAXES The components of loss before income taxes are:
The provision (benefit) for income taxes consisted of the following:
F-38
NORAND CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 8. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED) The income tax benefit differs from a benefit computed at the U.S. statutory rate as follows:
The consolidated balance sheet includes the following:
In March 1996, the Company effectively wrote off its investment in its Italian subsidiary, for tax purposes, resulting in a net operating loss (NOL) which was carried back to prior years. The NOL carryback
F-39
NORAND CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 8. INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED) generated a $2.3 million refund. The Company has determined that based on its domestic profitability, that it is more likely than not (except for certain foreign NOLs which expire in the years 2000 and 2001 and remaining research and development tax credits) that recorded deferred tax assets will be realized in future periods. In 1996, the Company increased the deferred tax asset valuation allowance to offset the increase in certain foreign NOLs and research and development tax credits. The Company also provided additional reserves for income taxes related to fiscal years which remain subject to potential examination of respective taxing jurisdictions. Income taxes payable are included in other current liabilities. 9. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS Employees of the Company who meet certain eligibility requirements can participate in the Company's 401(k) Savings and Investment Plan. Under the Plan, the Company may, at its discretion, match the employee contributions. The Company recorded expenses related to its matching contributions for fiscal 1996 of $1.2 million.
In 1994, the Company established the Norand Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the
Plan) which enables eligible employees to purchase the Company's common stock at
85% of its fair market value. The fair market value of the common stock used to
determine the purchase price is based on the lower of the closing price of the
stock on the first or last business day of the Plan year which ends on December
10. LEASE COMMITMENTS The Company is obligated as lessee under certain noncancelable operating leases for office space and its manufacturing facility, and is also obligated to pay insurance, maintenance and other operating costs associated with the leases. The leases have various renewable options and terms. Rent expense under these operating leases was $2.9 million in 1996. Future minimum annual lease payments as of August 31, 1996, under agreements classified as operating leases with noncancelable terms in excess of one year are as follows:
11. RESTRUCTURING During the second quarter of 1996, the Company recorded a charge of $5.2 million ($3.6 million after-tax) related to a company-wide restructuring of operations. The restructuring charge was reduced by $0.8
F-40
NORAND CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 11. RESTRUCTURING (CONTINUED) million in the fourth quarter as a result of favorable experience compared to previous cost estimates. The restructuring charge included $3.7 million for severance and other costs related to reductions in the Company's domestic and international workforce and $0.7 million for lease exit costs associated with the closing or consolidating of certain facilities. The Company believes that annual cost savings resulting from the restructuring charge will be in excess of these charges. However, no assurances can be given as to the actual extent of any savings or improvements that might be realized or that additional actions and additional charges against earnings might not occur in the future. As of August 31, 1996, approximately $1.6 million of the charge has not yet been expended. The Company expects to expend the remaining balance, comprised primarily of amounts due in installments under severance and lease agreements, in fiscal 1997. 12. STOCK OPTIONS The Company has three stock option plans for its officers, directors and other key employees. The options under the plans generally become exercisable in equal installments over a three-to five-year period commencing on the first anniversary date after the date of grant and quarterly thereafter. Options canceled due to terminations or expiration of exercise period are returned to the pool of options available to be granted. The exercise price is equal to the market price for the Company's common stock on the date of grant and ranges from $1.10 to $45.25. The following is a summary of the activity in the Company's common stock option plans for the year ended August 31, 1996 and the outstanding balance of options issued:
At August 31, 1996, there were 297,319 shares exercisable and 1,552,278 shares reserved for issuance under the above option plans. In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 123, "Accounting for Stock Based Compensation." This statement becomes effective in fiscal 1997 and will require the Company to change its disclosures relating to stock options. The Company currently does not intend to change its accounting for stock options. 13. LITIGATION In October 1995, two class action complaints were filed against the Company and certain of its officers in United States District Court in Cedar Rapids, Iowa, seeking unspecified damages on behalf of a purported class of purchasers of Norand stock on the ground that the defendants violated the federal
F-41
NORAND CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 13. LITIGATION (CONTINUED) securities laws by allegedly making materially false and misleading statements concerning the Company's results of operations and future prospects during the period from March 20, 1995 until September 25, 1995. On November 24, 1995, a third lawsuit was filed in the same court raising substantially the same claims on behalf of a broader purported class of purchasers of Norand stock. All three lawsuits were consolidated under the caption In re Norand Corporation Securities Litigation (Master File No. C 95-323). On December 23, 1995, a single amended and consolidated complaint was filed in the consolidated action, superseding all previous pleadings. The complaint was filed on behalf of a purported class consisting of purchasers of Norand stock from September 26, 1994 through November 17, 1995, and named as defendants the Company, five of its present or former senior officers, and Arthur Andersen LLP, the Company's independent public accountant. The consolidated complaint alleged, among other things, that the Norand defendants materially overstated the Company's revenues and earnings by improperly recording sales in its Italian subsidiary and misled the market by failing to disclose alleged problems with certain of its products that affected its revenues in the fourth quarter of fiscal 1995. On August 28, 1996, the Company announced that it had signed an agreement to settle the consolidated complaint and secure releases for all of the defendants with the exception of Arthur Andersen. The Company believes its officers and directors acted properly regarding this matter and denies any wrongdoing. Nevertheless, the Company feels it is in the best interest of the Company and its shareholders to settle the matter and devote management time and energy to running the business. The settlement, which calls for the payment of $4.5 million in cash and $4.5 million worth of Norand stock, is subject to approval by the District Court, following notice to the class and a hearing on the fairness of the settlement. That hearing is scheduled for December 19, 1996. The cash portion of the settlement is covered by insurance. The Company has the option to pay $4.5 million in cash instead of issuing the stock. The settlement resulted in a fourth quarter charge of $4.8 million including additional legal costs related to the portion of the settlement not covered by insurance. The Company had previously accrued $0.3 million in the first quarter for related legal costs. The Company is also subject to certain legal proceedings and claims which have arisen in the ordinary course of its business and have not been finally adjudicated. In management's opinion, the ultimate resolution of these matters will not be material to the Company's consolidated financial position or results of operations. 14. BUSINESS SEGMENT DATA The Company's operations consist of a single business segment which designs, develops, manufactures, markets and services hand-held data communication computer systems. The Company does not believe it is dependent upon any one customer or group of customers. Transfers between geographic
F-42
NORAND CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED) 14. BUSINESS SEGMENT DATA (CONTINUED) areas were at cost plus a negotiated mark-up. Sales and selected financial information by geographic area for the fiscal year ended August 31, 1996 were as follows:
A substantial portion of the Company's international operations is in Europe. Other geographic areas of operations include Canada, Mexico, Australia and Japan. International operating income does not include the expenses of corporate administration. International identifiable assets are principally trade receivables and inventories. United States revenue includes export sales of $8,217 in 1996, and also includes transfers between geographic areas which are eliminated. 15. SELECTED QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED) The following table sets forth unaudited quarterly financial information for the year ended August 31, 1996:
16. VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
The analysis of the allowance for doubtful accounts and estimated sales returns
is as follows:
Deductions include doubtful accounts charged off, net of recoveries, including recoverable cost of returned equipment.
F-43
NORAND CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS) (UNAUDITED)
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-44
NORAND CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS) (UNAUDITED)
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
F-45
NORAND CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (THOUSANDS OF DOLLARS) (UNAUDITED)
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
F-46
NORAND CORPORATION NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 1, 1997 (UNAUDITED) 1. The amounts included in these consolidated financial statements are unaudited; however, in the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of results for the stated period have been included. These adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted. It is suggested that these condensed consolidated financial statements be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements and notes thereto included in this information statement. The results of operations for the six months ended March 1, 1997 are not necessarily indicative of operating results for the entire year. 2. The components of the inventory balance are summarized below:
F-47
ANNEX A
UNOVA, INC.
1. PURPOSE. The UNOVA, Inc. Director Stock Option and Fee Plan (the "Plan") is intended to provide an incentive to members of the board of directors of UNOVA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), who are neither officers nor employees of the Company, to remain in the service of the Company and increase their efforts for the success of the Company and to encourage such directors to own shares of the Company's stock, thereby aligning their interests more closely with the interests of shareholders. The Plan is also intended to assist the Company in attracting experienced and qualified candidates to become members of the Board in the future. The Plan is being adopted in connection with the distribution (the "Distribution") of the shares of the common stock of the Company to the shareholders of Western Atlas Inc. 2. DEFINITIONS. (a) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company. (b) "Cash Account" means the bookkeeping account established by the Company for the deferrals of Fees by Directors which will be credited with interest pursuant to Section 6(d) hereof. (c) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. (d) "Common Stock" means the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company. (e) "Deferral Election" means an election pursuant to Section 6 hereof to defer receipt of Fees into a Share Account or Cash Account. (f) "Deferred Amounts" mean the amounts credited to a Director's Share Account or Cash Account pursuant to a Deferral Election. (g) "Director" means a member of the Board who is neither an officer nor an employee of the Company. A director of the Company shall not be deemed to be an employee of the Company solely by reason of the existence of a consulting contract between such director and the Company or any subsidiary thereof pursuant to which the director agrees to provide consulting services as an independent consultant to the Company or its subsidiaries on a regular or occasional basis for a stated consideration. The term "Director" as used in this Plan shall include any person who may hereafter become an advisory director of the Company, as that term is used in the Company's by-laws. (h) "Distribution" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof. (i) "Distribution Date" means the date on which the Distribution is affected. (j) "Exchange Act" means the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. (k) "Fair Market Value" means, as of any given date, the mean between the highest and lowest reported sales prices of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape or, if not listed on such exchange, on any other national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or on NASDAQ. If there is no regular public trading market for such Common Stock, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock shall be determined by the Board in good faith. (l) "Fees" mean the annual retainer scheduled to be paid to a Director for the calendar year, additional annual fees scheduled to be paid for serving as chairman of a Board committee and fees scheduled to be paid for attendance at Board or committee meetings.
A-1
(m) "Share Account" means the bookkeeping account established by the Company for the deferrals of Fees by Directors which will be credited with Share Units pursuant to Section 6(a) hereof. (n) "Share Election" means the election by a Director to receive shares of Common Stock in lieu of Fees as set forth in Section 5(a) hereof. (o) "Share Unit" means a share of Common Stock credited as a bookkeeping entry to a Director's Share Account. Each Share Unit shall represent the right to receive one share of Common Stock. 3. ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN. Subject to the express provisions of the Plan, the Board will have complete authority to interpret the Plan; to prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan; to determine the terms and provisions of the respective option agreements (which need not be identical); and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Board's determination on the matters referred to in this Section 3 shall be conclusive.
4. STOCK RESERVED FOR THE PLAN. The number of shares of Common Stock authorized
for issuance under the Plan is 500,000, subject to adjustment pursuant to
5. TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF DEFERRAL ELECTIONS. (a) SHARE ELECTION. Subject to Section 5(c) hereof, each Director may make an annual election (the "Share Election") to receive in the form of Common Stock (subject to a Deferral Election) any or all of his or her Fees earned in each calendar year; PROVIDED, that such Share Election must be made with respect to at least 50% of the Director's Fees, in multiples of 10%. The shares of Common Stock (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) issuable pursuant to a Share Election shall be transferred quarterly in accordance with Section 5(b) hereof. The Share Election must be in writing and delivered to the Secretary of the Company on or prior to January 1 of the calendar year in which the applicable Fees are to be earned; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any Director who commences service on the Board subsequent to January 1 of a calendar year may make a Share Election during the thirty-day period immediately following the commencement of his or her directorship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Share Elections for 1997 shall be effective if made prior to the Distribution Date. A Share Election, once made, shall be irrevocable for the calendar year with respect to which it is made and shall remain in effect for future calendar years unless modified or revoked by a subsequent Share Election in accordance with the provisions hereof. (b) TRANSFER OF SHARES. Shares of Common Stock issuable to a Director with respect to Share Elections shall be transferred to such Director on the first business day following the end of each calendar quarter. The total number of shares of Common Stock to be so transferred shall be determined by dividing (x) the dollar amount of the Director's Fees for the preceding calendar quarter (for 1997, the portion of the final calendar quarter following the Distribution Date) to which the Share Election applies, by (y) the average of the Fair Market Value of Common Stock on each trading date of such calendar quarter. In no event shall the Company be required to issue fractional shares. In the event that a fractional share of Common Stock would otherwise be required to be issued, an amount in lieu thereof shall be paid in cash based upon the Fair Market Value of such fractional share. (c) TERMINATION OF SERVICES. If a Director ceases to be a Board member before the end of a calendar quarter, the Director shall receive in cash the Fees such Director would otherwise have been entitled to receive for such quarter in the absence of this Plan. 6. DEFERRAL ELECTION. (a) IN GENERAL. Each Director may irrevocably elect annually to defer receiving all or a portion of (i) the shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be transferred upon a Share Election or (ii) such Director's Fees in respect of a calendar year (for 1997, the portion of the calendar year following the
A-2
Distribution Date) that are not subject to a Share Election (a "Deferral Election"). A Director who has made a Deferral Election with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to a Share Election shall have the amount of shares of Common Stock that are the subject of the Deferral Election credited to a Share Account in the form of Share Units. A Director who has made a Deferral Election with respect to Fees that are not subject to a Share Election shall have the amount of Deferred Fees credited to a Cash Account. (b) TIMING OF DEFERRAL ELECTION. The Deferral Election shall be in writing and delivered to the Secretary of the Company prior to January 1 of the calendar year in which the applicable Fees are to be earned; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a Director who commences service on the Board subsequent to January 1 of a year may make a Deferral Election during the thirty-day period immediately following his or her appointment or election to the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Deferral Elections for 1997 shall be made prior to the Distribution Date. A Deferral Election, once made, shall be irrevocable for the calendar year with respect to which it is made and shall remain in effect for future calendar years unless modified or revoked by a subsequent Deferral Election in accordance with the provisions hereof. (c) SHARE ACCOUNTS. Each Share Account shall be deemed to be invested in shares of Common Stock. Whenever regular cash dividends are paid by the Company on outstanding Common Stock, there shall be credited to the Director's Share Account additional Share Units equal to (i) the aggregate dividend that would be payable on outstanding shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Share Units in such Share Account on the record date for the dividend, divided by (ii) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the payment date of the dividend. (d) CASH ACCOUNTS. Each Director's Cash Account shall be credited with interest on the last day of each calendar quarter calculated on the basis of the average daily balance in the Cash Account during the calendar quarter. The interest rate for any calendar quarter shall be the prime rate as reported by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York as its prime rate on the first business day of the calendar quarter. (e) COMMENCEMENT OF PAYMENTS. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 6(g) hereof, a Director's Deferred Amounts shall become payable in the January following the year in which the Director terminates service as a Director. Payments from a Share Account shall be made by converting Share Units into Common Stock on a one-for-one basis, with payment of fractional shares to be made in cash. (f) TIMING OF PAYMENTS. Each Director shall elect in his or her Deferral Election to receive payment of his or her Deferred Amounts either in a lump sum or in two to fifteen substantially equal annual installments. In the event of a Director's death, payment of the remaining portion of the Director's Deferred Amounts will be made to the Director's beneficiary (or, if no beneficiary has been designated, to the Director's estate or other legal representative) in a lump sum as soon as practicable following the Director's death. (g) HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION. Notwithstanding any Deferral Election, in the event of severe financial hardship to a Director resulting from a sudden and unexpected illness, accident or disability of the Director or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Director, all as determined by the Board, a Director may withdraw any portion of the Share Units in his or her Share Account (in an equivalent number of shares of Common Stock) or cash in his or her Cash Account by providing written notice to the Secretary of the Company. (h) NO ACCOUNT TRANSFERS. Except as provided in this Section 6(h), a Director may not transfer or convert a Share Account to a Cash Account or vice versa. Any current Director participating in the Western Atlas Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (the "Western Atlas Plan") as of the Distribution Date, shall automatically have his or her account balance in the Western Atlas Plan converted into an account balance in the Cash Account under the Plan. Any such Director may convert all or a portion of his or her deferred fee account balance in the Western Atlas Plan to a Share Account under the Plan, in lieu of a Cash Account, by giving written notice of an irrevocable election to do so to the Secretary of the Company no later than the Distribution Date. Such election shall be effective on the tenth business day following the Distribution Date (the "Transfer Date"), and such Director's Share Account shall be credited as of the Transfer Date with a number of Share Units equal to (a) the portion of the deferred fee account subject to the Share Account election divided by (b) the average of the Fair
A-3
Market Value of Common Stock on the sixth through tenth trading days, inclusive, following the Distribution Date. To the extent such an election to transfer the deferred fee account balance in the Western Atlas Plan into the Share Account is not made, the remaining balance of the Director's deferred fee account in the Western Atlas Plan shall be transferred into the Cash Account under the Plan effective as of the Distribution Date. 7. STOCK OPTIONS. (a) INITIAL GRANT. Effective as of the Distribution Date, each Director shall be granted an option to purchase 25,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Initial Grant"). The option price per share for the Initial Grant shall equal the average of the Fair Market Value of Common Stock on the sixth through tenth trading days, inclusive, following the Distribution Date.
(b) SUBSEQUENT GRANTS. Each person who first becomes a Director after the
Distribution Date, shall be granted an option to purchase 25,000 shares of
Common Stock as of the date such person is elected or is appointed as a
Director; PROVIDED, that no such grant shall be made to any Director who either
(c) ANNUAL GRANTS. Commencing in 1999, an option to purchase 2,500 shares of Common Stock shall be granted to each Director automatically on the first business day following the Company's Annual Meeting of Shareholders for such year. (d) OPTION PRICE PER SHARE. Options granted under Sections 6(b) and 6(c) hereof shall be exercisable at a price per share equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of the grant of the option. (e) PERIOD OF OPTION. Each option granted under the Plan shall become exercisable on the first anniversary of the date upon which it is granted; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that all options granted pursuant to the Plan shall become exercisable in full upon the first to occur of (i) the retirement of the Director in accordance with the mandatory retirement policy for members of the Board, (ii) the total and permanent disability of the Director, or (iii) the death of the Director while a member of the Board. Each option granted pursuant to the Plan shall remain exercisable until the expiration of three years following the first to occur of the retirement or resignation of the optionee as a director of the Company (or the failure of the optionee to be re-elected a director of the Company), the total and permanent disability of the optionee, or the death of the optionee. (f) EXERCISE OF OPTIONS. Options may be exercised only by written notice to the Company at its corporate office accompanied by payment of the full consideration for the shares as to which they are exercised. The purchase price is to be paid in full to the Company upon the exercise of the option (i) by cash, including a personal check payable to the order of the Company, or (ii) by delivering Common Stock already owned by the optionee for a period of at least six months (valued at Fair Market Value as of the date of delivery), or (iii) any combination of cash and Common Stock so valued. (g) NONSTATUTORY OPTIONS. No option granted hereunder shall constitute an "incentive stock option" as that term is defined in the Code.
8. MODIFICATION, EXTENSION, AND RENEWAL OF OPTIONS. The Board shall have the
power to modify, extend, or renew outstanding options and authorize the grant of
new options in substitution therefor, provided that such power may not be
exercised in a manner which would (i) alter or impair any rights or obligations
of any option previously granted without the written consent of the optionee or
A-4
9. LIMITATION OF RIGHTS. (a) NO RIGHT TO CONTINUE AS A DIRECTOR. Neither the Plan, nor the granting of an option or the making of a Share Election or Deferral Election, or any other action taken pursuant to the Plan, shall constitute or be evidence of any agreement or understanding, express or implied, that the Company will retain a Director for any period of time, or at any particular rate of compensation. (b) NO SHAREHOLDERS' RIGHTS. An optionee or a Director who has made a Share Election or Deferral Election (or his or her representative) shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to the shares covered by his or her options or Share Election or to any Share Units with respect to a Deferral Election until the date of the issuance to him or her (or such representative) of a stock certificate therefor and, subject to Sections 6(c) and 10 hereof, no adjustment will be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued.
10. EFFECT OF CERTAIN CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION. In the event of any change in
corporate capitalization (such as a stock split), any corporate transaction
(such as any merger, consolidation, separation (including a spin-off)), any
other distribution of stock or property of the Company, any reorganization
(whether or not such reorganization comes within the definition of such term in
11. CHANGE IN CONTROL. (a) For purposes of the Plan, a "Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:
(i) an acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning
of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a "Person") of
beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the
Exchange Act) of 30% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of
common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding Company Common Stock") or (2)
the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the
Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the
"Outstanding Company Voting Securities"); excluding, however, the following
acquisitions of Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company
Securities: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an
acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the
security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company,
(ii) individuals who, as of the effective date of the Plan, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to such effective date of the Plan, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, PROVIDED FURTHER, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or (iii) the approval by the shareholders of the Company of a reorgani-zation, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company ("Business
A-5
Combination") or if consummation of such Business Combination is subject, at the time of such approval of shareholders, to the consent of any government or governmental agency, obtaining of such consent (either explicitly or implicitly by consummation); excluding, however, such a Business Combination pursuant to which (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (2) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the corporation or such company resulting from such Business Combination) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed with respect to the Company prior to the Business Combination and (3) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination will have been members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or (iv) the approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company. (b) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control: (i) all Share Units credited to a Share Account shall be converted into Common Stock and together with all Deferred Amounts credited to a Cash Account shall be transferred as soon as practicable to each Director; (ii) Fees earned in respect of the calendar quarter in which the Change in Control occurs, shall be paid in cash as soon as practicable; and (iii) all options shall immediately vest and become exercisable in full. 12. TERM OF PLAN. This Plan shall become effective as of the date of approval of the Plan by the sole stockholder of the Company. The Plan shall terminate on December 15, 2007, unless earlier terminated by the Board. Notwithstanding the Plan's termination, amounts shall be delivered pursuant to any Deferral Election made prior to the Plan's termination in accordance with such election. Options may be granted under the Plan at any time prior to the termination of the Plan. Deferral Elections and Share Elections may not be made for any Fees which would be paid following the date of the termination of the Plan. 13. AMENDMENT; TERMINATION. The Board may at any time and from time to time alter, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan in whole or in part; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no amendment which is required by any regulation, law or stock exchange rule to be approved by shareholders shall be effective unless it is approved by the shareholders of the Company entitled to vote thereon. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall affect adversely any of the rights of any Director, under any option or under any election theretofore in effect under the Plan, or with respect to Deferred Amounts, without such Director's consent.
A-6
14. NONTRANSFERABILITY. No option, or right or interest of any Director in Deferred Amounts, shall be transferable by a Director other than (i) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, (ii) pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended), or (iii) in the case of an option, as otherwise expressly permitted under the applicable option agreement including, if so permitted, pursuant to a gift to such optionee's family, whether directly or indirectly or by means of a trust or partnership or otherwise. All options or rights with respect to Deferred Amounts shall be exercisable, during the Director's lifetime, only by the Director or by the guardian or legal representative of the Director or an alternate payee pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or, in the case of an option, by any person to whom such option is transferred pursuant to the preceding sentence. Under the Plan, it is understood that the term "optionee" includes the guardian and legal representative of the Director named in the option agreement and any person to whom an option is transferred by will or the laws of descent and distribution, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order or as otherwise described above. 15. BENEFICIARIES. The Board shall establish such procedures as it deems appropriate for a Director to designate a beneficiary to whom any amounts payable in the event of a Director's death are to be paid or by whom any options held by a Director may be exercised following his or her death. Directors shall make a beneficiary election with respect to Deferred Amounts at the same time that a Deferral Election is made. 16. COMPLIANCE WITH LAW, ETC. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or agreements made pursuant hereto, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (i) The listing, or approval for listing upon notice of issuance, of such shares on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., or such other securities exchange or NASDAQ as may at the time be the principal market for Common Stock; (ii) Any registration or other qualification of such shares of the Company under any state or federal law or regulation, or the maintaining in effect of any such registration or other qualification which the Board shall, in its absolute discretion upon the advice of counsel, deem necessary or advisable; and (iii) The obtaining of any other consent, approval, or permit from any state or federal governmental agency, which the Board shall, in its absolute discretion after receiving the advice of counsel, determine to be necessary or advisable. 17. NOTICE. Any written notice to the Company required by any of the provisions of the Plan shall be addressed to the Secretary of the Company and shall become effective when it is received. 18. GOVERNING LAW. The Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto shall be governed by the law of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of conflict of laws, and shall be construed accordingly. 19. HEADINGS. The headings of sections and subsections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning of any of the provisions of the Plan.
A-7
ANNEX B
UNOVA, INC.
SECTION 1. PURPOSE; DEFINITIONS The purpose of the Plan is to give the Company a competitive advantage in attracting, retaining and motivating officers and employees and to provide the Company and its subsidiaries with a stock plan providing incentives directly linked to the profitability of the Company's businesses and increases in shareholder value. For purposes of the Plan, the following terms are defined as set forth below: a. "AFFILIATE" means a corporation or other entity controlled by the Company and designated by the Committee from time to time as such. b. "AWARD" means a Stock Appreciation Right, Stock Option, or Restricted Stock. c. "BOARD" means the Board of Directors of the Company. d. "CHANGE IN CONTROL" and "Change in Control Price" have the meanings set forth in Sections 8(b) and (c), respectively. e. "CODE" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto. f. "COMMISSION" means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency. g. "COMMITTEE" means the Committee referred to in Section 2. h. "COMPANY" means UNOVA, Inc., a Delaware corporation. i. "COVERED EMPLOYEE" means a participant designated prior to the grant of shares of Restricted Stock by the Committee who is or may be a "covered employee" within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code in the year in which Restricted Stock is expected to be taxable to such participant. j. "DISABILITY" means permanent and total disability as determined for purposes of the Company's Long Term Disability Plan for the staff of the Company's corporate headquarters. k. "EARLY RETIREMENT" means retirement from active employment with the Company, a subsidiary or an Affiliate pursuant to the early retirement provisions of the applicable pension plan of such employer. l. "EXCHANGE ACT" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto. m. "FAIR MARKET VALUE" means, as of any given date, the mean between the highest and lowest reported sales prices of the Stock on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape or, if not listed on such exchange, on any other national securities exchange on which the Stock is listed or on NASDAQ. If there is no regular public trading market for such Stock, the Fair Market Value of the Stock shall be determined by the Committee in good faith. n. "INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION" means any Stock Option designated as, and qualified as, an "incentive stock option" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.
B-1
o. "NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR" means a member of the Board who qualifies as a Non-Employee Director as defined in Rule 16b-3(b)(3), as promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act, or any successor definition adopted by the Commission. p. "NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION" means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option. q. "NORMAL RETIREMENT" means retirement from active employment with the Company, a subsidiary or an Affiliate at or after age 65. r. "QUALIFIED PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARD" means an Award of Restricted Stock designated as such by the Committee at the time of grant, based upon a determination that (i) the recipient is or may be a "covered employee" within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code in the year in which the Company would expect to be able to claim a tax deduction with respect to such Restricted Stock and (ii) the Committee wishes such Award to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption.
s. "PERFORMANCE GOALS" means the performance goals established by the
Committee in connection with the grant of an Award. In the case of Qualified
Performance-Based Awards, (i) such Performance Goals shall be based on the
attainment of specified levels of one or more of the following measures:
t. "PLAN" means the UNOVA, Inc. 1997 Stock Incentive Plan, as set forth herein and as hereinafter amended from time to time. u. "RESTRICTED STOCK" means an Award granted under Section 7. v. "RETIREMENT" means Normal or Early Retirement.
w. "RULE 16B-3" means Rule 16b-3, as promulgated by the Commission under
x. "SECTION 162(M) EXEMPTION" means the exemption from the limitation on
deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code that is set forth in
y. "STOCK" means the common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company. z. "STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT" means a right granted under Section 6. aa. "STOCK OPTION" means an option granted under Section 5. bb. "TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT" means the termination of the participant's employment with the Company and any subsidiary or Affiliate. A participant employed by a subsidiary or an Affiliate shall also be deemed to incur a Termination of Employment if the subsidiary or Affiliate ceases to be such a subsidiary or an Affiliate, as the case may be, and the participant does not immediately thereafter become an employee of the Company or another subsidiary or Affiliate. Temporary absences from employment because of illness, vacation or leave of absence and transfers among the Company and its subsidiaries and Affiliates shall not be considered Terminations of Employment. In addition, certain other terms used herein have definitions given to them in the first place in which they are used.
B-2
SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee or such other committee of the Board as the Board may from time to time designate (the "Committee"), which shall be composed of not less than two Non-Employee Directors, each of whom shall be an "outside director" for purposes of Section 162(m)(4) of the Code and shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board. The Committee shall have plenary authority to grant Awards pursuant to the terms of the Plan to officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and Affiliates. Among other things, the Committee shall have the authority, subject to the terms of the Plan: (a) To select the officers and employees to whom Awards may from time to time be granted; (b) To determine whether and to what extent Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock or any combination thereof are to be granted hereunder; (c) To determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by each Award granted hereunder;
(d) To determine the terms and conditions of any Award granted
hereunder (including, but not limited to, the option price (subject to
(e) To modify, amend or adjust the terms and conditions of any Award, at any time or from time to time, including but not limited to Performance Goals; provided, however, that the Committee may not adjust upwards the amount payable with respect to a Qualified Performance-Based Award or waive or alter the Performance Goals associated therewith; (f) To determine to what extent and under what circumstances Stock and other amounts payable with respect to an Award shall be deferred; and (g) To determine under what circumstances an Award may be settled in cash or Stock under Sections 5(j), 5(k) and 6(b)(ii), except as otherwise therein provided. The Committee shall have the authority to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall from time to time deem advisable, to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any agreement relating thereto) and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. Any determination made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan with respect to any Award shall be made in the sole discretion of the Committee at the time of the grant of the Award or, unless in contravention of any express term of the Plan, at any time thereafter. All decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan participants. Any authority granted to the Committee may also be exercised by the full Board, except to the extent that the grant or exercise of such authority would cause any Award or transaction to become subject to (or lose an exemption under) the short-swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. To the extent that any permitted action taken by the Board conflicts with action taken by the Committee, the Board action shall control.
B-3
SECTION 3. STOCK SUBJECT TO PLAN Subject to adjustment as provided herein, the total number of shares of Stock available for grant under the Plan shall be five million five hundred thousand (5,500,000) plus (i) a number of shares of Stock equal to one percent of the total number of shares of Stock outstanding as of the first day of each calendar year beginning after December 31, 1998 for which the Plan is in effect--provided that any shares available for grant in a particular calendar year which are not, in fact, granted in such year shall be added to the shares available for grant in any subsequent calendar year. However, no more than five million (5,000,000) shares of Stock shall be cumulatively available for grant of Incentive Stock Options over the life of the Plan, and no more than 30 percent of the shares of Stock available for grant under the Plan as of the first day of any calendar year during which the Plan is in effect shall be utilized in that fiscal year for the grant of Awards in the form of Restricted Stock. No participant may be granted Awards covering more than one million (1,000,000) shares of Stock in any calendar year during which the Plan is in existence. Shares subject to an Award under the Plan may be authorized and unissued shares or may be treasury shares. If any shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited, or if any Stock Option (and related Stock Appreciation Right, if any) terminates without being exercised, or if any Stock Appreciation Right is exercised for cash, shares subject to such Awards shall again be available for distribution in connection with Awards under the Plan. In the event of any change in corporate capitalization, such as a stock split or any corporate transaction (such as any merger, consolidation or separation (including a spin-off)), any other distribution of stock or property of the Company, any reorganization (whether or not such reorganization comes within the definition of such term in Section 368 of the Code) or any partial or complete liquidation of the Company, the Committee or Board may make such substitution or adjustments in the aggregate number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, in the individual limits on Awards under the Plan, in the number, kind and exercise price of shares subject to outstanding Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, in the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding Awards in the form of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan and/or such other equitable substitution or adjustments as it may determine to be appropriate in its sole discretion; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the number of shares subject to any Award shall always be a whole number. Such adjusted exercise price shall also be used to determine the amount payable by the Company upon the exercise of any Stock Appreciation Right associated with any Stock Option. SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY Officers and employees of the Company, its subsidiaries and Affiliates who are responsible for or contribute to the management, growth and profitability of the business of the Company, its subsidiaries and Affiliates are eligible to be granted Awards under the Plan. No grant shall be made under this Plan to a director who is not an officer or a salaried employee of the Company, its subsidiaries or Affiliates. SECTION 5. STOCK OPTIONS Stock Options may be granted alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan and may be of two types: Incentive Stock Options and Non-Qualified Stock Options. Any Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Committee may from time to time approve. The Committee shall have the authority to grant any optionee Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options or both types of Stock Options (in each case with or without Stock Appreciation Rights); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that grants hereunder are subject to the annual limit on grants to individual participants set forth in Section 3. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries (within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code). To the extent that any Stock Option is not designated as an Incentive Stock Option or even if so designated does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.
B-4
Stock Options shall be evidenced by option agreements, the terms and provisions of which may differ. An option agreement shall indicate on its face whether it is intended to be an agreement for an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option. The grant of a Stock Option shall occur on the date the Committee selects an individual to be a participant in any grant of a Stock Option, determines the number of shares of Stock to be subject to such Stock Option to be granted to such individual and specifies the terms and provisions of the Stock Option. The Company shall notify a participant of any grant of a Stock Option, and a written option agreement or agreements shall be duly executed and delivered by the Company to the participant. Such agreement or agreements shall become effective upon execution by the Company and the participant. Anything in the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, no term of the Plan relating to Incentive Stock Options shall be interpreted, amended or altered nor shall any discretion or authority granted under the Plan be exercised so as to disqualify the Plan under Section 422 of the Code. Stock Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions as the Committee shall deem desirable: (a) OPTION PRICE. The option price per share of Stock purchasable under a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the option agreement, and shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Stock subject to the Stock Option on the date of grant. (b) OPTION TERM. The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, but no Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable more than 10 years after the date the Stock Option is granted. (c) EXERCISABILITY. Except as otherwise provided herein, Stock Options shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee. The exercisability of a Stock Option may be conditional upon the attainment of Performance Goals, which need not be the same for all optionees. If the Committee provides that any Stock Option is exercisable only in installments, the Committee may at any time waive such installment exercise provisions, in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Committee may determine. In addition, the Committee may at any time accelerate the exercisability of any Stock Option.
(d) METHOD OF EXERCISE; ISSUANCE OF STOCK. Subject to the provisions of this
Such notice shall be accompanied by payment in full of the purchase price by certified or bank check or such other instrument as the Company may accept. Payment, in full or in part, may also be made in the form of unrestricted Stock already owned by the optionee for a period of at least six months prior to the date of exercise (based on the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date the Stock Option is exercised). In the discretion of the Committee, payment for any shares subject to a Stock Option may also be made by delivering a properly executed exercise notice to the Company, together with a copy of irrevocable instructions to a broker to deliver promptly to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds necessary to pay the purchase price, and, if requested, the amount of any federal, state, local or foreign withholding taxes. To facilitate the foregoing, the Company may enter into agreements for coordinated procedures with one or more brokerage firms. No shares of Stock shall be issued until full payment therefor has been made. Except as otherwise provided in Section 5(l) below, an optionee shall have all of the rights of a shareholder of the Company holding the class or series of Stock that is subject to such Stock Option (including, if applicable, the right to vote the shares and the right to receive dividends), when the optionee has given written notice of exercise, has paid in full for such shares and, if requested, has given the representation described in
B-5
Section 11(a). Upon exercise of a Stock Option, a participant shall be entitled (unless the participant has given a broker the irrevocable instructions referred to in the preceding paragraph) to receive a certificate representing the Stock issuable upon exercise of the Stock Option or such other evidence of ownership as the Company may then generally provide to its shareholders of record. (e) NONTRANSFERABILITY OF STOCK OPTIONS. No Stock Option shall be transferable by the optionee other than (i) by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; or (ii) in the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, as otherwise expressly permitted under the applicable option agreement including, if so permitted, pursuant to a gift to such optionee's family, whether directly or indirectly or by means of a trust or partnership or otherwise. All Stock Options shall be exercisable, subject to the terms of this Plan, only by the optionee, the guardian or legal representative of the optionee, or any person to whom such option is transferred pursuant to the preceding sentence, it being understood that the term "holder" and "optionee" include such guardian, legal representative and other transferee. (f) TERMINATION BY DEATH. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if an optionee's employment terminates by reason of death, any Stock Option held by such optionee may thereafter be exercised, to the extent then exercisable, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, for a period of one year (or such other period as the Committee may specify in the option agreement) from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter.
(g) TERMINATION BY REASON OF DISABILITY. Unless otherwise determined by the
Committee, if an optionee's employment terminates by reason of Disability, any
Stock Option held by such optionee may thereafter be exercised by the optionee,
to the extent it was exercisable at the time of termination, or on such
accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, for a period of three years
(h) TERMINATION BY REASON OF RETIREMENT. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if an optionee's employment terminates by reason of Retirement, any Stock Option held by such optionee may thereafter be exercised by the optionee, to the extent it was exercisable at the time of such Retirement, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the optionee dies within such period any unexercised Stock Option held by such optionee shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it was exercisable at the time of death for a period of 12 months from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter. In the event of termination of employment by reason of Retirement, if an Incentive Stock Option is exercised after the expiration of the exercise periods that apply for purposes of Section 422 of the Code, such Stock Option will thereafter be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. (i) OTHER TERMINATION. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if an optionee incurs a Termination of Employment for any reason other than death, Disability or Retirement, any Stock Option held by such optionee, to the extent then exercisable, or on such accelerated basis as the Committee may determine, may be exercised for the lesser of three months from the date of such Termination of Employment or the balance of the term of such Stock Option; provided, however, that if the optionee dies within such three-month period, any unexercised Stock Option held by such optionee shall, notwithstanding the expiration of such three-month period, continue to be exercisable to the extent to which it
B-6
was exercisable at the time of death for a period of 12 months from the date of such death or until the expiration of the stated term of such Stock Option, whichever period is the shorter. In the event of Termination of Employment, if an Incentive Stock Option is exercised after the expiration of the exercise periods that apply for purposes of Section 422 of the Code, such Stock Option will thereafter be treated as a Non-Qualified Stock Option. (j) CASHING OUT OF STOCK OPTION. On receipt of written notice of exercise, the Committee may elect to cash out all or part of the portion of the shares of Stock for which a Stock Option is being exercised by paying the optionee an amount, in cash or Stock, equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Stock over the option price times the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised on the effective date of such cash-out. (k) CHANGE IN CONTROL CASH-OUT. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, during the 60-day period from and after a Change in Control (the "Exercise Period"), unless the Committee shall determine otherwise at the time of grant, an optionee shall have the right, whether or not the Stock Option is fully exercisable and in lieu of the payment of the exercise price for the shares of Stock being purchased under the Stock Option and by giving notice to the Company, to elect (within the Exercise Period) to surrender all or part of the Stock Option to the Company and to receive cash, within 30 days of such notice, in an amount equal to the amount by which the Change in Control Price per share of Stock on the date of such election shall exceed the exercise price per share of Stock under the Stock Option (the "Spread") multiplied by the number of shares of Stock granted under the Stock Option as to which the right granted under this Section 5(k) shall have been exercised. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any right granted pursuant to this Section 5(k) would make a Change in Control transaction ineligible for pooling-of-interests accounting under APB No. 16 that but for the nature of such grant would otherwise be eligible for such accounting treatment, the Committee shall have the ability to substitute for the cash payable pursuant to such right Stock with a Fair Market Value equal to the cash that would otherwise be payable hereunder. (l) DEFERRAL OF OPTION SHARES. The Committee may from time to time establish procedures pursuant to which an optionee may elect to defer, until a time or times later than the exercise of an Option, receipt of all or a portion of the Shares subject to such Option and/or to receive cash at such later time or times in lieu of such deferred Shares, all on such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine. If any such deferrals are permitted, then notwithstanding Section 5(d) above, an optionee who elects such deferral shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to such deferred Shares unless and until Shares are actually delivered to the optionee with respect thereto, except to the extent otherwise determined by the Committee. SECTION 6. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS (a) GRANT AND EXERCISE. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in conjunction with all or part of any Stock Option granted under the Plan. In the case of a Non-Qualified Stock Option, such rights may be granted either at or after the time of grant of such Stock Option. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such rights may be granted only at the time of grant of such Stock Option. A Stock Appreciation Right shall terminate and no longer be exercisable upon the termination or exercise of the related Stock Option.
A Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised by an optionee in accordance with
B-7
(b) TERMS AND CONDITIONS. Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee, including the following: (i) Stock Appreciation Rights shall be exercisable only at such time or times and to the extent that the Stock Options to which they relate are exercisable in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 and this Section 6. (ii) Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, an optionee shall be entitled to receive an amount in cash, shares of Stock or both, in value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock over the option price per share specified in the related Stock Option multiplied by the number of shares in respect of which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised, with the Committee having the right to determine the form of payment. (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights shall be transferable only to permitted transferees of the underlying Stock Option in accordance with Section 5(e).
(iv) Upon the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Stock Option
or part thereof to which such Stock Appreciation Right is related shall be
deemed to have been exercised for the purpose of the limitation set forth in
SECTION 7. RESTRICTED STOCK (a) ADMINISTRATION. Shares of Restricted Stock may be awarded either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Committee shall determine the officers and employees to whom and the time or times at which grants of Restricted Stock will be awarded, the number of shares to be awarded to any participant (subject to the annual limit on grants to individual participants set forth in Section 3), the conditions for vesting, the time or times within which such Awards may be subject to forfeiture and any other terms and conditions of the Awards, in addition to those contained in Section 7(c). (b) AWARDS AND CERTIFICATES. Shares of Restricted Stock shall be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration or issuance of one or more stock certificates. Any certificate or other evidence of ownership issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of such participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to such Award, substantially in the following form: "The transferability of the shares of stock represented hereby [referred to herein] are subject to the terms and conditions (including forfeiture) of the UNOVA, Inc. 1997 Stock Incentive Plan and a Restricted Stock Agreement. Copies of such Plan and Agreement are on file at the offices of UNOVA, Inc., 360 North Crescent Drive, Beverly Hills, California 90210." The Committee may require that any certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and that, as a condition of any Award of Restricted Stock, the participant shall have delivered a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Stock covered by such Award. (c) TERMS AND CONDITIONS. Shares of Restricted Stock shall be subject to the following terms and conditions: (i) The Committee may, prior to or at the time of grant, designate an Award of Restricted Stock as a Qualified Performance-Based Award, in which event it shall condition the grant or vesting, as applicable, of such Restricted Stock upon the attainment of Performance Goals. If the Committee does not designate an Award of Restricted Stock as a Qualified Performance-Based Award, it may also condition the grant or vesting thereof upon the attainment of Performance Goals. Regardless of
B-8
whether an Award of Restricted Stock is a Qualified Performance-Based Award, the Committee may also condition the grant or vesting thereof upon the continued service of the participant. The conditions for grant or vesting and the other provisions of Restricted Stock Awards (including without limitation any applicable Performance Goals) need not be the same with respect to each recipient. The Committee may at any time, in its sole discretion, accelerate or waive, in whole or in part, any of the foregoing restrictions; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the case of Restricted Stock that is a Qualified Performance-Based Award, the applicable Performance Goals shall have been satisfied. (ii) Subject to the provisions of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Agreement referred to in Section 7(c)(vi), during the period, if any, set by the Committee, commencing with the date of such Award for which such participant's continued service is required (the "Restriction Period"), and until the later of (i) the expiration of the Restriction Period and (ii) the date the applicable Performance Goals (if any) are satisfied, the participant shall not be permitted to sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber shares of Restricted Stock; PROVIDED that the foregoing shall not prevent a participant from pledging Restricted Stock as security for a loan, the sole purpose of which is to provide funds to pay the option price for Stock Options.
(iii) Except as provided in this paragraph (iii) and Sections 7(c)(i)
and 7(c)(ii) and the Restricted Stock Agreement, the participant shall have,
with respect to the shares of Restricted Stock, all of the rights of a
stockholder of the Company holding the class or series of Stock that is the
subject of the Restricted Stock, including, if applicable, the right to vote
the shares and the right to receive any cash dividends. If so determined by
the Committee in the applicable Restricted Stock Agreement and subject to
(iv) Except to the extent otherwise provided in the applicable
Restricted Stock Agreement and Sections 7(c)(i), 7(c)(ii), 7(c)(v) and
(v) Except to the extent otherwise provided in Section 8(a)(ii), in the event that a participant retires or such participant's employment is involuntarily terminated, the Committee shall have the discretion to waive, in whole or in part, any or all remaining restrictions (other than, in the case of Restricted Stock with respect to which a participant is a Covered Employee, satisfaction of the applicable Performance Goals unless the participant's employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability) with respect to any or all of such participant's shares of Restricted Stock. (vi) If and when any applicable Performance Goals are satisfied and the Restriction Period expires without a prior forfeiture of the Restricted Stock, unlegended certificates or other evidence of ownership for such shares shall be delivered to the participant upon surrender of the legended certificates or other evidence of ownership. (vii) Each Award shall be confirmed by, and be subject to, the terms of a Restricted Stock Agreement.
(viii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to the provisions of
B-9
upon the attainment of a specified Performance Goal or Goals, shall vest earlier than the first anniversary of the date of grant thereof. SECTION 8. CHANGE IN CONTROL PROVISIONS (a) IMPACT OF EVENT. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event of a Change in Control: (i) Any Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding as of the date such Change in Control is determined to have occurred, and which are not then exercisable and vested, shall become fully exercisable and vested to the full extent of the original grant. (ii) The restrictions and deferral limitations applicable to any Restricted Stock shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock shall become free of all restrictions and become fully vested and transferable to the full extent of the original grant. (b) DEFINITION OF CHANGE IN CONTROL. For purposes of the Plan, a "Change in Control" shall mean the happening of any of the following events:
(i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the
meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a "Person") of
beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the
Exchange Act) of 30 percent or more of either (1) the then outstanding
shares of common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding Company Common
Stock") or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting
securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting Securities"); excluding, however,
the following acquisitions of Outstanding Company Common Stock and
Outstanding Company Voting Securities: (1) any acquisition directly from the
Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion
privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired
directly from the Company, (2) any acquisition by the Company, (3) any
acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or
maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, or
(ii) Individuals who, as of the effective date of the Plan, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to such effective date of the Plan, whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, PROVIDED FURTHER, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or (iii) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company ("Business Combination") or if consummation of such Business Combination is subject, at the time of such approval by shareholders, to the consent of any government or governmental agency, obtaining of such consent (either explicitly or implicitly by consummation); excluding, however, such a Business Combination pursuant to which (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60 percent of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such
B-10
Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (2) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 30 percent or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed with respect to the Company prior to the Business Combination and (3) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination will have been members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or (iv) The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company. (c) CHANGE IN CONTROL PRICE. For purposes of the Plan, "Change in Control Price" means the higher of (i) the highest reported sales price, regular way, of a share of Common Stock in any transaction reported on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape or other national exchange on which such shares are listed or on NASDAQ during the 60-day period prior to and including the date of a Change in Control or (ii) if the Change in Control is the result of a tender or exchange offer or a Business Combination, the highest price of a share of Stock paid in such tender or exchange offer or Business Combination; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the case of Incentive Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights relating to Incentive Stock Options, the Change in Control Price shall be in all cases the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date such Incentive Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right is exercised. To the extent that the consideration paid in any such transaction described above consists all or in part of securities or other noncash consideration, the value of such securities or other noncash consideration shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Board. SECTION 9. TERM, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION The Plan will terminate 10 years after the effective date of the Plan. Under the Plan, Awards outstanding as of such date shall not be affected or impaired by the termination of the Plan. The Board may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan, but no amendment, alteration or discontinuation shall be made which would impair the rights of an optionee under a Stock Option or a recipient of a Stock Appreciation Right, or Restricted Stock Award theretofore granted without the optionee's or recipient's consent, except such an amendment made to cause the Plan to qualify for any exemption provided by Rule 16b-3. In addition, no such amendment shall be made without the approval of the Company's shareholders to the extent such approval is required by law or agreement. The Committee may amend the terms of any Stock Option or other Award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, but no such amendment shall impair the rights of any holder without the holder's consent except such an amendment made to cause the Plan or Award to qualify for any exemption provided by Rule 16b-3 ; provided, however, that such power of the Committee shall not extend to the reduction of the exercise price of a previously granted Stock Option, except as provided in Section 3 hereof, nor may the Committee substitute new Stock Options for previously granted Stock Options having higher option prices.
B-11
Subject to the above provisions, the Board shall have authority to amend the Plan to take into account changes in law and tax and accounting rules as well as other developments, and to grant Awards which qualify for beneficial treatment under such rules without stockholder approval. SECTION 10. UNFUNDED STATUS OF PLAN It is presently intended that the Plan constitute an "unfunded" plan for incentive and deferred compensation. The Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the obligations created under the Plan to deliver Stock or make payments; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that unless the Committee otherwise determines, the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the "unfunded" status of the Plan. SECTION 11. GENERAL PROVISIONS (a) The Committee may require each person purchasing or receiving shares pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to the distribution thereof. The certificates or evidence of ownership for such shares may include any legend which the Committee deems appropriate to reflect any restrictions on transfer. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or agreements made pursuant thereto, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificate or certificates for shares of Stock under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions: (1) Listing or approval for listing upon notice of issuance, of such shares on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., or such other securities exchange as may at the time be the principal market for the Stock; (2) Any registration or other qualification of such shares of Stock under any state or federal law or regulation, or the maintaining in effect of any such registration or other qualification which the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion upon the advice of counsel, deem necessary or advisable; and (3) Obtaining any other consent, approval or permit from any state or federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion after receiving the advice of counsel, determine to be necessary or advisable. (b) Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements for its employees. (c) Adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any subsidiary or Affiliate to terminate the employment of any employee at any time. (d) No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includable in the gross income of the participant for federal income tax purposes with respect to any Award under the Plan, the participant shall pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. Unless otherwise determined by the Company, withholding obligations may be settled with Stock, including Stock that is part of the Award that gives rise to the withholding requirement. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements, and the Company and its Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment otherwise due to the participant. The Committee may establish such procedures as it deems appropriate for the settlement of withholding obligations with Stock.
B-12
(e) Reinvestment of dividends in additional Restricted Stock at the time of any dividend payment shall only be permissible if sufficient shares of Stock are available under Section 3 for such reinvestment (taking into account then outstanding Stock Options and other Awards). (f) The Committee shall establish such procedures as it deems appropriate for a participant to designate a beneficiary to whom any amounts payable in the event of the participant's death are to be paid or by whom any rights of the participant, after the participant's death, may be exercised. (g) In the case of a grant of an Award to any employee of a subsidiary of the Company, the Company may, if the Committee so directs, issue or transfer the shares of Stock, if any, covered by the Award to the subsidiary, for such lawful consideration as the Committee may specify, upon the condition or understanding that the subsidiary will transfer the shares of Stock to the employee in accordance with the terms of the Award specified by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. (h) The Plan and all Awards made and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. SECTION 12. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN The Plan shall be effective as of the date it is approved by the sole stockholder of the Company.
B-13
EXHIBIT A DEFINITIONS RETURN ON CAPITAL UTILIZED (ROCU) Business Operating Profit (BOP) divided by average Capital Utilized (computed on a monthly basis). CAPITAL UTILIZED Total equity, plus Notes Payable, plus Current Portion of Long-Term Debt plus Long-Term Debt, plus Advances from Corporate (less if net Advances are to Corporate), less Investments in Consolidated Subsidiaries. BUSINESS OPERATING PROFIT (BOP) Total Sales less Total Cost of Sales less Marketing expense less General and Administrative Expenses plus Other Income or minus Other Expense. RETURN ON TANGIBLE EQUITY (ROTE) Net Income divided by beginning tangible equity. CONSOLIDATED PRE-TAX INCOME Net income of the Company and its Consolidated Subsidiaries before taxes and before giving effect to extraordinary items. CASH FLOW (CF) The sum of net income plus depreciation and amortization. REVENUE Revenue as reported on the Company's annual financial statements. REVENUE GROWTH (RG) The increase in revenue for the current fiscal year, expressed as a percent, above a specified base line period. RETURN ON ASSETS (ROA) BOP divided by average assets (computed on a monthly basis). CAPITAL The sum of all interest-bearing debt, including debt with imputed interest, and total equity. RETURN ON CAPITAL (ROC) Income before interest and taxes divided by average annual capital (computed on a monthly basis).
1
RETURN ON EQUITY (ROE) Net income divided by beginning equity. RETURN ON REVENUE (ROR) BOP divided by total Net Revenue expressed as a percent. NET REVENUE Total net sales and service revenue after adjustments for all discounts, returns, and allowances. BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE (BEPS) Income available to common stockholders of the Company divided by the weighted-average number of common shares of the Company outstanding during the applicable period. Shares issued during the applicable period and shares reacquired during the applicable period shall be weighted for the portion of the period that they were outstanding. DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE (DEPS) DEPS is computed in the same manner as BEPS; however, the weighted-average number of common shares of the Company outstanding during the applicable period is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if the dilutive potential common shares resulting from stock options or other common stock equivalents had been issued.
2
ANNEX C
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
ARTICLE I The name of the corporation (which is hereinafter referred to as the "Corporation") is: UNOVA, Inc. ARTICLE II The address of the Corporation's registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Service Company, 1013 Centre Road, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle. The name of the Corporation's registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company. ARTICLE III The purpose of the Corporation shall be to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized and incorporated under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. ARTICLE IV The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 300,000,000, consisting of 50,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (hereinafter referred to as "Preferred Stock"), and 250,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (hereinafter referred to as "Common Stock"). A. PREFERRED STOCK. The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. In addition to a series of Preferred Stock designated as "Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock", the terms of which are set forth herein, the Board of Directors is hereby authorized to provide for the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in series and, by filing a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (hereinafter referred to as a "Preferred Stock Designation"), to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, power, preferences and rights of the shares of each such series and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following: (i) The designation of the series, which may be by distinguishing number, letter or title. (ii) The number of shares of the series, which number the Board of Directors may thereafter (except where otherwise provided in the Preferred Stock Designation) increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding). (iii) Whether dividends, if any, shall be cumulative or noncumulative and the dividend rate of the series. (iv) The dates at which dividends, if any, shall be payable. (v) The redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series.
C-1
(vi) The terms and amount of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series. (vii) The amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation. (viii) Whether the shares of the series shall be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of the Corporation or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of such other class or series or such other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any adjustments thereof, the date or dates as of which such shares shall be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which such conversion may be made. (ix) Restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series. (x) The voting rights, if any, of the holders of shares of the series. B. SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK. The qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock shall be as follows: Section 1. DESIGNATION AND AMOUNT. The shares of such series shall be designated as "Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock" (the "Series A Preferred Stock") and the number of shares constituting the Series A Preferred Stock shall be 3,000,000. Such number of shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; PROVIDED, that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to a number less than the number of shares then outstanding plus the number of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, rights or warrants or upon the conversion of any outstanding securities issued by the Corporation convertible into Series A Preferred Stock. Section 2. DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS. (A) Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock (or any similar stock) ranking prior and superior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation, and of any other junior stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the first day of March, June, September and December in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $1 or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 100 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 100 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions, other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event. (B) The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) of this Section immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the
C-2
Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $1 per share on the Series A Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. (C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof. Section 3. VOTING RIGHTS. The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights: (A) Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 100 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the number of votes per share to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event. (B) Except as otherwise provided herein, in any other Certificate of Designations creating a series of Preferred Stock or any similar stock, or by law, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock and any other capital stock of the Corporation having general voting rights shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation. (C) Except as set forth herein, or as otherwise provided by law, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action. Section 4. CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS. (A) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not: (i) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock;
C-3
(ii) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled; (iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such junior stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock; or (iv) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes. (B) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner. Section 5. REACQUIRED SHARES. Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and canceled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Stock subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein or in any Certificate of Designations creating a series of Preferred Stock or any similar stock or as otherwise required by law.
Section 6. LIQUIDATION, DISSOLUTION OR WINDING UP. Upon any liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, no distribution shall be made (1)
to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock unless,
prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have
received $100 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends
and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment,
provided that the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be
entitled to receive an aggregate amount per share, subject to the provision for
adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 100 times the aggregate amount to be
distributed per share to holders of shares of Common Stock, or (2) to the
holders of shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon
liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred Stock,
except distributions made ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and all such
parity stock in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such
shares are entitled upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up. In the
event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the
Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or
combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by
reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common
Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each
such case the aggregate amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred
Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under the proviso in clause
C-4
Section 7. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC. In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed into an amount per share, subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 100 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event. Section 8. NO REDEMPTION. The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable. Section 9. RANK. The Series A Preferred Stock shall rank, with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, junior to all other series and classes of the Corporation's Preferred Stock. Section 10. AMENDMENT. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall not be amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class. C. COMMON STOCK. The Common Stock shall be subject to the express terms of the Preferred Stock and any series thereof. Each share of Common Stock shall be equal to each other share of Common Stock. The holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each such share upon all questions presented to the stockholders. Except as may be provided in this Certificate of Incorporation or in a Preferred Stock Designation, the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes, and holders of Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to receive notice of any meeting of stockholders at which they are not entitled to vote. The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the person in whose name any share of its stock is registered as the owner thereof for all purposes and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other person, whether or not the Corporation shall have notice thereof, except as expressly provided by applicable law. ARTICLE V The name and the mailing address of the incorporator is as follows:
ARTICLE VI The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.
C-5
ARTICLE VII The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to create and issue, whether or not in connection with the issuance and sale of any of its stock or other securities or property, rights entitling the holders thereof to purchase from the Corporation shares of stock or other securities of the Corporation or any other corporation. The times at which and the terms upon which such rights are to be issued will be determined by the Board of Directors and set forth in the contracts or instruments that evidence such rights. The authority of the Board of Directors with respect to such rights shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following: (a) The initial purchase price per share or other unit of the stock or other securities or property to be purchased upon exercise of such rights. (b) Provisions relating to the times at which and the circumstances under which such rights may be exercised or sold or otherwise transferred, either together with or separately from, any other stock or other securities of the Corporation. (c) Provisions which adjust the number or exercise price of such rights or amount or nature of the stock or other securities or property receivable upon exercise of such rights in the event of a combination, split or recapitalization of any stock of the Corporation, a change in ownership of the Corporation's stock or other securities or a reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of assets or other occurrence relating to the Corporation or any stock of the Corporation, and provisions restricting the ability of the Corporation to enter into any such transaction absent an assumption by the other party or parties thereto of the obligations of the Corporation under such rights. (d) Provisions which deny the holder of a specified percentage of the outstanding stock or other securities of the Corporation the right to exercise such rights and/or cause the rights held by such holder to become void. (e) Provisions which permit the Corporation to redeem such rights. (f) The appointment of a rights agent with respect to such rights. ARTICLE VIII In furtherance of, and not in limitation of, the powers conferred by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized and empowered: (a) to adopt, amend or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation; provided, however, that the By-Laws adopted by the Board of Directors under the powers hereby conferred may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors or by the stockholders having voting power with respect thereto; provided further that in the case of amendments by stockholders, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the voting power of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal any provision of the By-Laws; and (b) from time to time to determine whether and to what extent, and at what times and places, and under what conditions and regulations, the accounts and books of the Corporation, or any of them, shall be open to inspection of stockholders; and, except as so determined or as so provided in any Preferred Stock Designation, no stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account, book or document of the Corporation other than such rights as may be conferred by applicable law. The Corporation may in its By-Laws confer powers upon the Board of Directors in addition to the foregoing and in addition to the powers and authorities expressly conferred upon the Board of Directors by applicable law. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting
C-6
together as a single class, shall be required to amend, repeal or adopt any provision inconsistent with paragraph (a) of this Article VIII. For the purposes of this Certificate of Incorporation, "Voting Stock" shall mean the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors. ARTICLE IX Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock as set forth in a Preferred Stock Designation to elect additional directors under specific circumstances, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing of such stockholders. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of at least 80 percent of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with this Article IX. ARTICLE X Section 1. NUMBER, ELECTION AND TERMS OF DIRECTORS. Subject to the rights of any series of Preferred Stock as set forth in a Preferred Stock Designation to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed by the By-Laws of the Corporation and may be increased or decreased from time to time in such a manner as may be prescribed by the By-Laws. Unless and except to the extent that the By-Laws of the Corporation shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible. One class of directors shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 1999, another class shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2000, and another class shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2001. Members of each class shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. At each succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected by a majority vote of all votes cast at such meeting to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. Section 2. REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS; VACANCIES. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, any director may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class. Section 3. AMENDMENT. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Certificate of Incorporation to the contrary, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the then outstanding Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, repeal or adopt any provision inconsistent with this Article X.
C-7
ARTICLE XI A. (1) In addition to any affirmative vote required by law, by this Certificate of Incorporation or by any Preferred Stock Designation, and except as otherwise expressly provided in Section B of this Article XI: (i) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) with (a) any Interested Stockholder (as hereinafter defined) or (b) any other corporation (whether or not itself an Interested Stockholder) which is, or after such merger or consolidation would be, an Affiliate (as hereinafter defined) of an Interested Stockholder; or (ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) to or with any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder of any assets of the Corporation or any Subsidiary having an aggregate Fair Market Value (as hereinafter defined) of $10 million or more; or (iii) the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or any Subsidiary (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of any securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary to any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder in exchange for cash, securities or other property (or a combination thereof) having an aggregate Fair Market Value of $10 million or more; or (iv) the adoption of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation proposed by or on behalf of any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder; or (v) any reclassification of securities (including any reverse stock split), or recapitalization of the Corporation, or any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any of its Subsidiaries or any other transaction (whether or not with or into or otherwise involving any Interested Stockholder) which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the outstanding shares of any class of equity or convertible securities of the Corporation or any Subsidiary which is Beneficially Owned (as hereinafter defined) by any Interested Stockholder or any Affiliate of any Interested Stockholder; shall require the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class. Such affirmative vote shall be required notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law or of any agreement with any national securities exchange or otherwise which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote. (2) The term "Business Combination" as used in this Article XI shall mean any transaction which is referred to in any one or more of subparagraphs (i) through (v) of paragraph (1) of this Section A. B. The provisions of Section A of this Article XI shall not be applicable to any particular Business Combination, and such Business Combination shall require only such affirmative vote as is required by law, any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation and any Preferred Stock Designation, if, in the case of a Business Combination that does not involve any cash or other consideration being received by the stockholders of the Corporation, solely in their respective capacities as stockholders of the Corporation, the condition specified in the following paragraph (1) is met or, in the case of any other Business Combination, the conditions specified in either of the following paragraph (1) or paragraph (2) are met: (1) The Business Combination shall have been approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors (as hereinafter defined); provided however, that this condition shall not be capable of satisfaction unless there are at least three Continuing Directors. (2) All of the following conditions shall have been met:
C-8
(i) The consideration to be received by holders of shares of a particular class (or series) of outstanding capital stock (including Common Stock and other than Excluded Preferred Stock (as hereinafter defined)) shall be in cash or in the same form as the Interested Stockholder or any of its Affiliates has previously paid for shares of such class (or series) of capital stock. If the Interested Stockholder or any of its Affiliates have paid for shares of any class (or series) of capital stock with varying forms of consideration, the form of consideration to be received per share by holders of shares of such class (or series) of capital stock shall be either cash or the form used to acquire the largest number of shares of such class (or series) of capital stock previously acquired by the Interested Stockholder or any of its Affiliates. (ii) The aggregate amount of (x) the cash and (y) the Fair Market Value, as of the date (the "Consummation Date") of the consummation of the Business Combination, of the consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of Common Stock in such Business Combination shall be at least equal to the higher of the following (in each case appropriately adjusted in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares or similar event): (a) (if applicable) the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by the Interested Stockholder or any of its Affiliates for any shares of Common Stock acquired by them within the two-year period immediately prior to the date of the first public announcement of the proposal of the Business Combination (the "Announcement Date") or in any transaction in which the Interested Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher, plus interest compounded annually from the first date on which the Interested Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder (the "Determination Date") through the Consummation Date at the publicly announced base rate of interest of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (or such other major bank headquartered in New York, New York as may be selected by the Continuing Directors) from time to time in effect in New York, New York, less the aggregate amount of any cash dividends paid or declared (if ultimately paid), and the Fair Market Value of any dividends paid in other than cash, on each share of Common Stock from the Determination Date through the Consummation Date in an amount up to but not exceeding the amount of interest so payable per share of Common Stock; and (b) the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Announcement Date or the Determination Date, whichever is higher. (iii) The aggregate amount of (x) the cash and (y) the Fair Market Value, as of the Consummation Date, of the consideration other than cash to be received per share by holders of shares of any class (or series), other than Common Stock or Excluded Preferred Stock, of outstanding capital stock shall be at least equal to the highest of the following (in each case appropriately adjusted in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares or similar event), it being intended that the requirements of this paragraph (2)(iii) shall be required to be met with respect to every such class (or series) of outstanding capital stock whether or not the Interested Stockholder or any of its Affiliates has previously acquired any shares of a particular class (or series) of capital stock: (a) (if applicable) the highest per share price (including any brokerage commissions, transfer taxes and soliciting dealers' fees) paid by the Interested Stockholder or any of its Affiliates for any shares of such class (or series) of capital stock acquired by them within the two-year period immediately prior to the Announcement Date or in any transaction in which it became an Interested Stockholder, whichever is higher, plus interest compounded annually from the Determination Date through the Consummation Date at the publicly announced base rate of interest of Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York (or such other major bank headquartered in New York, New York as may be selected by the Continuing Directors) from time to time in effect in New York, New York less the aggregate amount of any cash dividends paid, and the Fair Market Value of any dividends paid in other than cash, on each share of such
C-9
class (or series) of capital stock from the Determination Date through the Consummation Date in an amount up to but not exceeding the amount of interest so payable per share of such class (or series) of capital stock; (b) the Fair Market Value per share of such class (or series) of capital stock on the Announcement Date or on the Determination Date, whichever is higher; and (c) the highest preferential amount per share, if any, to which the holders of shares of such class (or series) of capital stock would be entitled in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation. (iv) After such Interested Stockholder has become an Interested Stockholder and prior to the consummation of such Business Combination: (a) except as approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors, there shall have been no failure to declare and pay at the regular date therefor any full quarterly dividends (whether or not cumulative) on any outstanding Preferred Stock; (b) there shall have been (I) no reduction in the annual rate of dividends paid on the Common Stock (except as necessary to reflect any subdivision of the Common Stock), except as approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors, and (II) an increase in such annual rate of dividends as is necessary to reflect any reclassification (including any reverse stock split), recapitalization, reorganization or any similar transaction which has the effect of reducing the number of outstanding shares of the Common Stock, except as approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors; and (c) neither such Interested Stockholder nor any of its Affiliates shall have become the beneficial owner of any additional shares of Voting Stock except as part of the transaction which results in such Interested Stockholder becoming an Interested Stockholder; provided, however, that no approval by Continuing Directors shall satisfy the requirements of this subparagraph (iv) unless at the time of such approval there are at least three Continuing Directors. (v) After such Interested Stockholder has become an Interested Stockholder, such Interested Stockholder and any of its Affiliates shall not have received the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately, solely in such Interested Stockholder's or Affiliate's capacity as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial assistance or any tax credits or other tax advantages provided by the Corporation, whether in anticipation of or in connection with such Business Combination or otherwise. (vi) A proxy or information statement describing the proposed Business Combination and complying with the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (or any subsequent provisions replacing such Act, rules or regulations) shall be mailed to all stockholders of the Corporation at least 30 days prior to the consummation of such Business Combination (whether or not such proxy or information statement is required to be mailed pursuant to such Act or subsequent provisions). (vii) Such Interested Stockholder shall have supplied the Corporation with such information as shall have been requested pursuant to Section E of this Article XI within the time period set forth therein. C. For the purposes of this Article XI: (1) A "person" means any individual, limited partnership, general partnership, corporation or other firm or entity. (2) "Interested Stockholder" means any person (other than the Corporation or any Subsidiary) who or which: (i) is the beneficial owner (as hereinafter defined), directly or indirectly, of ten percent or more of the voting power of the outstanding Voting Stock; or (ii) is an Affiliate or an Associate (as hereinafter defined) of the Corporation and at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question was the beneficial
C-10
owner, directly or indirectly, of ten percent or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding Voting Stock; or (iii) is an assignee of or has otherwise succeeded to any shares of Voting Stock which were at any time within the two-year period immediately prior to the date in question beneficially owned by any Interested Stockholder, if such assignment or succession shall have occurred in the course of a transaction or series of transactions not involving a public offering within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Unitrin, Inc., a Delaware corporation, nor any of its subsidiaries shall be an Interested Stockholder as long as such entities in the aggregate Beneficially Own less than 12,658,000 shares of Common Stock. (3) A person shall be a "beneficial owner" of or shall "Beneficially Own", any Voting Stock: (i) which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on August 13, 1997; or
(ii) which such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has
(iii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on August 13, 1997, by any other person with whom such person or any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (other than solely by reason of a revocable proxy as described in subparagraph (ii) of this paragraph (3)) or disposing of any shares of Voting Stock; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in the case of any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or of any Subsidiary in which the beneficiaries thereof possess the right to vote any shares of Voting Stock held by such plan, no such plan nor any trustee with respect thereto (nor any Affiliate of such trustee), solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee, shall be deemed, for any purposes hereof to beneficially own any shares of Voting Stock held under any such plan. (4) For the purposes of determining whether a person is an Interested Stockholder pursuant to paragraph (2) of this Section C, the number of shares of Voting Stock deemed to be outstanding shall include shares deemed owned through application of paragraph (3) of this Section C but shall not include any other unissued shares of Voting Stock which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. (5) "Affiliate" or "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect on August 13, 1997. (6) "Subsidiary" means any corporation of which a majority of any class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation; provided, however, that for the purposes of the definition of Interested Stockholder set forth in paragraph (2) of this Section C, the term "Subsidiary" shall mean only a corporation of which a majority of each class of equity security is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation.
C-11
(7) "Continuing Director" means any member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation who is unaffiliated with the Interested Stockholder and was a member of the Board prior to the time that the Interested Stockholder became an Interested Stockholder, and any director who is thereafter chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors or who is elected and who, in either event, is unaffiliated with the Interested Stockholder and in connection with his or her initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election by a majority of Continuing Directors then on the Board. (8) "Fair Market Value" means: (i) in the case of stock, the highest closing sale price during the 30-day period immediately preceding the date in question of a share of such stock on the Composite Tape for New York Stock Exchange Listed Stocks, or, if such stock is not listed on the Composite Tape, on the New York Stock Exchange, or, if such stock is not listed on such Exchange, on the principal United States securities exchange registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 on which such stock is listed, or, if such stock is not listed on any such exchange, the highest closing bid quotation with respect to a share of such stock during the 30-day period preceding the date in question on the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System or any system then in use, or if no such quotations are available, the fair market value on the date in question of a share of such stock as determined by the Board in accordance with Section D of this Article XI; and (ii) in the case of property other than cash or stock, the fair market value of such property on the date in question as determined by the Board in accordance with Section D of this Article XI. (9) In the event of any Business Combination in which the Corporation survives, the phrase "consideration other than cash to be received" as used in paragraphs (2)(ii) and (2)(iii) of Section B of this Article XI shall include the shares of Common Stock and/or the shares of any other class (or series) of outstanding capital stock retained by the holders of such shares. (10) "Whole Board" means the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies. (11) "Excluded Preferred Stock" means any series of Preferred Stock with respect to which the Preferred Stock Designation creating such series expressly provides that the provisions of this Article XI shall not apply. (12) "Voting Stock" means capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.
D. A majority of the Whole Board, but only if a majority of the Whole Board
shall then consist of Continuing Directors or, if a majority of the Whole Board
shall not then consist of Continuing Directors, a majority of the then
Continuing Directors, shall have the power and duty to determine, on the basis
of information known to them after reasonable inquiry, all facts necessary to
determine compliance with this Article XI, including, without limitation, (i)
whether a person is an Interested Stockholder, (ii) the number of shares of
Voting Stock beneficially owned by any person, (iii) whether a person is an
Affiliate or Associate of another, (iv) whether the applicable conditions set
forth in paragraph (2) of Section B have been met with respect to any Business
Combination, (v) the Fair Market Value of stock or other property in accordance
with paragraph (8) of Section C of this Article XI, and (vi) whether the assets
which are the subject of any Business Combination referred to in paragraph
E. A majority of the Whole Board shall have the right to demand, but only if a majority of the Whole Board shall then consist of Continuing Directors, or, if a majority of the Whole Board shall not then consist of Continuing Directors a majority or the then Continuing Directors shall have the right to demand, that any person who it is reasonably believed is an Interested Stockholder (or holds of record shares of Voting
C-12
Stock Beneficially Owned by any Interested Stockholder) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares Beneficially Owned by such person who it is reasonably believed is an Interested Stockholder, (ii) the number of and class or series of shares Beneficially Owned by such person who it is reasonably believed is an Interested Stockholder and held of record by each such record owner and the number(s) of the stock certificate(s) evidencing such shares, and (iii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Article XI, as may be reasonably requested of such person, and such person shall furnish such information within 10 days after receipt of such demand. F. Nothing contained in this Article XI shall be construed to relieve any Interested Stockholder from any fiduciary obligation imposed by law. G. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the Voting Stock required by law, this Certificate of Incorporation or any Preferred Stock Designation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend, repeal or adopt any provision inconsistent with this Article XI. ARTICLE XII Each person who is or was or had agreed to become a director or officer of the Corporation, or each such person who is or was serving or who had agreed to serve at the request of the Board of Directors or an officer of the Corporation as a director, officer or employee of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (including the heirs, executor, administrators or estate of such person), shall be indemnified by the Corporation, in accordance with the By-Laws of the Corporation, to the full extent permitted from time to time by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) or any other applicable laws as presently or hereafter in effect. Without limiting the generality or the effect of the foregoing, the Corporation may indemnify other persons as provided in the By-Laws, and the Corporation may enter into one or more agreements with any person which provide for indemnification greater or different than that provided in this Article XII. Any amendment or repeal of this Article XII shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder immediately prior to such amendment or repeal. ARTICLE XIII A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to either the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Any amendment or repeal of this Article XIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing immediately prior to such amendment or repeal. ARTICLE XIV The Corporation reserves the right at any time and from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation or a Preferred Stock Designation, and any other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed herein or by applicable law, and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons
C-13
whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article XIV; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any amendment or repeal of Article XII or Article XIII of this Certificate of Incorporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing hereunder immediately prior to such amendment or repeal; and provided further that no Preferred Stock Designation shall be amended after the issuance of any shares of the series of Preferred Stock created thereby, except in accordance with the terms of such Preferred Stock Designation and the requirements of applicable law. Executed on August 13, 1997
By:______________________________________
C-14
ANNEX D
BY-LAWS
ARTICLE I
SECTION 1.1. DELAWARE OFFICE. The principal office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be located in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name and address of its registered agent is Corporation Service Company, 1013 Centre Road, Wilmington, Delaware. SECTION 1.2. OTHER OFFICES. The Corporation may have such other offices, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may designate or as the business of the Corporation may from time to time require. SECTION 1.3. BOOKS AND RECORDS. The books and records of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE II
SECTION 2.1. ANNUAL MEETING. The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on such date commencing in the year 1999 and at such place and time as may be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors. SECTION 2.2. SPECIAL MEETING. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock of the Corporation as to dividends or upon liquidation ("Preferred Stock") with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the Board or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies (the "Whole Board"). SECTION 2.3. PLACE OF MEETING. The Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board, as the case may be, may designate the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting of the stockholders called by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board. If no designation is so made, the place of meeting shall be the principal office of the Corporation. SECTION 2.4. NOTICE OF MEETING. Written or printed notice, stating the place, day, and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be delivered by the Corporation not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his,
D-1
her, or its address as it appears on the stock transfer books of the
Corporation. Such further notice shall be given as may be required by law. Only
such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall
have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation's notice of
meeting. Meetings may be held without notice if all stockholders entitled to
vote are present, or if notice is waived by those not present in accordance with
SECTION 2.5. QUORUM AND ADJOURNMENT. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Voting Stock"), represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of stockholders, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of a majority of the shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business. The Chairman of the meeting or a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time, whether or not there is such a quorum. No notice of the time and place of adjourned meetings need be given except as required by law. The stockholders present at a duly called meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. SECTION 2.6. PROXIES. At all meetings of stockholders, a stockholder may vote by proxy executed in writing (or in such other manner prescribed by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) by the stockholder, or by his duly authorized attorney in fact. SECTION 2.7. NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS AND NOMINATIONS. A. ANNUAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS. (1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (a) pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting, (b) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (c) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this By-Law, who is entitled to vote at the meeting, and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this By-Law. (2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (c) of paragraph A.(1) of this By-Law, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder's notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 60th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new
D-2
time period for the giving of a stockholder's notice as described above.
Such stockholder's notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the
stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director,
all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in
solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest,
or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act") and Rule
14a-11 thereunder (including such person's written consent to being named in
the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected);
(3) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph A.(2) of this By-Law to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least 70 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting, a stockholder's notice required by this By-Law shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation. B. SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting (a) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (b) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this By-Law, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this By-Law. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation's notice of meeting, if the stockholder's notice required by paragraph A.(2) of this By-Law shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 90th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of a special meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder's notice as described above. C. GENERAL. (1) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this By-Law shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this By-Law. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business
D-3
proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this By-Law and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with this By-Law, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded. (2) For purposes of this By-Law, "public announcement" shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14, or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. (3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this By-Law, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this By-Law. Nothing in this By-Law shall be deemed to affect any rights (a) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act or (b) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances. SECTION 2.8. PROCEDURE FOR ELECTION OF DIRECTORS; REQUIRED VOTE. Election of directors at all meetings of the stockholders at which directors are to be elected shall be by ballot, and, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, a plurality of the votes cast thereat shall elect directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these By-Laws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the matter shall be the act of the stockholders. SECTION 2.9. INSPECTORS OF ELECTIONS; OPENING AND CLOSING THE POLLS. The Board of Directors by resolution shall appoint one or more inspectors, which inspector or inspectors may include individuals who serve the Corporation in other capacities, including, without limitation, as officers, employees, agents or representatives, to act at the meetings of stockholders and make a written report thereof. One or more persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate has been appointed to act or is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before discharging his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspector(s) shall have the duties prescribed by law. The Chairman or the Secretary of the meeting shall fix and announce at the meeting the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting. SECTION 2.10. NO STOCKHOLDER ACTION BY WRITTEN CONSENT. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such stockholders.
ARTICLE III
SECTION 3.1. GENERAL POWERS. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these By-Laws expressly conferred upon them,
D-4
the Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these By-Laws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders. SECTION 3.2. NUMBER, TENURE, AND QUALIFICATIONS.
Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect
directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors shall be fixed
from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of
the Whole Board. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the
holders of any series of Preferred Stock under specified circumstances, shall be
divided, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into
three classes, as nearly equal in number as is reasonably possible, with the
term of office of the first class to expire at the 1999 annual meeting of
stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the 2000
annual meeting of stockholders and the term of office of the third class to
expire at the 2001 annual meeting of stockholders, with each director to hold
office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At
each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the 1999 annual meeting,
SECTION 3.3. REGULAR MEETINGS. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately after the annual meeting of stockholders without other notice than this By-Law. Regular meetings of the directors may be held without notice at such place and times as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. SECTION 3.4. SPECIAL MEETINGS. Special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be called at the request of the Chairman of the Board, the President, or a majority of the Board of Directors then in office. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the place and time of the meetings. SECTION 3.5. NOTICE.
Notice of any special meeting of directors shall be given to each director at
his or her business or residence in writing by hand delivery, first-class or
overnight mail or courier service, telegram or facsimile transmission,
electronic mail, or orally by telephone. If mailed by first-class mail, such
notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when deposited in the United States
mails so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, at least five (5) days before
such meeting. If by telegram, overnight mail, or courier service, such notice
shall be deemed adequately delivered when the telegram is delivered to the
telegraph corporation or the notice is delivered to the overnight mail or
courier service corporation at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting.
If by facsimile transmission or electronic mail, such notice shall be deemed
adequately delivered when the notice is transmitted at least twelve (12) hours
before such meeting. If by telephone or by hand delivery, the notice shall be
given at least twelve (12) hours prior to the time set for the meeting. Neither
the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special
meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such
meeting, except for amendments to these By-Laws, as provided under Section 8.1.
A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are
present or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in accordance with
D-5
SECTION 3.6. ACTION BY CONSENT OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. SECTION 3.7. CONFERENCE TELEPHONE MEETINGS. Members of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting. SECTION 3.8. QUORUM. Subject to Section 3.9, a whole number of directors equal to at least a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. The directors present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum. SECTION 3.9. VACANCIES. Subject to applicable law and the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, and unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, vacancies resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been elected expires and until any such director's successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of authorized directors constituting the Whole Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. SECTION 3.10. EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES. The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, designate an Executive Committee to exercise, subject to applicable provisions of law, all the powers of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation when the Board is not in session, including without limitation the power to declare dividends, to authorize the issuance of the Corporation's capital stock and to adopt a certificate of ownership and merger pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, and may, by resolution similarly adopted, designate one or more other committees. The Executive Committee and each such other committee shall consist of two or more directors of the Corporation. The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any such committee, other than the Executive Committee (the powers of which are expressly provided for herein), may to the extent permitted by law exercise such powers and shall have such responsibilities as shall be specified in the designating resolution. In the absence or disqualification of any member of such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified
D-6
member. Each committee shall keep written minutes of its proceedings and shall report such proceedings to the Board when required. A majority of any committee may determine its action and fix the time and place of its meetings, unless the Board shall otherwise provide. Notice of such meetings shall be given to each member of the committee in the manner provided for in Section 3.5 of these By-Laws. The Board shall have power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve any such committee. Nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent the Board from appointing one or more committees consisting in whole or in part of persons who are not directors of the Corporation; provided, however, that no such committee shall have or may exercise any authority of the Board. SECTION 3.11. REMOVAL. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class. SECTION 3.12. RECORDS. The Board of Directors shall cause to be kept a record containing the minutes of the proceedings of the meetings of the Board and of the stockholders, appropriate stock books and registers and such books of records and accounts as may be necessary for the proper conduct of the business of the Corporation. SECTION 3.13. ADVISORY DIRECTORS. The Board of Directors may elect one or more advisory directors who shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the directors shall assign to them. Advisory directors shall, upon election, serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders. Advisory directors shall receive notices of all meetings of the Board of Directors in the same manner and at the same time as the directors. They shall attend said meetings referred to in said notices in an advisory capacity, but will not cast a vote or be counted to determine a quorum. Any advisory directors may be removed either with or without cause, by a majority of the directors at the time in office, at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any advisory director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, or otherwise.
ARTICLE IV
SECTION 4.1. OFFICERS. The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chairman of the Board, a Chief Executive Officer, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and, if deemed necessary, expedient, or desirable by the Board of Directors, a President, a Vice Chairman of the Board, one or more Chief Operating Officers, one or more Vice Presidents (one or more of whom may be designated Executive or Senior Vice President), one or more Assistant Secretaries, and one or more Assistant Treasurers. Except as may otherwise be provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors choosing him or her, no officer other than the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board, if any, need be a director. Except as may be limited by law, any number of offices may be held by the same person, as the directors may determine. Unless otherwise provided for in the resolution choosing him or her, each officer shall be chosen for a term that shall continue until the meeting of the Board of Directors following the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor shall have been chosen and qualified.
D-7
All officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and perform such duties as shall be prescribed in the By-Laws or in the resolutions of the Board of Directors designating and choosing such officers and shall have such additional authority and duties as are incident to their office except to the extent that such resolutions may be inconsistent therewith. Any officer may be removed, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors. Any vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors. SECTION 4.2. OTHER OFFICERS AND AGENTS. The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it may deem advisable, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer may appoint key executives to the position of staff vice president. Such staff vice presidents shall not be corporate officers and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as are assigned to them by the Chief Executive Officer or the President, if any, or by any other officer of the Corporation designated for such purpose by the Chief Executive Officer or President, if any.
ARTICLE V
SECTION 5.1. SHARES. The shares of the capital stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates or shall be uncertificated. Each registered holder of shares of capital stock, upon request to the Corporation, shall be provided with a stock certificate, representing the number of shares owned by such holder. Absent specific request for such a certificate by the registered owner or transferee thereof, all shares shall be uncertificated upon the original issuance thereof by the Corporation or upon the surrender for transfer of the certificate representing such shares to the Corporation or its transfer agent. SECTION 5.2. CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES OF STOCK. The certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation shall be in such form, not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. All certificates shall be signed, countersigned, and registered in such manner as the Board of Directors may by resolution prescribe, which resolution may permit any of all of the signatures on such certificates to be in facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who shall have signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar of the Corporation, whether because of death, resignation, or otherwise, before such certificate or certificates shall have been delivered by the Corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates had not ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar of the Corporation. All certificates for shares of stock shall be consecutively numbered as the same are issued. The name of the person owning the shares represented thereby with the number of such shares and the date of issue thereof shall be entered on the books of the corporation. Except as hereinafter provided, all certificates surrendered to the Corporation for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificates or uncertificated shares shall be issued until former certificates for the same number of shares have been surrendered and canceled.
D-8
SECTION 5.3. LOST, STOLEN, OR DESTROYED CERTIFICATES. No certificate for shares of stock in the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed, or stolen, except on production of such evidence of such loss, destruction, or theft and on delivery to the Corporation of a bond of indemnity in such amount, upon such terms, and secured by such surety, as the Board of Directors or the Secretary of the Corporation may in its, his, or her discretion require. SECTION 5.4. TRANSFER OF SHARES. Upon surrender to the Corporation or to the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation, or authority to transfer, the Corporation shall issue or cause to be issued uncertificated shares or, if requested by the appropriate person, a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the surrendered certificate, and record the transaction upon its books. Upon receipt of proper transfer instructions from the registered owner of uncertificated shares, such uncertificated shares shall be canceled and issuance of new equivalent uncertificated shares shall be made to the person entitled thereto and the transaction shall be recorded upon the books of the Corporation. SECTION 5.5. REGULATIONS. The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to make such rules and regulations as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer, and registration of uncertificated shares or certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation. SECTION 5.6. STATEMENTS RELATING TO UNCERTIFICATED SECURITIES. Within two business days after an issuance, transfer, pledge, or release from a pledge of uncertificated shares has been registered, the Corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof and, if shares are or were subject to a registered pledge, to the registered pledgee, a written notice, signed in the same manner as a certificate for shares may be signed in accordance with Section 5.2 of this Article V, stating (a) that the Corporation shall furnish to such person(s) upon request and without charge a full statement of the designation, relative rights, preferences and limitations of the shares of each class of the Corporation's stock authorized to be issued and the designation, relative rights, preferences and limitations of each series of preferred stock so far as the same has been fixed and the authority of the Board of Directors to designate and fix the relative rights, preferences and limitations of other series; (b) that the Corporation is formed under the laws of the State of Delaware; (c) the number of shares and a description of the issue of which such shares are a part including the class of shares, and the designation of the series, if any, which have been issued, transferred, pledged or released from a pledge, as the case may be; (d) the name, address, and taxpayer identification number, if any, of the person or persons to which such shares have been issued or transferred, and, in the case of registration of a pledge or a release from a pledge, of the registered owner and the registered pledgee whose interest is being granted or released, (e) any liens or restrictions of the Corporation, and any adverse claims (i) which are embodied in a restraining order, injunction, or other legal process served upon the Corporation at a time and in a manner which afforded it a reasonable opportunity to act on it in accordance with applicable law, (ii) of which the Corporation has received written notification from the registered owner or the registered pledgee at a time and in a manner which afforded it a reasonable opportunity to act on it in accordance with applicable law, (iii) to which the registration of transfer to the present registered owner was subject and so noted in a statement sent to such person under this paragraph including restrictions on transfer not imposed by the Corporation, and (iv) of which the Corporation is charged with notice from a controlling instrument which the Corporation has elected to require as assurance that a necessary endorsement or instruction is genuine and effective, to which the shares are subject or a statement that there are no such liens, restrictions, or adverse claims; and (f) the date the issuance, transfer, pledge, or release from a pledge, as the case may be, was registered. The Corporation shall maintain a printed
D-9
copy of the most recent statement sent to a person with respect to uncertificated shares pursuant to this paragraph.
Within two business days after a transfer of uncertificated shares has been
registered, the Corporation shall send to the former registered owner and the
former registered pledgee, if any, a written notice stating (a) the number of
shares and a description of the issue of which such shares are a part, including
the class of shares, and the designation of the series, if any, which have been
transferred; (b) the name, address and taxpayer identification number, if any;
of the former registered owner and of the former registered pledgee, if any; and
The Corporation shall send to each registered holder and registered pledgee of uncertificated shares, no less frequently than annually, and at any time upon the written request of any such person, a dated written notice stating (a) if such notice is to the registered owner, the number of shares and a description of the issue of which such shares are a part, including the class of shares, and the designation of the series, if any, registered in the name of such registered owner on the date of the statement; (b) the name, address, and taxpayer identification number, if any, of the registered owner; (c) the name, address and taxpayer identification number, if any, of any registered pledgee and the number of shares subject to the pledge; and (d) any liens or restrictions of the Corporation and any adverse claims (i) which are embodied in a restraining order, injunction, or other legal process served upon the Corporation at a time and in a manner which afforded it a reasonable opportunity to act on it in accordance with applicable law, (ii) of which the Corporation has received written notification from the registered owner or the registered pledgee at a time and in a manner which afforded it a reasonable opportunity to act on it in accordance with applicable law, (iii) to which the registration of transfer to the present registered owner was subject and so noted in a statement sent to such person under this paragraph, including restrictions on transfer not imposed by the Corporation, and (iv) of which the Corporation is charged with notice from a controlling instrument which the Corporation has elected to require as assurance that a necessary endorsement or instruction is genuine and effective, to which the shares are subject or a statement that there are no such liens, restrictions or adverse claims. Each notice sent pursuant to this Section 5.6 shall bear a conspicuous legend reading substantially as follows: "This statement is merely a record of the rights of the addressee as of the time of its issuance. Delivery of the statement, of itself, confers no rights upon the recipient. This statement is neither a negotiable instrument nor a security."
ARTICLE VI
SECTION 6.1. RIGHT TO INDEMNIFICATION. A. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding") by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by the Corporation, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee, or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee, or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability, and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person
D-10
who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee, or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, and administrators; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that except as provided in Section 6.2.B. of this Article VI, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors. B. Each person referred to in Section 6.1.A. of this Article VI shall be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in connection with any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, such advances to be paid by the Corporation within 20 days after the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from the claimant requesting such advance or advances from time to time; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that if the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware requires, the advancement of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) prior to the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or otherwise. C. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article VI and the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in connection with any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article VI each shall be a contract right. SECTION 6.2. PROCEDURE TO OBTAIN INDEMNIFICATION. A. To obtain indemnification under this Article VI, a claimant shall submit to the Corporation a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the claimant and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the claimant is entitled to indemnification. Upon written request by a claimant for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 6.2.A., a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to the claimant's entitlement thereto shall be made as follows: (1) if requested by the claimant, by Independent Counsel (as hereinafter defined) or (2) if no request is made by the claimant for a determination by Independent Counsel, (a) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined) or (b) if a quorum of the Board of Directors consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, such quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the claimant, or (c) if a quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by the stockholders of the Corporation. In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel at the request of the claimant, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors unless there shall have occurred within six years prior to the date of the commencement of the action, suit, or proceeding for which indemnification is claimed a "Change of Control" as defined in the Corporation's 1997 Stock Incentive Plan, in which case the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the claimant unless the claimant shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors. If it is so determined that the claimant is entitled to indemnification, payment to the claimant shall be made within 10 days after such determination. B. If a claim under Section 6.1 of this Article VI is not paid in full by the Corporation within 30 days after a written claim pursuant to Section 6.2.A. of this Article VI has been received by the Corporation or, in the case of a claim pursuant to Section 6.1.B., within the 20-day period provided therein, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct which makes it permissible under the General Corporation Law of the State of
D-11
Delaware for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount of the claims, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, Independent Counsel, or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, Independent Counsel, or stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. C. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 6.2.A. of this Article VI that the claimant is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to Section 6.2.B. of this Article VI. D. The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to Section 6.2.B. of this Article VI that the procedures and presumptions of this Article VI are not valid, binding, and enforceable and shall stipulate in such proceeding that the Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this Article VI. SECTION 6.3. NO DIMINUTION OF RIGHTS. The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors, or otherwise. No repeal or modification of this Article VI shall in any way diminish or adversely affect the rights of any director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation hereunder in respect of any occurrence of matter arising prior to any such repeal or modification. SECTION 6.4. INSURANCE. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee, or agent of the Corporation or any person serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise against any expense, liability, or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability, or loss under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. To the extent that the Corporation maintains any policy or policies providing such insurance, each such director or officer, and each such agent or employee to which rights to indemnification have been granted as provided in Section 6.5 of this Article VI, shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage thereunder for any such director, officer, employee, or agent. SECTION 6.5. DISCRETIONARY INDEMNIFICATION. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and rights to be paid by the Corporation and the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article VI with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation. SECTION 6.6. ENFORCEABILITY. If any provision or provisions of this Article VI shall be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article VI (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Article VI containing any such
D-12
provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article VI (including, without limitation, each such portion of any section of this Article VI containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable. SECTION 6.7. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Article VI: (a) "Disinterested Director" means a director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to the matter in respect of which indemnification is sought by the claimant. (b) "Independent Counsel" means a law firm that is nationally recognized for its experience in matters of Delaware corporation law and shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or the claimant in an action to determine the claimant's rights under this Article VI. SECTION 6.8. NOTICES. Any notice, request, or other communication required or permitted to be given to the Corporation under this Article VI shall be in writing and either delivered in person or sent by telecopy, telex, telegram, electronic mail, overnight mail or courier service, or certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, to the Secretary of the Corporation.
ARTICLE VII
SECTION 7.1. FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first day of January and end on the thirty-first day of December of each year. SECTION 7.2. DIVIDENDS. The Board of Directors may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and the Certificate of Incorporation. SECTION 7.3. SEAL. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the words "Corporate Seal," the year of incorporation and around the margin thereof the words "UNOVA, Inc.--Delaware." SECTION 7.4. WAIVER OF NOTICE. Whenever any notice is required to be given to any stockholder or director of the Corporation under the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or these By-Laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual or special meeting of the stockholders or the Board of Directors or committee thereof need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting.
D-13
SECTION 7.5. AUDITS. The accounts, books, and records of the Corporation shall be audited upon the conclusion of each fiscal year by an independent certified public accountant selected by the Board of Directors, and it shall be the duty of the Board of Directors to cause such audit to be done annually. SECTION 7.6. RESIGNATIONS. Any director of any officer, whether elected or appointed, may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Chairman of the Board, the President, if any, or the Secretary, and such resignation shall be deemed to be effective as of the close of business on the date said notice is received by the Chairman of the Board, the President, if any, or the Secretary, or at such later time as is specified therein. No formal action shall be required of the Board of Directors or the stockholders to make any such resignation effective. SECTION 7.7. PROXIES. Unless otherwise provided by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President, if any, or any Vice President may from time to time appoint an attorney or attorneys or agent or agents of the Corporation, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, to cast the votes which the Corporation may be entitled to cast as the holder of stock or other securities in any other corporation, any of whose stock or other securities may be held by the Corporation, at meetings of the holders of the stock or other securities of such other corporation, or to consent in writing, in the name of the Corporation as such holder, to any action by such other corporation, and may instruct the person or persons so appointed as to the manner of casting such votes or giving such consent, and may execute or cause to be executed in the name and on behalf of the Corporation and under its corporate seal or otherwise, all such written proxies or other instruments as he or she may deem necessary or proper in the premises.
ARTICLE VIII
SECTION 8.1. AMENDMENTS. These By-Laws may be altered, amended, or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, provided notice of the proposed change was given in the notice of the meeting and, in the case of a meeting of the Board of Directors, in a notice given not less than two days prior to the meeting; provided, however, that, in the case of amendments by stockholders, notwithstanding any other provisions of these By-Laws or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of the capital stock of the Corporation required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these By-Laws, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80 percent of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of the Voting Stock, voting together as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend, or repeal any provision of these By-Laws.
D-14
* To be supplied by amendment.
SIGNATURE Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. UNOVA, INC.
EXHIBIT INDEX
* To be supplied by amendment. EXHIBIT 2 DISTRIBUTION AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT BETWEEN WESTERN ATLAS INC. AND UNOVA, INC.
DISTRIBUTION AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT
i
DISTRIBUTION AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT DISTRIBUTION AND INDEMNITY AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of , 1997, between WESTERN ATLAS INC., a Delaware corporation ("Western Atlas"), and UNOVA, INC., a Delaware corporation and, as of the date hereof, a wholly owned subsidiary of Western Atlas ("UNOVA"). WHEREAS, the Western Atlas Board has determined that it is appropriate and desirable to spin off its holdings of UNOVA by distributing all outstanding shares of UNOVA Common Stock on a pro rata basis to holders of Western Atlas Common Stock; and WHEREAS, Western Atlas and UNOVA have determined that it is appropriate and desirable to set forth the principal corporate transactions required to effect such distribution and certain other agreements that will govern certain matters relating to such distribution and the relationships thereafter between Western Atlas and UNOVA; and WHEREAS, Western Atlas and UNOVA are entering into this Agreement in the spirit of mutual benefit and good faith. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements, provisions and covenants contained in this Agreement, and the benefits to be derived from the distribution by Western Atlas and UNOVA, the parties hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Section 1.1 GENERAL. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined): ACTION: any action, suit, arbitration, inquiry, proceeding or investigation by or before any court, any governmental or other regulatory or administrative agency or commission or any arbitration tribunal. AFFILIATE: as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, including, with respect to Western Atlas, any Western Atlas Subsidiary and, with respect to UNOVA, any UNOVA Subsidiary. AGENT: ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., as distribution agent. BENEFITS AGREEMENT: the Benefits Agreement between UNOVA and Western Atlas, the form of which is attached hereto as Annex A. CODE: the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. COMMISSION: the Securities and Exchange Commission. DISTRIBUTION: the distribution to holders of Western Atlas Common Stock of the shares of UNOVA Common Stock owned by Western Atlas on the Distribution Date. DISTRIBUTION DATE: the date determined by the Western Atlas Board on which the Distribution shall be effected. EXCHANGE ACT: the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. FORM 10: the registration statement on Form 10 filed by UNOVA with the Commission to effect the registration of the UNOVA Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Act. INFORMATION STATEMENT: the information statement to be sent to the holders of Western Atlas Common Stock in connection with the Distribution. INSURANCE PROCEEDS: those monies (i) received by an insured from an insurance carrier on an insurance claim or (ii) paid by an insurance carrier on behalf of the insured on an insurance claim, in either case net of any applicable deductibles, retentions, or costs paid by such insured, but such term does not refer to proceeds received from an insurer on an employee benefits group insurance policy. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AGREEMENT: the Intellectual Property Agreement between UNOVA and Western Atlas, the form of which is attached hereto as Annex B. IRS: the Internal Revenue Service. LIABILITIES: any and all debts, liabilities and obligations, absolute or contingent, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, accrued or unaccrued, known or unknown, whenever arising and whether or not the same would be reflected on a balance sheet (unless otherwise specified in this Agreement), including all costs and expenses relating thereto, and including, without limitation, those debts, liabilities and obligations arising under any law, rule, regulation, Action, threatened Action, order or consent decree of any governmental entity or any award of any arbitrator of any kind, and those arising under any contract, commitment or undertaking. LOSSES: any and all losses, Liabilities, claims, damages, obligations, fines, penalties, payments, costs and expenses, matured or unmatured, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, liquidated or unliquidated, known or unknown (including, without limitation, the costs and expenses of any and all Actions, threatened Actions, demands, assessments, judgments, settlements and compromises relating thereto and attorneys' fees and any and all expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any such Actions or threatened Actions). RECORD DATE: the close of business on the date to be determined by the Western Atlas Board as the record date for the Distribution. SUBSIDIARIES: the term "subsidiaries" as used herein with respect to any entity shall be deemed to refer to other entities in which such entity owns or controls a majority of the voting power and shall, unless otherwise indicated, be deemed to refer to both direct and indirect subsidiaries of such entity. TAX SHARING AGREEMENT: the Tax Sharing Agreement between UNOVA and Western Atlas, the form of which is attached hereto as Annex C. UNOVA COMMON STOCK: the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of UNOVA. UNOVA SUBSIDIARY: any direct or indirect subsidiary of UNOVA that will remain a direct or indirect subsidiary of UNOVA immediately following the Distribution Date, and any other direct or indirect subsidiary of UNOVA that thereafter may be organized or acquired. WAI INSURANCE PROGRAM: the insurance policies and self-insurance program of Western Atlas referred to in Section 3.6 hereof. WESTERN ATLAS BOARD: the Board of Directors of Western Atlas. WESTERN ATLAS COMMON STOCK: the Common Stock, $1.00 par value, of Western Atlas. WESTERN ATLAS SUBSIDIARY: any direct or indirect subsidiary of Western Atlas other than UNOVA or any UNOVA Subsidiary.
ARTICLE II
Section 2.1 THE DISTRIBUTION. Subject to Section 2.3 hereof, on the Distribution Date, Western Atlas will deliver to the Agent, for the benefit of holders of record of Western Atlas Common Stock on the Record Date, a single stock certificate, endorsed by Western Atlas in blank, representing all of the then outstanding shares of UNOVA Common Stock owned by Western Atlas, and shall instruct the Agent to distribute on the Distribution Date (or as soon as practicable thereafter) the appropriate number of such shares of UNOVA Common Stock to each such holder or designated transferee or transferees of such holder. The Distribution shall be effective on the Distribution Date. UNOVA will provide to the Agent all information or documents necessary to effect direct registration, and Western Atlas will provide to the
2
Agent any information required in order to complete the Distribution on the basis of one share of UNOVA Common Stock for each share of Western Atlas Common Stock outstanding on the Record Date. Section 2.2 COOPERATION PRIOR TO THE DISTRIBUTION. (a) Western Atlas and UNOVA have prepared, and Western Atlas shall mail, prior to the Distribution Date, to the holders of Western Atlas Common Stock, the Information Statement, which shall set forth appropriate disclosure concerning UNOVA, the Distribution and other matters. Western Atlas and UNOVA have prepared, and UNOVA has filed with the Commission, the Form 10, which includes or incorporates by reference the Information Statement. Western Atlas and UNOVA shall use reasonable efforts to cause the Form 10 to become effective under the Exchange Act as soon as practicable. (b) Western Atlas and UNOVA shall cooperate in preparing, filing with the Commission and causing to become effective any registration statements or amendments thereof which are required to reflect the establishment of, or amendments to, any employee benefit and other plans contemplated by the Benefits Agreement. (c) Western Atlas and UNOVA shall take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate under the securities or blue sky laws of states or other political subdivisions of the United States, in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. (d) Western Atlas and UNOVA have prepared, and UNOVA has filed in preliminary form and shall seek to make effective, applications to list the UNOVA Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE").
Section 2.3 CONDITIONS TO DISTRIBUTION. This Agreement and the consummation
of each of the transactions provided for herein shall be subject to approval of
the Western Atlas Board. The Western Atlas Board shall in its discretion
establish the Record Date and the Distribution Date and all appropriate
procedures in connection with the Distribution, but in no event shall the
Distribution Date occur prior to such time as each of the following have
occurred or have been waived by the Western Atlas Board in its sole discretion:
3
ARTICLE III
Section 3.1 INTERCORPORATE REORGANIZATION. (a) At or prior to the Distribution, there shall have been transferred to UNOVA Automation Systems, Inc. all of the assets and liabilities of Western Atlas Landis USA Division (MIS # M02610), including all the assets and liabilities of Gardner Division; all the assets and liabilities of Western Atlas Lamb Technicon Body & Assembly Systems Division (MIS # M02415), including all outstanding shares of Grand Design and J.S. McNamara; all the assets and liabilities of Western Atlas Lamb Technicon Machining Systems Division (MIS # M02410); and all the outstanding shares of M M & E, Inc. At or prior to the Distribution, there shall have been transferred to UNOVA all of the outstanding shares of UNOVA Automation Systems, Inc., Standard Components Corp., Limited Partner I Corporation, General Partner I Corporation, Energy Equity Ventures Inc., Stanko Western Atlas Corporation; Western Atlas Industries Inc.; Canadian Western Atlas Inc., Western Atlas U.K. Limited, and Intermec Corporation. At or prior to the Distribution, there shall have been transferred to Lamb-Unima Maschinenbau GmbH the stock of Honsberg Lamb Sonderwerkzeugmachinen GmbH, and Western Atlas' 80% interest in the stock of Lamb-Unima Maschinbau GmbH shall have been transferred to UNOVA. At or prior to the Distribution, there shall have been transferred to UNOVA certain assets and liabilities of Western Atlas Corporate Division (MIS # Z00050), certain assets and liabilities of Western Atlas Reserves (MIS # Z00900), and all the assets and liabilities of Western Atlas IAS Administration Division (MIS # M09010). The transfer of real property shall be effected by grant deed, limited or special warranty deed or the equivalent statutorily approved form which conveys the property without encumbrances or conveyances to another party by the grantor or a person claiming under the grantor. The transfer of capital stock shall be effected by means of delivery of stock certificates duly endorsed or accompanied by duly executed stock powers and notation on the stock record books of the corporations or other legal entities involved. Following the Distribution Date, Western Atlas and UNOVA shall cooperate and, if requested, assist each other in perfecting title to various properties referred to in this paragraph, at the expense of the party requesting such assistance. (b) Prior to the Distribution Date, Western Atlas and UNOVA shall take all steps necessary to increase the outstanding shares of UNOVA Common Stock so that immediately prior to the Distribution, Western Atlas will hold a number of shares of UNOVA Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Western Atlas Common Stock outstanding on the Record Date. Section 3.2 REPAYMENT OF INTERCOMPANY INDEBTEDNESS. Upon the Distribution, UNOVA shall pay to Western Atlas, or Western Atlas' designee, $230 million of the intercompany indebtedness owed to Western Atlas by UNOVA, and any remaining balance of such intercompany indebtedness of UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries to Western Atlas and the Western Atlas Subsidiaries shall be contributed to the capital of UNOVA. Section 3.3 OTHER AGREEMENTS. On or prior to the date of the Distribution, Western Atlas and UNOVA will execute and deliver agreements substantially in the form of Annexes A through C. Section 3.4 THE UNOVA BOARD. Western Atlas and UNOVA shall take all actions that may be required to elect or otherwise appoint as directors of UNOVA, on or prior to the Distribution Date, the persons named in the Form 10 to constitute the Board of Directors of UNOVA on the Distribution Date.
Section 3.5 UNOVA CHARTER AND BY-LAWS. Prior to the Distribution Date, (a)
Western Atlas shall cause the Certificate of Incorporation of UNOVA,
substantially in the form of Annex B to the Form 10, to be filed with the
Secretary of State of Delaware and to be in effect on the Distribution Date, and
Section 3.6 INSURANCE.
4
(a) Western Atlas will continue to provide coverage for workers' compensation, general liability, automobile liability, other liability, property and other insurable business risks and exposures to UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries in the same manner and to the same extent as in effect on the date of this Agreement (the "WAI Insurance Program") for incidents, acts, omissions or occurrences occurring from the date such coverage first commenced until 12:00 midnight on the Distribution Date or such later date as may be agreed to in writing by Western Atlas and UNOVA, and UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries shall pay Western Atlas the costs, fees and expenses for such coverage in accordance with the past and current practices established between Western Atlas, UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries. Such costs include, but are not limited to, premiums, deductibles, retrospective rating adjustments, assessments paid and audit adjustments completed. (b) Western Atlas shall cooperate and, if requested, shall assist UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries in obtaining their own separate insurance coverage and self-insurance coverage for UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries, effective with respect to incidents, acts, omissions or occurrences occurring from and after the Distribution Date. Following the Distribution Date, each of the parties shall cooperate with and assist the other party in the prevention of conflicts or gaps in insurance coverage and/or collection of Insurance Proceeds. (c) Western Atlas and UNOVA agree that UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries shall have the right to present claims directly to Western Atlas' insurers under the WAI Insurance Program for insured and self-insured incidents, acts, omissions or occurrences occurring from the date said coverage first commenced until the Distribution Date. Any such claims shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the WAI Insurance Program which for this purpose shall include the so-called "tail" coverage referred to below in this subsection (c). All such claims by UNOVA or the UNOVA Subsidiaries against Western Atlas' insurers shall be presented when known by UNOVA and in any event by the reporting requirements specified under an insurance policy with respect to a specific claim. The parties acknowledge that any such policies written on a "claims made" rather than "occurrence" basis may not, in their present form, provide coverage to UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries for incidents, acts, omissions or occurrences occurring prior to the Distribution Date but which are first reported after the Distribution Date and, accordingly, the parties have agreed that Western Atlas shall cooperate and, if requested, assist UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries in acquiring "tail" insurance coverage, effective upon the Distribution Date. (d) With respect to any insured Losses or retrospective premium adjustments relating to assets and/or operations of UNOVA and/or the UNOVA Subsidiaries prior to the Distribution Date: (i) Western Atlas shall pay over to UNOVA within 60 days of receipt any Insurance Proceeds it receives on account of such Losses and any such retrospective premium reductions (all subject to support documentation); and (ii) UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries shall reimburse Western Atlas within 60 days of Western Atlas' request for all costs, expenses or payments (all subject to support documentation) made by Western Atlas after the Distribution Date to insurers or incurred by Western Atlas with respect to self-insurance on account of such Losses and any such retrospective premium increases, except that self-insured Losses shall be funded directly by UNOVA through a Western Atlas bank account maintained to fund such Losses. The defense of and the responsibility for any litigation or claims pending at the Distribution Date, or commenced after the Distribution Date (as respects Losses which occurred prior to the Distribution Date), relating to UNOVA or the UNOVA Subsidiaries and covered by the WAI Insurance Program shall continue to be managed by UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries. UNOVA shall advise Western Atlas when there is a reasonable expectation that any such litigation will exceed the policy limits of the current WAI Insurance Program or result in a loss not covered by such program. (e) Western Atlas shall maintain as part of the WAI Insurance Program the Directors and Officers insurance program with the same insurance carriers, limits of liability, terms and conditions through May 31, 1999. UNOVA shall obtain and maintain a similar Directors and Officers insurance program at least through May 31, 1999. Material modification to either party's Directors and Officers insurance program prior to May 31, 1999 shall require the prior approval of the other party, which shall not be
5
unreasonably withheld. Material modifications include adverse changes in terms and conditions, decreased limits of liability and the substitution of insurance carriers. (f) Western Atlas maintains various bonding facilities on behalf of itself and its various subsidiaries, including UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries. UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries shall have the right to continue to have the benefit of such bonding facilities after the Distribution Date until UNOVA is able to arrange its own bonding facilities; provided, however, that UNOVA shall reimburse Western Atlas for the amount of any Losses on Western Atlas bonds covering UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries and shall also reimburse Western Atlas for all fees and out-of-pocket costs incurred by Western Atlas with respect to Western Atlas bonds covering UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries. (g) In recognition that premiums, premium adjustments, retrospective rating adjustments, assessments and audit adjustments have been paid or charged to UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries prior to the Distribution Date, and that similar such payments and charges will be made by and to UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries after the Distribution Date, Western Atlas agrees to cooperate with UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries in insured litigation. Furthermore, in insured litigation in which the reasonable expectation is that UNOVA and/or UNOVA Subsidiaries will be financially responsible for the entire result in the litigation (a "UNOVA Responsibility Case"), UNOVA shall have the right to participate and control at its cost the defense of such litigation, to the extent that Western Atlas would be able to do so. In such event, Western Atlas shall cooperate with UNOVA in all reasonable respects in the defense and resolution of such UNOVA Responsibility Case. (h) For purposes of this Section 3.6, the term Distribution Date means 12:00 midnight on the later of the date determined by the Western Atlas Board on which the Distribution shall be effected or the later date agreed upon pursuant to subsection 3.6(a). (i) For purposes of this Section 3.6, the terms "self-insured" and "self-insurance" refer only to those incidents, omissions or occurrences related to the self-insured portion of the State of Washington Workers' Compensation exposures. Section 3.7 WESTERN ATLAS EMPLOYEES GOOD GOVERNMENT FUND. Prior to the Distribution Date, (i) UNOVA shall undertake to sponsor a political committee by establishing a nonprofit, unincorporated association in the State of California (the "UNOVA Fund"), and (ii) the parties shall cause all moneys in the Western Atlas Inc. Employees Good Government Fund that relate to the employees of UNOVA or any UNOVA Subsidiary to be transferred to the UNOVA Fund. Section 3.8 WESTERN ATLAS FOUNDATION. Prior to the Distribution Date, the parties shall cause The Western Atlas Foundation, a private foundation under the Code and a nonprofit public benefit corporation organized under the laws of the State of California, to change its name to "The UNOVA Foundation," and UNOVA will be substituted for Western Atlas as the sponsor of The UNOVA Foundation from and after such name change.
ARTICLE IV
Section 4.1 INDEMNIFICATION BY WESTERN ATLAS. Except with respect to employee benefits or other Liabilities to employees, which shall be governed by the Benefits Agreement, and except with respect to insurance and self-insurance claims, which shall be governed by Sections 3.6 and 4.3 hereof, Western Atlas shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless UNOVA, each Affiliate of UNOVA and each of their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (in their capacities as directors, officers, employees and agents of UNOVA and its Affiliates) and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (the "UNOVA Indemnitees") from and against any and all Losses of the UNOVA Indemnitees arising out of or due to the failure of Western Atlas or any of its Affiliates to pay, perform or otherwise discharge in due course any item set forth on Schedule A. Anything in this Section 4.1 to the contrary notwithstanding,
6
neither Western Atlas nor any Western Atlas Subsidiary shall have any liability whatsoever to either UNOVA or any UNOVA Subsidiary in respect of any Tax (as such term is defined in the Tax Sharing Agreement), except as otherwise provided in Schedule A hereto or in the Tax Sharing Agreement. Section 4.2 INDEMNIFICATION BY UNOVA. Except with respect to employee benefits or other Liabilities to employees, which shall be governed by the Benefits Agreement, and except with respect to insurance and self-insurance claims, which shall be governed by Sections 3.6 and 4.3 hereof, UNOVA shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Western Atlas, each Affiliate of Western Atlas and each of their respective directors, officers, employees and agents (in their capacities as directors, officers, employees and agents of Western Atlas and its Affiliates) and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (the "Western Atlas Indemnitees") from and against any and all Losses of the Western Atlas Indemnitees arising out of or due to the failure of UNOVA or any of its Affiliates to pay, perform or otherwise discharge in due course any item set forth on Schedule B. Anything in this Section 4.2 to the contrary notwithstanding, neither UNOVA nor any UNOVA Subsidiary shall have any liability whatsoever to either Western Atlas or any Western Atlas Subsidiary in respect of any Tax, except as otherwise provided in Schedule B hereto or in the Tax Sharing Agreement. Section 4.3 LIMITATIONS ON INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS. The amount that any party (an "Indemnifying Party") is or may be required to pay to any other party (an "Indemnitee") pursuant to Section 4.1 or Section 4.2 shall be reduced (including, without limitation, retroactively) by any Insurance Proceeds or other amounts actually recovered by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, in reduction of the related Loss. If an Indemnitee shall have received the payment required by this Agreement from an Indemnifying Party in respect of any Loss and the Indemnitee shall subsequently actually receive Insurance Proceeds or other amounts in respect of such Loss, then such Indemnitee shall pay to such Indemnifying Party a sum equal to the amount of such Insurance Proceeds or other amounts actually received (up to but not in excess of the amount of any indemnity payment made hereunder). An insurer who would otherwise be obligated to pay any claim shall not be relieved of the responsibility with respect thereto, or, solely by virtue of the indemnification provisions hereof, have any subrogation rights with respect thereto, it being expressly understood and agreed that no insurer or any other third party shall be entitled to a "windfall" (i.e., a benefit they would not be entitled to receive in the absence of the indemnification provisions hereof) by virtue of the indemnification provisions hereof. Section 4.4 PROCEDURES FOR INDEMNIFICATION OF THIRD-PARTY CLAIMS. Procedures for Indemnification of Third-Party Claims shall be as follows: (a) If an Indemnitee shall receive notice or otherwise learn of the assertion or probable assertion by a person (including, without limitation, any governmental entity) who is not a party to this Agreement or to any of the agreements in the form of Annexes A through C hereto (hereinafter referred to as the "Other Agreements") of any claim or of the commencement by any such person of any Action (a "Third-Party Claim") with respect to which an Indemnifying Party may be obligated to provide indemnification pursuant to Section 4.1, 4.2 or any other Section of this Agreement or pursuant to the Other Agreements, such Indemnitee shall give such Indemnifying Party written notice thereof promptly after becoming aware of such Third-Party Claim; PROVIDED that the failure of any Indemnitee to give notice as provided in this Section 4.4(a) shall not relieve the related Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Article IV, unless the notice was intentionally withheld and such Indemnifying Party is prejudiced by such failure to give notice. Such notice shall describe the Third-Party Claim in reasonable detail and, if reasonably ascertainable, shall indicate the amount (estimated if necessary) of the Loss that has been or may be sustained by such Indemnitee. (b) An Indemnifying Party may elect to defend or to seek to settle or compromise, at such Indemnifying Party's own expense and by such Indemnifying Party's own counsel, any Third-Party Claim. Within 30 days of the receipt of notice from an Indemnitee in accordance with Section 4.4(a) (or sooner, if the nature of such Third-Party Claim so requires), the Indemnifying Party shall notify the Indemnitee of its
7
election whether the Indemnifying Party will assume responsibility for defending such Third-Party Claim, which election shall specify any reservations or exceptions. After notice from an Indemnifying Party to an Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of a Third-Party Claim, such Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to such Indemnitee under this Article IV for any legal or other expenses (except expenses approved in advance by the Indemnifying Party) subsequently incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof; PROVIDED that if the defendants in any such claim include both the Indemnifying Party and one or more Indemnitees and in any Indemnitee's reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between one or more of such Indemnitees and such Indemnifying Party exists in respect of such claim or if the Indemnifying Party shall have assumed responsibility for such claim with any reservations or exceptions, such Indemnitees shall have the right to employ separate counsel to represent such Indemnitees and in that event the reasonable fees and expenses of such separate counsel (but not more than one separate counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnifying Party) shall be paid by such Indemnifying Party; provided, however, if and to the extent that there is a conflict of defenses or positions among the Indemnitees, the Indemnitees shall have the right to retain such number of additional separate counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnifying Party, as is reasonably necessary to avoid such conflicts, and the Indemnifying Party shall be responsible for the reasonable fees and expenses of such additional separate counsel. If an Indemnifying Party elects not to assume responsibility for defending a Third-Party Claim, or fails to notify an Indemnitee of its election as provided in this Section 4.4(b), such Indemnitee may defend or (subject to the remainder of this Section 4.4(b)) seek to compromise or settle such Third-Party Claim. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither an Indemnifying Party nor an Indemnitee may settle or compromise any claim over the objection of the other; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that consent to settlement or compromise shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; and PROVIDED FURTHER, HOWEVER, if the Indemnifying Party has not affirmatively elected by written notice to the Indemnitee within 30 days of notice from the Indemnitee to assume the defense of, or to seek to settle or compromise the Third-Party Claim, and the Indemnifying Party has not similarly acknowledged, within such 30-day period, its responsibility to indemnify the Indemnitee against the Third-Party Claim, the Indemnitee may settle or compromise the Third-Party Claim over the objections of the Indemnifying Party without prejudice to the Indemnitee's claim against the Indemnifying Party. Neither an Indemnifying Party nor an Indemnitee shall consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement of any Third-Party Claim which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnitee, in the case of a consent or settlement by an Indemnifying Party, or the Indemnifying Party, in the case of a consent or settlement by the Indemnitee, of a written release from all liability in respect to such Third-Party Claim. (c) If an Indemnifying Party chooses to defend or to seek to compromise or settle any Third-Party Claim, the related Indemnitee shall make available to such Indemnifying Party any personnel or any books, records or other documents within its control or which it otherwise has the ability to make available that are necessary or appropriate for such defense, settlement or compromise, and shall otherwise cooperate in the defense, settlement or compromise of such Third-Party Claims. The Indemnifying Party shall promptly reimburse the Indemnitee its out-of-pocket costs incurred in providing assistance pursuant to the foregoing sentence and for the Indemnitee's personnel costs on any occasion on which personnel of the Indemnitee spend one full day or more in providing such assistance. (d) Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 4.4 to the contrary, if an Indemnifying Party notifies the related Indemnitee in writing of such Indemnifying Party's desire to settle or compromise a Third-Party Claim on the basis set forth in such notice (provided that such settlement or compromise includes as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff of a written release of the Indemnitee from all liability in respect thereof) and the Indemnitee shall notify the Indemnifying Party in writing that such Indemnitee declines to accept any such settlement or compromise, such Indemnitee may continue to contest such Third-Party Claim, free of any participation by such Indemnifying Party, at such Indemnitee's sole expense. In such event, the obligation of such Indemnifying Party to such Indemnitee with respect to such Third-Party Claim shall be equal to (i) the costs and expenses of such Indemnitee prior to the date such Indemnifying Party notifies such Indemnitee of the offer to settle or compromise (to the extent such
8
costs and expenses are otherwise indemnifiable hereunder) plus (ii) the lesser of (A) the amount of any offer of settlement or compromise that such Indemnitee declined to accept and (B) the actual out-of-pocket amount such Indemnitee is obligated to pay subsequent to such date as a result of such Indemnitee's continuing to pursue such Third-Party Claim. (e) Any claim on account of a Loss that does not result from a Third-Party Claim shall be asserted by written notice given by the Indemnitee to the related Indemnifying Party. Such Indemnifying Party shall have a period of 30 days after the receipt of such notice within which to respond thereto. If such Indemnifying Party does not respond within such 30-day period, such Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have refused to accept responsibility to make payment. If such Indemnifying Party does not respond within such 30-day period or rejects such claim in whole or in part, such Indemnitee shall be free to pursue such remedies as may be available to such party under this Agreement or under applicable law except as otherwise required by Section 6.12. (f) In addition to any adjustments required pursuant to Section 4.3, if the amount of any Loss shall, at any time subsequent to the payment required by this Agreement, be reduced by recovery, settlement or otherwise, the amount of such reduction that has been received by the Indemnitee, less any expenses incurred in connection therewith, shall promptly be repaid by the Indemnitee to the Indemnifying Party. (g) In the event of payment by an Indemnifying Party to any Indemnitee in connection with any Third-Party Claim, such Indemnifying Party shall be subrogated to and shall stand in the place of such Indemnitee as to any events or circumstances in respect of which such Indemnitee may have any right or claim relating to such Third-Party Claim against any claimant or plaintiff asserting such Third-Party Claim or against any other person. Such Indemnitee shall cooperate with such Indemnifying Party in a reasonable manner, and at the cost and expense of such Indemnifying Party, in prosecuting any subrogated right or claim. Section 4.5 REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. The remedies provided in this Article IV shall be cumulative and shall not preclude assertion by any Indemnitee of any other rights or the seeking of any and all other remedies against any Indemnifying Party under Article IV of this Agreement or under Western Atlas' directors and officers liability insurance policy. Section 4.6 SURVIVAL OF INDEMNITIES. The obligations of each of Western Atlas and UNOVA under this Article IV shall survive the sale or other transfer by it of any assets or businesses or the assignment by it of any Liabilities, with respect to any Loss of the other related to such assets, businesses or Liabilities.
9
ARTICLE V
Section 5.1 ACCESS TO INFORMATION. From and after the Distribution Date, Western Atlas shall afford to UNOVA and its authorized accountants, counsel and other designated representatives (collectively, "Representatives") reasonable access (including using reasonable efforts to give access to persons or firms possessing information) and duplicating rights during normal business hours to all records, books, contracts, instruments, computer data and other data and information (collectively, "Information") within Western Atlas' possession relating to UNOVA or any UNOVA Subsidiary, insofar as such access is reasonably required by UNOVA or any UNOVA Subsidiary, without cost to UNOVA. Similarly, UNOVA shall afford to Western Atlas and its Representatives reasonable access (including using reasonable efforts to give access to persons or firms possessing information) and duplicating rights during normal business hours to Information within UNOVA's possession or in the possession of the UNOVA Subsidiaries relating to Western Atlas or any Western Atlas Subsidiary and insofar as such access is reasonably required by Western Atlas or any Western Atlas Subsidiary, without cost to Western Atlas. For purposes of this Section 5.1 only, Information is limited to information relating to periods ending on or preceding the Distribution Date. Information may be requested under this Article V for, without limitation, audit, accounting, claims, litigation and tax purposes, as well as for purposes of fulfilling disclosure and reporting obligations and for performing this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. After the Distribution Date, (i) to the extent that Western Atlas has in its possession Information relating solely to UNOVA or any UNOVA Subsidiary, Western Atlas shall deliver the originals of such Information to UNOVA within a reasonable time following the Distribution Date, and (ii) to the extent that UNOVA or any UNOVA Subsidiary has in its possession Information relating solely to Western Atlas, UNOVA or such UNOVA Subsidiary shall deliver the originals of such Information to Western Atlas within a reasonable time following the Distribution Date. Section 5.2 PRODUCTION OF WITNESSES. After the Distribution Date, each of Western Atlas and UNOVA and its respective subsidiaries shall use reasonable efforts to make available to the other party and its subsidiaries, upon written request, its directors, officers, employees and agents as witnesses to the extent that any such person may reasonably be required (giving consideration to business demands of such Representatives) in connection with any legal, administrative or other proceedings in which the requesting party may from time to time be involved, without cost to the requesting party. Section 5.3 RETENTION OF RECORDS. Except as otherwise required by law or agreed to in writing, each of Western Atlas and UNOVA shall retain, and shall cause its subsidiaries to retain following the Distribution Date, for a period consistent with the document retention policies in effect at Western Atlas and UNOVA, respectively, all significant Information relating to the business of the other and the other's subsidiaries, but not less than the three-year period following the Distribution Date. In addition, such Information shall not be destroyed or otherwise disposed of if during such period a party shall request in writing that any of the Information be retained for additional specific and reasonable periods of time at the expense of the party so requesting. Section 5.4 CONFIDENTIALITY. Each of UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries on the one hand, and Western Atlas and the Western Atlas Subsidiaries on the other hand, shall hold, and shall cause its Representatives to hold, in strict confidence, all Information concerning the other in its possession or furnished by the other or the other's Representatives pursuant to this Agreement or any of the Other Agreements (except to the extent that such Information has been (a) in the public domain through no fault of such party or (b) later lawfully acquired from other sources by such party or subsequently developed by such party), and each party shall not release or disclose such Information to any other person, except to its auditors, attorneys, financial advisors, bankers and other consultants and
10
advisors, and on terms and conditions substantially the same as the terms and conditions on which such party releases its own Information, unless compelled to disclose by judicial or administrative process or, as advised by its counsel, by other requirements of law. Section 5.5 PROVISION OF SERVICES. (a) Western Atlas shall make available to UNOVA, during normal business hours and in a manner that will not unreasonably interfere with Western Atlas' business, its tax, internal audit, accounting, treasury, legal, risk management and similar staff services (collectively "Services") whenever and to the extent that they may be reasonably required in connection with the preparation of tax returns, audits, claims or litigation, and otherwise to assist in effecting an orderly transition following the Distribution. Western Atlas shall be entitled to receive from UNOVA, upon the presentation of invoices therefor, reimbursement for all direct costs of providing the Services, including such amounts relating to supplies, disbursements and other out-of-pocket expenses. (b) UNOVA shall make available to Western Atlas, during normal business hours and in a manner that will not unreasonably interfere with UNOVA's business, Services whenever and to the extent that they may be reasonably required in connection with the preparation of tax returns, audits, claims or litigation, and otherwise to assist in effecting an orderly transition following the Distribution. UNOVA shall be entitled to receive from Western Atlas, upon the presentation of invoices therefor, reimbursement for all direct costs of providing the Services, including such amounts relating to supplies, disbursements and other out-of-pocket expenses. (c) UNOVA shall make available to Western Atlas, during normal business hours and in a manner that will not interfere with UNOVA's business, risk management Services, similar to the Services currently being provided to the Oilfield Services group to the extent that they may be reasonably required in connection with the WAI Insurance Program, and otherwise to assist in effecting an orderly transition following the Distribution. UNOVA shall be entitled to receive from Western Atlas, upon presentation of invoices therefor, reimbursement for all direct costs of providing such Services, including such amounts relating to supplies, disbursements and other out-of-pocket expenses. (d) For a period of not less than one year following the Distribution, UNOVA shall provide to Western Atlas, during normal business hours and in a manner that will not interfere with UNOVA's business, stock option administration services, similar to the services currently being provided to the executives of Western Atlas and its subsidiaries who participate in the WAI Stock Option Program, and otherwise to assist in the administration of such program following the Distribution. UNOVA shall be entitled to receive from Western Atlas, upon presentation of invoices therefor, reimbursement for all direct costs of providing such services, including such amounts relating to personnel, supplies, disbursements and other out-of-pocket expenses. Section 5.6 COSTS. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, each party shall bear all costs and expenses of that party in its performance of its obligations under this Agreement.
ARTICLE VI
Section 6.1 COMPLETE AGREEMENT; CONSTRUCTION. This Agreement, the Benefits Agreement and the Tax Sharing Agreement, including any schedules and exhibits hereto or thereto, and other agreements and documents referred to herein, shall constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all previous negotiations, commitments and writings with respect to such subject matter. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event and to the extent that there shall be a conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any of the Other Agreements, the provisions of the Other Agreements shall control.
11
Section 6.2 SURVIVAL OF AGREEMENTS. Except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, all covenants and agreements of the parties contained in this Agreement shall survive the Distribution Date. Section 6.3 EXPENSES. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement or any of the Other Agreements, all costs and expenses arising on or prior to the Distribution Date (whether or not then payable) in connection with the Distribution (other than the costs incurred in printing the stock certificates of UNOVA) shall be paid by Western Atlas to the extent that appropriate documentation concerning such costs and expenses shall be provided to Western Atlas. Section 6.4 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of laws thereof. Section 6.5 NOTICES. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand, mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested), or sent by cable, telegram, telex or telecopy (confirmed by regular, first-class mail), to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses for a party as shall be specified by like notice) and shall be deemed given on the date on which such notice is received: if to Western Atlas:
Western Atlas Inc.
or to such other person or place as Western Atlas shall have specified to UNOVA in a notice in accordance with this Section 6.5, if to UNOVA:
UNOVA, Inc.
or to such other person or place as UNOVA shall have specified to Western Atlas in a notice in accordance with this Section 6.5. Section 6.6 AMENDMENTS. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties. Section 6.7 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Neither party shall have the right to assign this Agreement or any of its rights or interests herein without the written consent of the other party, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be null and void; provided, however, that Western Atlas shall have the right to assign this Agreement to a purchaser or acquirer of substantially all of the business, properties, and assets of Western Atlas or to the survivor of a statutory merger or consolidation to which Western Atlas is a constituent party; provided, however, that UNOVA shall have the right to assign this Agreement to a purchaser or acquirer of substantially all of the business, properties and assets of UNOVA or to the survivor of a statutory merger or consolidation to which UNOVA is a constituent party; and provided further, however, that in the event of any such assignment by Western Atlas or UNOVA, Western Atlas or UNOVA, as the case may be, shall nevertheless remain liable and obligated under this Agreement. This Agreement and the Agreements in the form of Annexes A through C hereof, as the same may be amended or modified, and the provisions hereof and thereof, shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.
12
Section 6.8 TERMINATION. This Agreement may be terminated and the Distribution abandoned at any time prior to the Distribution Date by and in the sole discretion of the Western Atlas Board without the approval of UNOVA or Western Atlas' shareholders. In the event of such termination, no party shall have any liability of any kind to any other party on account of such termination except that expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid as provided in Section 6.3. Section 6.9 NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARIES. Except for the provisions of Article IV relating to Indemnitees, and except as may be otherwise provided for in any of the Agreements in the form of Annexes A through C hereto, as the same may be amended or modified, this Agreement is solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective Affiliates and should not be deemed to confer upon third parties (including any employee of Western Atlas or UNOVA or any Western Atlas or UNOVA Subsidiary) any remedy, claim, reimbursement, claim of action or other right in excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement. Section 6.10 TITLES AND HEADINGS. Titles and headings to sections herein are inserted for the convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Section 6.11 LEGAL ENFORCEABILITY. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof. Any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Section 6.12 ARBITRATION. Any dispute hereunder which is not resolved by agreement of the parties, shall be subject to resolution by arbitration in accordance with the Rules of the American Arbitration Association but subject to the procedural stipulation set forth on Schedule C. Any decision or award in such arbitration shall be legally enforceable between the parties by any Court of competent jurisdiction. Such arbitration proceeding shall be conducted before a single arbitrator unless either party requests a panel of three arbitrators. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written. WESTERN ATLAS INC. By:_________________________________________ UNOVA, INC. By:_________________________________________
13
SCHEDULE A Items with respect to which Western Atlas will indemnify the UNOVA Indemnitees in accordance with Section 4.1 of the Agreement: (1) All Losses arising out of the businesses conducted or to be conducted by Western Atlas or any Western Atlas Subsidiary, whether such Losses relate to events occurring, or whether such Losses are asserted, before or after the Distribution Date (excluding the businesses conducted or to be conducted by UNOVA (whether directly or through a subsidiary or Affiliate of UNOVA) and the UNOVA Subsidiaries) and all Losses arising out of, or attributable to, any and all of the businesses or operations of Western Atlas or any of Western Atlas' current or former subsidiaries which have been discontinued, designated discontinued (excluding UNOVA's inclusion in such account), liquidated, sold or otherwise disposed of at any time on or prior to the Distribution Date and which relate or did relate to the businesses to be conducted by Western Atlas and the Western Atlas Subsidiaries following the Distribution Date (the "Western Atlas Discontinued Operations"), including without limitation the Core Laboratories Division, the manufacturing operations of the Western Geophysical Division and the Western Atlas Software Division (except to the extent provided for in the Benefits Agreement); and (2) All of Western Atlas' and any Western Atlas Subsidiary's Liabilities arising out of this Agreement or any of the Other Agreements, except as otherwise provided for in such Other Agreements; (3) All Losses arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, with respect to all information set forth in the following sections of the Information Statement or any preliminary or final Form 10 or any amendment thereto: "Introduction"; "The Distribution"; "Arrangements Between Western Atlas and UNOVA Relating to the Distribution"; "Summary of Certain Information" (only to the extent that such summary includes information also contained in the foregoing sections); and any letter to shareholders from an officer of Western Atlas; and (4) Any Liability arising in connection with any Action brought by or on behalf of any governmental entity for reimbursement, surrender or delivery to a governmental entity of unclaimed property under the escheat laws of any State or Country, to the extent that such Liability is attributable to the businesses conducted or to be conducted by Western Atlas or any Western Atlas Subsidiary following the Distribution Date (excluding the businesses conducted or to be conducted by UNOVA (whether directly or through a subsidiary or Affiliate of UNOVA) and the UNOVA Subsidiaries or to any of the "UNOVA Discontinued Operations" (as defined in Schedule B)) or to any of the Western Atlas Discontinued Operations, whether such liability arose before or arises after the Distribution Date. SCHEDULE B Items with respect to which UNOVA will indemnify the Western Atlas Indemnitees in accordance with Section 4.2 of the Agreement: (1) All Losses arising out of any guarantees, indemnities, or obligations to third parties including, without limitation, letters of credit and surety bonds, of Western Atlas or any Western Atlas Subsidiary with respect to any obligations of UNOVA or any UNOVA Subsidiary to third parties or with respect to the obligations of Western Atlas to third parties arising out of or attributable to any and all of the businesses or operations of Western Atlas or any of Western Atlas' current or former subsidiaries which have been discontinued, designated discontinued, liquidated, sold or otherwise disposed of at any time on or prior to the Distribution Date and which relate or did relate to the businesses to be conducted by UNOVA and the UNOVA Subsidiaries following the Distribution Date, including without limitation the Material Handling Systems Division, the VantageWare Division, the Automated Guided Vehicles Division, Pro-Tac System AB, Lamb-Unima and Western Atlas Filtration Systems (collectively, the "UNOVA Discontinued Operations"); and the Liabilities of UNOVA under the Benefits Agreement which shall be included within UNOVA's indemnity of Western Atlas and the Western Atlas Subsidiaries; (2) All Losses arising out of the businesses conducted or to be conducted by UNOVA (whether directly or through a subsidiary or Affiliate of UNOVA) and the UNOVA Subsidiaries, and any Liability of UNOVA or of any of the UNOVA Subsidiaries with respect to the UNOVA Discontinued Operations, whether such Losses relate to events occurring, or whether such Losses are asserted before or after the Distribution Date; (3) The liability and obligation of Western Atlas or of any Western Atlas Subsidiary under or with respect to any Revenue Bond financing related to any of the properties and assets of UNOVA or any of the UNOVA Subsidiaries; irrespective of whether or not Western Atlas has suffered actual loss; (4) All of UNOVA's and any of the UNOVA Subsidiaries' Liabilities arising out of this Agreement or any of the Other Agreements, except as otherwise provided for in such Other Agreements; (5) All Losses arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, with respect to all information contained in the Information Statement or any preliminary or final Form 10 or any amendment thereto; provided, however, that such indemnification shall not apply to any Losses that arise out of or are based upon any statement or omission made in any of the sections of the Information Statement or Form 10 that are listed in paragraph (3) of Schedule A; and (6) Any Liability arising in connection with any Action brought by or on behalf of any governmental entity for reimbursement, surrender or delivery to a governmental entity of unclaimed property under the escheat laws of any State or Country, to the extent that such Liability is attributable to the businesses conducted or to be conducted by UNOVA or any UNOVA Subsidiary or to any of the UNOVA Discontinued Operations, whether such liability arose before or arises after the Distribution Date.
SCHEDULE C
1. ADMINISTRATION AND CONDUCT OF ARBITRATION. (a) At the discretion of the Arbitrator, an administrative conference with the Arbitrator and the parties and/or their representatives will be scheduled in appropriate cases to expedite the Arbitration proceedings. (b) It is intended that the Arbitration be conducted in an expeditious manner and without evidentiary hearing or oral presentation and argument, unless the Arbitrator determines that an evidentiary hearing, and/or oral presentation or argument is required for the rendition of an award or a decision. However, any such evidentiary hearing shall be limited to not more than fifteen days, and oral presentation and argument shall be limited to eight hours, with time equally divided between the parties. (c) On such schedule as may be established by the Arbitrator, each of the parties shall submit simultaneous briefs, including exhibits, to the Arbitrator supporting their respective positions. There shall be no limit to the number of pages included in such briefs or to the number of exhibits. Each party shall have a reasonable opportunity, as determined by the Arbitrator, to reply to the brief of the other. The Arbitrator shall have the right to request additional written statements of all or any of the parties; provided that each party shall have the reasonable opportunity to reply to any such additional statements submitted in response to the request of the Arbitrator. (d) The Arbitrator shall render its award or decision within two months of the Arbitrator's appointment. 2. FIXING OF LOCALE. The parties may mutually agree to the locale where the Arbitration is to be held. If the parties cannot agree on the locale, the Arbitrator shall have the power to determine the locale and its decision shall be final and binding. 3. DATE, TIME AND PLACE OF HEARING. The Arbitrator shall set the date, time, and place for any hearing. The Arbitrator shall mail to each party notice thereof at least ten days in advance, unless the parties by mutual agreement waive such notice or modify the terms thereof. 4. POSTPONEMENTS. The Arbitrator for good cause shown may postpone any hearing upon the request of a party or upon the Arbitrator's own initiative, and shall also grant such postponement when all of the parties agree thereto. 5. OATHS. Before proceeding with the first hearing, the Arbitrator may take an oath of office and, if required by law, shall do so. The Arbitrator may require witnesses to testify under oath administered by any duly qualified person and, if it is required by law, shall do so. 6. ORDER OF PROCEEDINGS AND COMMUNICATION WITH ARBITRATOR. (a) A hearing shall be opened by the filing of the oath of the Arbitrator, where required, and by the recording of the date, time, and place of the hearing, and the presence of the Arbitrator, the parties, and their representatives, if any. (b) The Arbitrator may, at the beginning of the hearing, ask for statements clarifying the issues involved. (c) The complaining party shall then present evidence and/or argument, as required by the Arbitrator, to support its claim. The defending party shall then present evidence and/or argument supporting its position and responding to the position of the other. Witnesses, if any, for each party shall submit to questions or other examination. The Arbitrator has the discretion to vary this procedure but, within the time limits specified above, shall afford a full and equal opportunity to all parties for the presentation of any material and relevant evidence.
2
(d) Exhibits, when offered by either party, may be received in evidence by the Arbitrator. The names and addresses of any witnesses and a description of the exhibits in the order received shall be made a part of the record. (e) There shall be no direct communication between either of the parties and the Arbitrator other than at oral hearing, unless the parties and the Arbitrator agree in writing. 7. ARBITRATION IN THE ABSENCE OF A PARTY OR REPRESENTATIVE. Unless the law provides to the contrary, the Arbitration may proceed in the absence of any party or representative who, after due notice, fails to be present or fails to obtain a postponement ("absent in default"). An award shall not be made solely on the default of a party. The Arbitrator shall require the party who is present to submit such evidence as the Arbitrator may require for the making of an award. 8. EVIDENCE. (a) The parties may offer such evidence as is relevant and material to the dispute and shall produce such evidence as the Arbitrator may deem necessary to an understanding and determination of the dispute. (b) The Arbitrator shall be the judge of the relevance and materiality of the evidence offered, and conformity to legal rules of evidence shall not be necessary. All evidence shall be taken in the presence of the Arbitrator and all of the parties, except where any of the parties is absent in default or has waived the right to be present. 9. EVIDENCE BY AFFIDAVIT AND POST-HEARING FILING OF DOCUMENTS OR OTHER EVIDENCE. (a) The Arbitrator may receive and consider the evidence of witnesses by affidavit, but shall give it only such weight as the Arbitrator deems it to be entitled to after consideration of any objection made to its admission. (b) If the parties agree or the Arbitrator directs that documents or other evidence be submitted to the Arbitrator after the hearing, the documents or other evidence shall be filed with the Arbitrator. All parties shall be afforded an opportunity to examine such documents or other evidence. 10. CLOSING OF HEARING. If satisfied that the record is complete, the Arbitrator shall declare the hearing closed and a minute thereof shall be recorded. If briefs are to be filed, the hearing shall be declared closed as of the final date set by the Arbitrator for the receipt of briefs. If documents are to be filed as provided in Section 9 and the date set for their receipt is later than that set for the receipt of briefs, the later date shall be the date of closing and the hearing. 11. REOPENING OF HEARING. The hearing may be reopened on the Arbitrator's initiative at any time before the award is made. If reopening the hearing would prevent the making of the award within the specified time limit, the matter may not be reopened unless the parties agree on an extension of time. 12. WAIVER OF ORAL HEARING. The parties may provide, by written agreement, for the waiver of oral hearing in any case. 13. WAIVER OF RULES. Any party who proceeds with the Arbitration after knowledge that any provision or requirement of these rules has not been complied with and who fails to state an objection thereto in writing shall be deemed to have waived the right to object. 14. EXTENSIONS OF TIME. The parties may modify any period of time by mutual agreement. The Arbitrator may for good cause extend any period of time established by these rules, except the time for making the award. The Arbitrator shall notify the parties of any extension. 15. SERVING OF NOTICE. Each party shall be deemed to have consented that any papers, notices, or process necessary or proper for the initiation or continuation of an Arbitration under these rules, for any court action in connection therewith, or for the entry of judgment on any award made under these rules may be served on a party by mail addressed to the party or its representative at the address specified
3
in Section 6.15 or by personal service, in or outside the state where the Arbitration is to be held, provided that reasonable opportunity to be heard with regard thereto has been granted to the party. 16. TIME OF THE AWARD. The award shall be made promptly by the Arbitrator and, unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing or specified by law, no later than thirty days from the date of closing the hearing, or, if oral hearings have not been held, from the date of the transmittal of the final briefs, statements and proofs to the Arbitrator. 17. AWARD UPON SETTLEMENT. If the parties settle their dispute during the course of the Arbitration, the Arbitrator may set forth the terms of the agreed settlement in an award. Such an award is referred to as a consent award. 18. DELIVERY OF AWARD TO PARTIES. Parties shall accept as legal delivery of the award the placing of the award or a true copy thereof in the mail addressed to a party or its representative at the last known address, personal service of the award, or the filing of the award in any other manner that is permitted by law. 19. APPLICATIONS TO COURT AND EXCLUSION OF LIABILITY. (a) No judicial proceeding by a party relating to the subject matter of the Arbitration shall be deemed a waiver of the party's right to arbitrate. (b) Parties to these rules shall be deemed to have consented that judgment upon the Arbitration award may be entered in any federal or state court having jurisdiction thereof. 20. INTERPRETATION AND APPLICATION OF RULES. The Arbitrator shall interpret and apply these rules insofar as they relate to the Arbitrator's powers and duties. If there is more than one Arbitrator and a difference arises among them concerning the meaning or application of these rules, it shall be decided by a majority vote. 21. COMPLEX PROCEDURES. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the parties mutually agree, any Arbitration to be conducted between the parties may be conducted in the manner provided for in the Supplementary Procedure for Large Complex Disputes of the American Arbitration Association.
4
EXHIBIT 3C
UNOVA, INC.
AND CHASEMELLON SHAREHOLDER SERVICES, L.L.C., AS RIGHTS AGENT RIGHT AGREEMENT DATED AS OF , 1997 TABLE OF CONTENTS
i
Agreement, dated as of , 1997, between UNOVA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C. (the "Rights Agent"). The Board of Directors of the Company has authorized and declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a "Right") for each Common Share (as hereinafter defined) of the Company to be issued in the distribution of Common Shares (the "Spin-Off") by Western Atlas Inc., a Delaware corporation, to its stockholders, each Right representing the right to purchase one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share (as hereinafter defined), upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth, and has further authorized and directed the issuance of one Right with respect to each Common Share that shall become outstanding between the record date of the Spin-Off (the "Record Date") and the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date and the Final Expiration Date (as such terms are hereinafter defined). Accordingly, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows: Section 1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated:
(a) "Acquiring Person" shall mean any Person (as such term is hereinafter
defined) who or which, together with all Affiliates and Associates (as such
terms are hereinafter defined) of such Person, shall be the Beneficial Owner (as
such term is hereinafter defined) of 15% or more of the Common Shares of the
Company then outstanding, but shall not include: (i) the Company; (ii) any
Subsidiary (as such term is hereinafter defined) of the Company; (iii) any
employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, or any
entity holding Common Shares for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan; or
(b) "Affiliate" and "Associate" shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), as in effect on the date of this Agreement. (c) A Person shall be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of and shall be deemed to "beneficially own" any securities: (i) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; (ii) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities), or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights (other than these Rights), warrants or options, or otherwise; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by or on behalf of such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, any security if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security (1) arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and (2) is not also then reportable on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or (iii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except to the extent contemplated by the proviso to Section 1(c)(ii)(B)) or disposing of any securities of the Company. Notwithstanding anything in this definition of Beneficial Ownership to the contrary, the phrase "then outstanding," when used with reference to a Person's Beneficial Ownership of securities of the Company, shall mean the number of such securities then issued and outstanding together with the number of such securities not then actually issued and outstanding which such Person would be deemed to own beneficially hereunder. (d) "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close. (e) "Close of business" on any given date shall mean 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on such date; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day it shall mean 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the next succeeding Business Day. (f) "Common Shares" when used with reference to the Company shall mean the shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company. "Common Shares" when used with reference to any Person other than the Company shall mean the capital stock (or equity interest) with the greatest voting power of such other Person or, if such other Person is a Subsidiary of another Person, the Person or Persons which ultimately control such first-mentioned Person. (g) "Distribution Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 hereof. (h) "Final Expiration Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7 hereof. (i) "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) of such entity. (j) "Preferred Shares" shall mean shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company. (k) "Redemption Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7 hereof. (l) "Shares Acquisition Date" shall mean the first date of public announcement by the Company or an Acquiring Person that an Acquiring Person has become such. (m) "Subsidiary" of any Person shall mean any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, at the time of determination, directly or indirectly, by such Person.
2
Section 2. APPOINTMENT OF RIGHTS AGENT. The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as agent for the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. The Company may from time to time appoint such co-Rights Agents as it may deem necessary or desirable. Section 3. ISSUE OF RIGHT CERTIFICATES. (a) Until the earlier of (i) the tenth day after the Shares Acquisition Date or (ii) the tenth business day (or such later date as may be determined by action of the Board of Directors prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person) after the date of the commencement by any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company or any entity holding Common Shares for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan) of, or of the first public announcement of the intention of any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company or any entity holding Common Shares for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan) to commence, a tender or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in any Person becoming the Beneficial Owner of Common Shares aggregating 15% or more of the then outstanding Common Shares (including any such date which is after the date of this Agreement and prior to the issuance of the Rights; the earlier of such dates being herein referred to as the "Distribution Date"), (x) the Rights will be evidenced by the certificates for Common Shares (or, in the case of uncertificated Common Shares, by the book-entry account that evidences record ownership of such Common Shares) registered in the names of the holders thereof and not by separate Right Certificates, and (y) the right to receive Right Certificates will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of Common Shares. As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, the Company will prepare and execute, the Rights Agent will countersign, and the Company will send or cause to be sent (and the Rights Agent will, if requested, send) by first-class, insured, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of Common Shares as of the close of business on the Distribution Date, at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company, a Right Certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto (a "Right Certificate"), evidencing one Right for each Common Share so held. As of the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such Right Certificates. (b) Certificates for Common Shares which become outstanding (including, without limitation, reacquired Common Shares referred to in the last sentence of this paragraph (b)) after the Record Date but prior to the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date shall have impressed on, printed on, written on or otherwise affixed to them the following legend: This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder hereof to certain rights as set forth in a Rights Agreement between UNOVA, Inc. and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C., dated as of , 1997 (the "Rights Agreement"), the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and a copy of which is on file at the principal executive offices of UNOVA, Inc. Under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Rights Agreement, such Rights will be evidenced by separate certificates and will no longer be evidenced by this certificate. UNOVA, Inc. will mail to the holder of this certificate a copy of the Rights Agreement without charge after receipt of a written request therefor. Under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Rights Agreement, Rights issued to any Person who becomes an Acquiring Person (as defined in the Rights Agreement) may become null and void. With respect to such certificates containing the foregoing legend, until the Distribution Date, the Rights associated with the Common Shares represented by such certificates shall be evidenced by such certificates alone, and the surrender for transfer of any such certificate shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Shares represented thereby. In the event that the Company purchases or acquires any Common Shares after the Record Date but prior to the Distribution Date, any Rights associated with such Common Shares shall be deemed cancelled and retired so that the Company
3
shall not be entitled to exercise any Rights associated with the Common Shares which are no longer outstanding. Section 4. FORM OF RIGHT CERTIFICATES. The Right Certificates (and the forms of election to purchase Preferred Shares and of assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof) shall be substantially the same as Exhibit A hereto and may have such marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange on which the Rights may from time to time be listed, or to conform to usage. Subject to the provisions of Section 22 hereof, the Right Certificates shall entitle the holders thereof to purchase such number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share as shall be set forth therein at the price per one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share set forth therein (the "Purchase Price"), but the number of such one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share and the Purchase Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein. Section 5. COUNTERSIGNATURE AND REGISTRATION. The Right Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its Chief Executive Officer, its Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer, any of its Vice Presidents, or its Treasurer, either manually or by facsimile signature, shall have affixed thereto the Company's seal or a facsimile thereof, and shall be attested by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, either manually or by facsimile signature. The Right Certificates shall be manually countersigned by the Rights Agent and shall not be valid for any purpose unless countersigned. In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Right Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Company before countersignature by the Rights Agent and issuance and delivery by the Company, such Right Certificates, nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Rights Agent and issued and delivered by the Company with the same force and effect as though the person who signed such Right Certificates had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Right Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Company by any person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Right Certificate, shall be an officer of the Company, although at the date of the execution of this Rights Agreement any such person was not such an officer. Following the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will keep or cause to be kept, at its principal office, books for registration and transfer of the Right Certificates issued hereunder. Such books shall show the names and addresses of the respective holders of the Right Certificates, the number of Rights evidenced on its face by each of the Right Certificates and the date of each of the Right Certificates. Section 6. TRANSFER, SPLIT UP, COMBINATION AND EXCHANGE OF RIGHT CERTIFICATES; MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST OR STOLEN RIGHT CERTIFICATES. Subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof, at any time after the close of business on the Distribution Date, and at or prior to the close of business on the earlier of the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date, any Right Certificate or Right Certificates (other than Right Certificates representing Rights that have become void pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof or that have been exchanged pursuant to Section 24 hereof) may be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates, entitling the registered holder to purchase a like number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share as the Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered then entitled such holder to purchase. Any registered holder desiring to transfer, split up, combine or exchange any Right Certificate or Right Certificates shall make such request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and shall surrender the Right Certificate or Right Certificates to be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged at the principal office of the Rights Agent. Thereupon the Rights Agent shall countersign and deliver to the person entitled thereto a Right Certificate or Right Certificates, as the case may be, as so requested. The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer, split up, combination or exchange of Right Certificates.
4
Upon receipt by the Company and the Rights Agent of evidence reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Right Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to them, and, at the Company's request, reimbursement to the Company and the Rights Agent of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender to the Rights Agent and cancellation of the Right Certificate if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Right Certificate of like tenor to the Rights Agent for delivery to the registered holder in lieu of the Right Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.
Section 7. EXERCISE OF RIGHTS; PURCHASE PRICE; EXPIRATION DATE OF RIGHTS.
(b) The Purchase Price for each one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share purchasable pursuant to the exercise of a Right shall initially be $ , and shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section 11 or 13 hereof and shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America in accordance with paragraph (c) below. (c) Upon receipt of a Right Certificate representing exercisable Rights, with the form of election to purchase duly executed, accompanied by payment of the Purchase Price for the shares to be purchased and an amount equal to any applicable transfer tax required to be paid by the holder of such Right Certificate in accordance with Section 9 hereof by certified check, cashier's check or money order payable to the order of the Company, the Rights Agent shall thereupon promptly (i) (A) requisition from any transfer agent of the Preferred Shares certificates for the number of Preferred Shares to be purchased and the Company hereby irrevocably authorizes its transfer agent to comply with all such requests, or (B) requisition from the depositary agent depositary receipts representing such number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share as are to be purchased (in which case certificates for the Preferred Shares represented by such receipts shall be deposited by the transfer agent with the depositary agent) and the Company hereby directs the depositary agent to comply with such request, (ii) when appropriate, requisition from the Company the amount of cash to be paid in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in accordance with Section 14 hereof, (iii) after receipt of such certificates or depositary receipts, cause the same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder and (iv) when appropriate, after receipt, deliver such cash to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate. (d) In case the registered holder of any Right Certificate shall exercise less than all the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Right Certificate evidencing Rights equivalent to the Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued by the Rights Agent to the registered holder of such Right Certificate or to his duly authorized assigns, subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof. Section 8. CANCELLATION AND DESTRUCTION OF RIGHT CERTIFICATES. All Right Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer, split up, combination or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Company or to any of its agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for cancellation or in cancelled form, or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent, shall be cancelled by it, and no Right Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Rights Agreement. The Company shall deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation and retirement, and the Rights Agent shall so cancel and retire, any other Right Certificate purchased or acquired by the Company otherwise than upon the exercise thereof. The Rights Agent shall deliver all cancelled Right Certificates to the Company, or shall, at the written request
5
of the Company, destroy such cancelled Right Certificates, and in such case shall deliver a certificate of destruction thereof to the Company. Section 9. AVAILABILITY OF PREFERRED SHARES. The Company covenants and agrees that it will cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued Preferred Shares or any Preferred Shares held in its treasury, the number of Preferred Shares that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights in accordance with Section 7. The Company covenants and agrees that it will take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all Preferred Shares delivered upon exercise of Rights shall, at the time of delivery of the certificates for such Preferred Shares (subject to payment of the Purchase Price), be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable shares. The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and payable any and all federal and state transfer taxes and charges which may be payable in respect of the issuance or delivery of the Right Certificates or of any Preferred Shares upon the exercise of Rights. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any transfer tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer or delivery of Right Certificates to a person other than, or the issuance or delivery of certificates or depositary receipts for the Preferred Shares in a name other than that of, the registered holder of the Right Certificate evidencing Rights surrendered for exercise or to issue or to deliver any certificates or depositary receipts for Preferred Shares upon the exercise of any Rights until any such tax shall have been paid (any such tax being payable by the holder of such Right Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to the Company's reasonable satisfaction that no such tax is due. Section 10. PREFERRED SHARES RECORD DATE. Each person in whose name any certificate for Preferred Shares is issued upon the exercise of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of the Preferred Shares represented thereby on, and such certificate shall be dated, the date upon which the Right Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly surrendered and payment of the Purchase Price (and any applicable transfer taxes) was made; provided, however, that if the date of such surrender and payment is a date upon which the Preferred Shares transfer books of the Company are closed, such person shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such shares on, and such certificate shall be dated, the next succeeding Business Day on which the Preferred Shares transfer books of the Company are open. Prior to the exercise of the Rights evidenced thereby, the holder of a Right Certificate shall not be entitled to any rights of a holder of Preferred Shares for which the Rights shall be exercisable, including, without limitation, the right to vote, to receive dividends or other distributions or to exercise any preemptive rights, and shall not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of the Company, except as provided herein. Section 11. ADJUSTMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE, NUMBER OF SHARES OR NUMBER OF RIGHTS. The Purchase Price, the number of Preferred Shares covered by each Right and the number of Rights outstanding are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 11. (a) (i) In the event the Company shall at any time after the date of this Agreement (A) declare a dividend on the Preferred Shares payable in Preferred Shares, (B) subdivide the outstanding Preferred Shares, (C) combine the outstanding Preferred Shares into a smaller number of Preferred Shares or (D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the Preferred Shares (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation), except as otherwise provided in this Section 11(a), the Purchase Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification, and the number and kind of shares of capital stock issuable on such date, shall be proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any Right exercised after such time shall be entitled to receive the aggregate number and kind of shares of capital stock which, if such Right had been exercised immediately prior to such date and at a time when the Preferred Shares transfer books of the Company were open, he would have owned upon such exercise and been entitled to receive by virtue of such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right.
6
(ii) Subject to Section 24 of this Agreement, in the event any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, each holder of a Right shall thereafter have a right to receive, upon exercise thereof at a price equal to the then current Purchase Price multiplied by the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in lieu of Preferred Shares, such number of Common Shares of the Company as shall equal the result obtained by (x) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable and dividing that product by (y) 50% of the then current per share market price of the Company's Common Shares (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on the date of the occurrence of such event. In the event that any Person shall become an Acquiring Person and the Rights shall then be outstanding, the Company shall not take any action which would eliminate or diminish the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights. From and after the occurrence of such event, any Rights that are or were acquired or beneficially owned by any Acquiring Person (or any Associate or Affiliate of such Acquiring Person) shall be void and any holder of such Rights shall thereafter have no right to exercise such Rights under any provision of this Agreement. No Right Certificate shall be issued pursuant to Section 3 that represents Rights beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person whose Rights would be void pursuant to the preceding sentence or any Associate or Affiliate thereof; no Right Certificate shall be issued at any time upon the transfer of any Rights to an Acquiring Person whose Rights would be void pursuant to the preceding sentence or any Associate or Affiliate thereof or to any nominee of such Acquiring Person, Associate or Affiliate; and any Right Certificate delivered to the Rights Agent for transfer to an Acquiring Person whose Rights would be void pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be cancelled. (iii) In the event that there shall not be sufficient Common Shares issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with the foregoing subparagraph (ii), the Company shall take all such action as may be necessary to authorize additional Common Shares for issuance upon exercise of the Rights. In the event the Company shall, after good faith effort, be unable to take all such action as may be necessary to authorize such additional Common Shares, the Company shall substitute, for each Common Share that would otherwise be issuable upon exercise of a Right, a number of Preferred Shares or fraction thereof such that the current per share market price of one Preferred Share multiplied by such number or fraction is equal to the current per share market price of one Common Share as of the date of issuance of such Preferred Shares or fraction thereof. (b) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance of rights, options or warrants to all holders of Preferred Shares entitling them (for a period expiring within 45 calendar days after such record date) to subscribe for or purchase Preferred Shares (or shares having the same rights, privileges and preferences as the Preferred Shares ("equivalent preferred shares")) or securities convertible into Preferred Shares or equivalent preferred shares at a price per Preferred Share or equivalent preferred share (or having a conversion price per share, if a security convertible into Preferred Shares or equivalent preferred shares) less than the then current per share market price of the Preferred Shares (as defined in Section 11(d)) on such record date, the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Preferred Shares outstanding on such record date plus the number of Preferred Shares which the aggregate offering price of the total number of Preferred Shares and/or equivalent preferred shares so to be offered (and/or the aggregate initial conversion price of the convertible securities so to be offered) would purchase at such current market price and the denominator of which shall be the number of Preferred Shares outstanding on such record date plus the number of additional Preferred Shares and/or equivalent preferred shares to be offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so to be offered are initially convertible); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right. In case such subscription price may be paid in a consideration part or all of which shall be in a form other than cash, the
7
value of such consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent. Preferred Shares owned by or held for the account of the Company shall not be deemed outstanding for the purpose of any such computation. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and in the event that such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed. (c) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the making of a distribution to all holders of the Preferred Shares (including any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation) of evidences of indebtedness or assets (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend or a dividend payable in Preferred Shares) or subscription rights or warrants (excluding those referred to in Section 11(b) hereof), the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the then current per share market price of the Preferred Shares on such record date, less the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent) of the portion of the assets or evidences of indebtedness so to be distributed or of such subscription rights or warrants applicable to one Preferred Share and the denominator of which shall be such current per share market price of the Preferred Shares; provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company to be issued upon exercise of one Right. Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and in the event that such distribution is not so made, the Purchase Price shall again be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.
(d) (i) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the "current per share
market price" of any security (a "Security" for the purpose of this Section
8
(ii) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the "current per share market price" of the Preferred Shares shall be determined in accordance with the method set forth in Section 11(d)(i). If the Preferred Shares are not publicly traded, the "current per share market price" of the Preferred Shares shall be conclusively deemed to be the current per share market price of the Common Shares as determined pursuant to Section 11(d)(i) (appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof), multiplied by one thousand. If neither the Common Shares nor the Preferred Shares are publicly held or so listed or traded, "current per share market price" shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent. (e) No adjustment in the Purchase Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Purchase Price; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 11(e) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Section 11 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one one-millionth of a Preferred Share or one ten-thousandth of any other share or security as the case may be. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 11(e), any adjustment required by this Section 11 shall be made no later than the earlier of (i) three years from the date of the transaction which requires such adjustment or (ii) the date of the expiration of the right to exercise any Rights. (f) If as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock of the Company other than Preferred Shares, thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of any Right shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Preferred Shares contained in Section 11(a) through (c), inclusive, and the provisions of Sections 7, 9, 10 and 13 with respect to the Preferred Shares shall apply on like terms to any such other shares. (g) All Rights originally issued by the Company subsequent to any adjustment made to the Purchase Price hereunder shall evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Rights, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.
(h) Unless the Company shall have exercised its election as provided in
(i) The Company may elect on or after the date of any adjustment of the Purchase Price to adjust the number of Rights, in substitution for any adjustment in the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share purchasable upon the exercise of a Right. Each of the Rights outstanding after such adjustment of the number of Rights shall be exercisable for the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment. Each Right held of record prior to such adjustment of the number of Rights shall become that number of Rights (calculated to the nearest one ten-thousandth) obtained by dividing the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to adjustment of the Purchase Price by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the Purchase Price. The Company shall make a public announcement of its election to adjust the number of Rights, indicating the record date for the adjustment, and, if known at the time, the amount of the adjustment to be made. This record date may be the date on which the Purchase Price is adjusted or any day thereafter, but, if the Right
9
Certificates have been issued, shall be at least 10 days later than the date of the public announcement. If Right Certificates have been issued, upon each adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this Section 11(i), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, cause to be distributed to holders of record of Right Certificates on such record date Right Certificates evidencing, subject to Section 14 hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the Company, shall cause to be distributed to such holders of record in substitution and replacement for the Right Certificates held by such holders prior to the date of adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by the Company, new Right Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders shall be entitled after such adjustment. Right Certificates so to be distributed shall be issued, executed and countersigned in the manner provided for herein and shall be registered in the names of the holders of record of Right Certificates on the record date specified in the public announcement. (j) Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price or the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the Right Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express the Purchase Price and the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share which were expressed in the initial Right Certificates issued hereunder. (k) Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Purchase Price below one one-hundredth of the then par value, if any, of the Preferred Shares issuable upon exercise of the Rights, the Company shall take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Preferred Shares at such adjusted Purchase Price. (l) In any case in which this Section 11 shall require that an adjustment in the Purchase Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the Company may elect to defer until the occurrence of such event the issuing to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date of the Preferred Shares and other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the Preferred Shares and other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise on the basis of the Purchase Price in effect prior to such adjustment; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder's right to receive such additional shares upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment. (m) Anything in this Section 11 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Purchase Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this Section 11, as and to the extent that it in its sole discretion shall determine to be advisable in order that any consolidation or subdivision of the Preferred Shares, issuance wholly for cash of any Preferred Shares at less than the current market price, issuance wholly for cash of Preferred Shares or securities which by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for Preferred Shares, dividends on Preferred Shares payable in Preferred Shares or issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to hereinabove in Section 11(b), hereafter made by the Company to holders of its Preferred Shares shall not be taxable to such stockholders. (n) In the event that at any time after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Distribution Date, the Company shall (i) declare or pay any dividend on the Common Shares payable in Common Shares or (ii) effect a subdivision, combination or consolidation of the Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of dividends in Common Shares) into a greater or lesser number of Common Shares, then in any such case (A) the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share purchasable after such event upon proper exercise of each Right shall be determined by multiplying the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share so purchasable immediately prior to such event by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately before such event and the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after such event, and (B) each Common Share outstanding immediately after such event shall have issued with respect to it that number of Rights which each Common Share outstanding immediately prior to such event had issued with
10
respect to it. The adjustments provided for in this Section 11(n) shall be made successively whenever such a dividend is declared or paid or such a subdivision, combination or consolidation is effected. Section 12. CERTIFICATE OF ADJUSTED PURCHASE PRICE OR NUMBER OF SHARES. Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in Section 11 or 13 hereof, the Company shall promptly (a) prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment, and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment, (b) file with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for the Common Shares or the Preferred Shares a copy of such certificate and (c) mail a brief summary thereof to each holder of a Right Certificate in accordance with Section 25 hereof. Section 13. CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR SALE OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS OR EARNING POWER. In the event, directly or indirectly, at any time after a Person has become an Acquiring Person, (a) the Company shall consolidate with, or merge with and into, any other Person, (b) any Person shall consolidate with the Company, or merge with and into the Company and the Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such merger and, in connection with such merger, all or part of the Common Shares shall be changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other Person (or the Company) or cash or any other property, or (c) the Company shall sell or otherwise transfer (or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise transfer), in one or more transactions, assets or earning power aggregating 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any other Person other than the Company or one or more of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries, then, and in each such case, proper provision shall be made so that (i) each holder of a Right (except as otherwise provided herein) shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at a price equal to the then current Purchase Price multiplied by the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in lieu of Preferred Shares, such number of Common Shares of such other Person (including the Company as successor thereto or as the surviving corporation) as shall equal the result obtained by (A) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable and dividing that product by (B) 50% of the then current per share market price of the Common Shares of such other Person (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on the date of consummation of such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer; (ii) the issuer of such Common Shares shall thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue of such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer, all the obligations and duties of the Company pursuant to this Agreement; (iii) the term "Company" shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such issuer; and (iv) such issuer shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, the reservation of a sufficient number of its Common Shares in accordance with Section 9 hereof) in connection with such consummation as may be necessary to assure that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to the Common Shares thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights. The Company shall not consummate any such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer unless prior thereto the Company and such issuer shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement so providing. The Company shall not enter into any transaction of the kind referred to in this Section 13 if at the time of such transaction there are any rights, warrants, instruments or securities outstanding or any agreements or arrangements which, as a result of the consummation of such transaction, would eliminate or substantially diminish the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights. The provisions of this Section 13 shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations or sales or other transfers. Section 14. FRACTIONAL RIGHTS AND FRACTIONAL SHARES. (a) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights or to distribute Right Certificates which evidence fractional Rights. In lieu of such fractional Rights, there shall be paid to the registered holders of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional Rights would otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Right. For the purposes of this Section 14(a), the current market value of a whole Right shall be the closing price of the Rights for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date on which such fractional Rights would have been otherwise issuable. The closing price for any day shall be
11
the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Rights are listed or admitted to trading or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by NASDAQ or such other system then in use or, if on any such date the Rights are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Rights selected by the Board of Directors of the Company. If on any such date no such market maker is making a market in the Rights, the fair value of the Rights on such date as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be used.
(b) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Preferred Shares
(other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a
Preferred Share) upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which
evidence fractional Preferred Shares (other than fractions which are integral
multiples of one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share). Fractions of Preferred
Shares in integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share may, at
the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts, pursuant to an
appropriate agreement between the Company and a depositary selected by it;
PROVIDED, that such agreement shall provide that the holders of such depositary
receipts shall have all the rights, privileges and preferences to which they are
entitled as beneficial owners of the Preferred Shares represented by such
depositary receipts. In lieu of fractional Preferred Shares that are not
integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share, the Company shall
pay to the registered holders of Right Certificates at the time such Rights are
exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the
current market value of one Preferred Share. For the purposes of this Section
(c) The holder of a Right by the acceptance of the Right expressly waives his right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares upon exercise of a Right (except as provided above).
Section 15. RIGHTS OF ACTION. All rights of action in respect of this
Agreement, excepting the rights of action given to the Rights Agent under
Section 16. AGREEMENT OF RIGHT HOLDERS. Every holder of a Right, by accepting the same, consents and agrees with the Company and the Rights Agent and with every other holder of a Right that: (a) prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of the Common Shares;
12
(b) after the Distribution Date, the Right Certificates are transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered at the principal office of the Rights Agent, duly endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer; and (c) the Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name the Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the associated Common Shares) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing on the Right Certificates or the associated Common Shares certificate (if any) made by anyone other than the Company or the Rights Agent) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary. Section 17. RIGHT CERTIFICATE HOLDER NOT DEEMED A STOCKHOLDER. No holder, as such, of any Right Certificate shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the Preferred Shares or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the Rights represented thereby, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Right Certificate be construed to confer upon the holder of any Right Certificate, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in Section 25 hereof), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate shall have been exercised in accordance with the provisions hereof. Section 18. CONCERNING THE RIGHTS AGENT. The Company agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements incurred in the administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder. The Company also agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, or expense, incurred without negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent, for anything done or omitted by the Rights Agent in connection with the acceptance and administration of this Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim of liability in the premises.
The Rights Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for, or in
respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection with, its
administration of this Agreement in reliance upon any Right Certificate or
certificate for the Preferred Shares or Common Shares or for other securities of
the Company, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney,
endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent, certificate,
statement, or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to be
signed, executed and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged, by the proper
person or persons, or otherwise upon the advice of counsel as set forth in
Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Rights Agent be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Rights Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of the action. Section 19. MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION OR CHANGE OF NAME OF RIGHTS AGENT. Any corporation into which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the stock transfer or corporate trust powers of the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; PROVIDED, that such corporation would be eligible for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of Section 21 hereof. In case at the time such successor Rights Agent shall succeed to the agency created by this Agreement, any of the Right Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature of the predecessor Rights
13
Agent and deliver such Right Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor Rights Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in the name of the predecessor Rights Agent or in the name of the successor Rights Agent; and in all such cases such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement. In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the Right Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Right Certificates so countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Rights Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name; and in all such cases such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement. Section 20. DUTIES OF RIGHTS AGENT. The Rights Agent undertakes the duties and obligations imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Company and the holders of Right Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound: (a) The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be legal counsel for the Company), and the opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent as to any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with such opinion. (b) Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such certificate shall be full authorization to the Rights Agent for any action taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate. (c) The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder to the Company and any other Person only for its own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct. (d) The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Right Certificates (except its countersignature thereof) or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only. (e) The Rights Agent shall not be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution hereof by the Rights Agent) or in respect of the validity or execution of any Right Certificate (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Right Certificate; nor shall it be responsible for any change in the exercisability of the Rights (including the Rights becoming void pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) or any adjustment in the terms of the Rights (including the manner, method or amount thereof) provided for in Section 3, 11, 13, 23 or 24, or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such change or adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by Right Certificates after actual notice that such change or adjustment is required); nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Preferred Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Right Certificate or as to whether any Preferred Shares will, when issued, be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable. (f) The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and
14
assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Agreement. (g) The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Vice Chairman and Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer of the Company, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and it shall not be liable for any action taken or suffered by it in good faith in accordance with instructions of any such officer or for any delay in acting while waiting for those instructions. (h) The Rights Agent and any stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not the Rights Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other legal entity. (i) The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company resulting from any such act, default, neglect or misconduct, provided reasonable care was exercised in the selection and continued employment thereof. Section 21. CHANGE OF RIGHTS AGENT. The Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement upon 30 days' notice in writing mailed to the Company and to each transfer agent of the Common Shares or Preferred Shares by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail. The Company may remove the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent upon 30 days' notice in writing, mailed to the Rights Agent or successor Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent of the Common Shares or Preferred Shares by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail. If the Rights Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the Company shall appoint a successor to the Rights Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of 30 days after giving notice of such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent or by the holder of a Right Certificate (who shall, with such notice, submit his Right Certificate for inspection by the Company), then the registered holder of any Right Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of the State of New York (or of any other state of the United States so long as such corporation is authorized to do business as a banking institution in the State of New York), in good standing, having an office in the State of New York, which is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust or stock transfer powers and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and which has at the time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million. After appointment, the successor Rights Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but the predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Not later than the effective date of any such appointment the Company shall file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent of the Common Shares or Preferred Shares, and mail a notice thereof in writing to the registered holders of the Right Certificates. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 21, however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as the case may be.
15
Section 22. ISSUANCE OF NEW RIGHT CERTIFICATES. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, the Company may, at its option, issue new Right Certificates evidencing Rights in such form as may be approved by its Board of Directors to reflect any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price and the number or kind or class of shares or other securities or property purchasable under the Right Certificates made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Section 23. REDEMPTION. (a) The Board of Directors of the Company may, at its option, at any time prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, redeem all but not less than all the then outstanding Rights at a redemption price of $.01 per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such redemption price being hereinafter referred to as the "Redemption Price"). The redemption of the Rights by the Board of Directors may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions as the Board of Directors in its sole discretion may establish. (b) Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the Company ordering the redemption of the Rights pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 23, and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price. The Company shall promptly give public notice of any such redemption; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure to give, or any defect in, any such notice shall not affect the validity of such redemption. Within 10 days after such action of the Board of Directors ordering the redemption of the Rights, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption to all the holders of the then outstanding Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry books of the transfer agent for the Common Shares. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption will state the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made. Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates or Associates may redeem, acquire or purchase for value any Rights at any time in any manner other than that specifically set forth in this Section 23 or in Section 24 hereof, and other than in connection with the purchase of Common Shares prior to the Distribution Date. Section 24. EXCHANGE. (a) The Board of Directors of the Company may, at its option, at any time after any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, exchange all or part of the then outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall not include Rights that have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) for Common Shares at an exchange ratio of one Common Share per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such exchange ratio being hereinafter referred to as the "Exchange Ratio"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall not be empowered to effect such exchange at any time after any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any such Subsidiary, or any entity holding Common Shares for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan), together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, becomes the Beneficial Owner of 50% or more of the Common Shares then outstanding. (b) Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the Company ordering the exchange of any Rights pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 24 and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of a holder of such Rights shall be to receive that number of Common Shares equal to the number of such Rights held by such holder multiplied by the Exchange Ratio. The Company shall promptly give public notice of any such exchange; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice shall not affect the validity of such exchange. The Company promptly shall mail a notice of any such exchange to all of the holders of such Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of exchange will state the method by which the exchange of the Common Shares for Rights will be effected and, in the event of any partial exchange, the number of
16
Rights which will be exchanged. Any partial exchange shall be effected pro rata based on the number of Rights (other than Rights which have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) held by each holder of Rights. (c) In the event that there shall not be sufficient Common Shares issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit any exchange of Rights as contemplated in accordance with this Section 24, the Company shall take all such action as may be necessary to authorize additional Common Shares for issuance upon exchange of the Rights. In the event the Company shall, after good faith effort, be unable to take all such action as may be necessary to authorize such additional Common Shares, the Company shall substitute, for each Common Share that would otherwise be issuable upon exchange of a Right, a number of Preferred Shares or fraction thereof such that the current per share market price of one Preferred Share multiplied by such number or fraction is equal to the current per share market price of one Common Share as of the date of issuance of such Preferred Shares or fraction thereof.
(d) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Common Shares or
to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Common Shares. In lieu of
such fractional Common Shares, the Company shall pay to the registered holders
of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional Common Shares
would otherwise be issuable an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the
current market value of a whole Common Share. For the purposes of this paragraph
Section 25. NOTICE OF CERTAIN EVENTS. (a) In case the Company shall propose
(b) In case the event set forth in Section 11(a)(ii) hereof shall occur, then the Company shall as soon as practicable thereafter give to each holder of a Right Certificate, in accordance with Section 26 hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event, which notice shall describe such event and the consequences of such event to holders of Rights under Section 11(a)(ii) hereof. Section 26. NOTICES. Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Right Certificate to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given or
17
made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Rights Agent) as follows:
UNOVA, Inc.
Subject to the provisions of Section 21 hereof, any notice or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of any Right Certificate to or on the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Company) as follows:
ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.
Overpeck Center
Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Right Certificate shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as shown on the registry books of the Company. Section 27. SUPPLEMENTS AND AMENDMENTS. The Company may from time to time supplement or amend this Agreement without the approval of any holders of Right Certificates in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to the Rights which the Company may deem necessary or desirable, any such supplement or amendment to be evidenced by a writing signed by the Company and the Rights Agent; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that from and after such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, this Agreement shall not be amended in any manner which would adversely affect the interests of the holders of Rights. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company may at any time prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person amend this Agreement to lower the thresholds set forth in Sections 1(a) and 3(a) to not less than the greater of (i) the sum of .001% and the largest percentage of the outstanding Common Shares then known by the Company to be beneficially owned by any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, any entity holding Common Shares for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan, or Unitrin and its subsidiaries) and (ii) 10%. Section 28. SUCCESSORS. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder. Section 29. BENEFITS OF THIS AGREEMENT. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give to any person or corporation other than the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Shares) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Shares). Section 30. SEVERABILITY. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.
18
Section 31. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement and each Right Certificate issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such State applicable to contracts to be made and performed entirely within such State. Section 32. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Section 33. DESCRIPTIVE HEADINGS. Descriptive headings of the several Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.
19
EXHIBIT A FORM OF RIGHT CERTIFICATE Certificate No. R- Rights NOT EXERCISABLE AFTER , 2007 OR EARLIER IF REDEMPTION OR EXCHANGE OCCURS. THE RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO REDEMPTION AT $.01 PER RIGHT AND TO EXCHANGE ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT.
RIGHT CERTIFICATE
This certifies that , or registered assigns, is the registered owner of the number of Rights set forth above, each of which entitles the owner thereof, subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, dated as of , 1997 (the "Rights Agreement"), between UNOVA, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C. (the "Rights Agent"), to purchase from the Company at any time after the Distribution Date (as such term is defined in the Rights Agreement) and prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on , 2007 at the principal office of the Rights Agent, or at the office of its successor as Rights Agent, one one-hundredth of a fully paid non-assessable share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Preferred Shares"), of the Company, at a purchase price of $ per one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share (the "Purchase Price"), upon presentation and surrender of this Right Certificate with the Form of Election to Purchase duly executed. The number of Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate (and the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share which may be purchased upon exercise hereof) set forth above, and the Purchase Price set forth above, are the number and Purchase Price as of , 1997, based on the Preferred Shares as constituted at such date. As provided in the Rights Agreement, the Purchase Price and the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share which may be purchased upon the exercise of the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are subject to modification and adjustment upon the happening of certain events. This Right Certificate is subject to all of the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, which terms, provisions and conditions are hereby incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof and to which Rights Agreement reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations, duties and immunities hereunder of the Rights Agent, the Company and the holders of the Right Certificates. Copies of the Rights Agreement are on file at the principal executive offices of the Company and the above-mentioned offices of the Rights Agent. This Right Certificate, with or without other Right Certificates, upon surrender at the principal office of the Rights Agent, may be exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates of like tenor and date evidencing Rights entitling the holder to purchase a like aggregate number of Preferred Shares as the Rights evidenced by the Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered shall have entitled such holder to purchase. If this Right Certificate shall be exercised in part, the holder shall be entitled to receive upon surrender hereof another Right Certificate or Right Certificates for the number of whole Rights not exercised. Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement, the Rights evidenced by this Certificate (i) may be redeemed by the Company at a redemption price of $.01 per Right or (ii) may be exchanged in whole or in part for Preferred Shares or shares of the Company's Common Stock, par value $.01 per share. No fractional Preferred Shares will be issued upon the exercise of any Right or Rights evidenced hereby (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share, which
A-1
may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts), but in lieu thereof a cash payment will be made, as provided in the Rights Agreement. No holder of this Right Certificate shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the Preferred Shares or of any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Rights Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon the holder hereof, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in the Rights Agreement), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate shall have been exercised as provided in the Rights Agreement. This Right Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until it shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent. WITNESS the facsimile signature of the proper officers of the Company and its corporate seal. Dated as of , .
A-2
FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF RIGHT CERTIFICATE
(To be executed by the registered holder if such holder desires to transfer the Right Certificate.)
FOR VALUE RECEIVED _________________________________________________________
hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto _______________________________________
(Please print name and address of transferee) this Right Certificate, together with all right, title and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint ________________________ Attorney, to transfer the within Right Certificate on the books of the within-named Company, with full power of substitution. Dated: _______________________________, ______
Signature
Signature Guaranteed:
Signatures must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national
securities exchange, a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc., or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in
the United States.
The undersigned hereby certifies that the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are not beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement).
Signature
A-3
FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF RIGHT CERTIFICATE--CONTINUED
(To be executed if holder desires to exercise Rights represented by the Right Certificate.) To: UNOVA, INC. The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise ________________________ Rights represented by this Right Certificate to purchase the Preferred Shares or Common Shares issuable upon the exercise of such Rights and requests that such Preferred Shares or Common Shares be issued in the name of:
Please insert social security
(Please print name and address)
If such number of Rights shall not be all the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate, a new Right Certificate for the balance remaining of such Rights shall be registered in the name of and delivered to:
Please insert social security
(Please print name and address)
Dated: ________________________, ______
Signature
Signature Guaranteed: Signatures must be guaranteed by a member firm of a registered national securities exchange, a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or a commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United States.
A-4
FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF RIGHT CERTIFICATE--CONTINUED The undersigned hereby certifies that the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate are not beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement).
Signature
NOTICE The signature in the Form of Assignment or Form of Election to Purchase, as the case may be, must conform to the name as written upon the face of this Right Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever. In the event the certification set forth above in the Form of Assignment or the Form of Election to Purchase, as the case may be, is not completed, the Company and the Rights Agent will deem the beneficial owner of the Rights evidenced by this Right Certificate to be an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement) and such Assignment or Election to Purchase will not be honored.
A-5
Exhibit 10.B TAX SHARING AGREEMENT This Tax Sharing Agreement (the "Agreement") is being entered into this ____ day of ______, 1997, in connection with a Distribution and Indemnity Agreement (the "Distribution Agreement") dated as of ______ __, 1997 by and between Western Atlas Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Western Atlas"), and UNOVA, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("UNOVA"), pursuant to which, among other things, Western Atlas will distribute to holders of its common stock all the issued and outstanding common stock of UNOVA (the "UNOVA Distribution"). Western Atlas, on behalf of itself and its present and future subsidiaries (the "Western Atlas Group"), and UNOVA on behalf of itself and its present and future subsidiaries (the "UNOVA Group"), are entering into this Agreement to provide for the allocation between the Western Atlas Group and the UNOVA Group of all responsibilities, liabilities and benefits relating to or affecting Taxes (as hereinafter defined) paid or payable by either of them for all taxable periods, whether beginning before or after the Distribution Date (as hereinafter defined) and to provide for certain other matters. ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of the terms defined):
"1997 Stub Period" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
"Accounting Firm" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
"Acquisition" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.6(b) of this Agreement. "Calendar Year" means the 52-53 week year ending on the Sunday nearest December 31.
"Carryback Item" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor statute, and shall include corresponding provisions of any subsequently enacted federal tax laws. "Distribution Agreement" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preface to this Agreement. "Distribution Date" means the date determined by Western Atlas Board of Directors as of which the UNOVA Dis-
-2-
tribution shall be effected, which is presently contemplated to be ______ __, 1997. "Filed UNOVA Group Separate Tax Liability" means the amount determined pursuant to Section 3.1(b) for Calendar Year 1997 Stub Period. "Filed UNOVA Group Separate Joint Tax Liability" means that amount determined pursuant to Section 3.2(b) for Calendar Year 1997. "Final Determination" shall mean the final resolution of liability for any tax for a taxable period (i) by IRS Form 870 or 870-AD (or any successor forms thereto), on the date of acceptance by or on behalf of the IRS, or by a comparable form under the laws of other jurisdictions; except that a Form 870 or 870-AD or comparable form that reserves (whether by its terms or by operation of law) the right of the taxpayer to file a claim for refund and/or the right of the taxing authority to assert a further deficiency shall not constitute a Final Determination; (ii) by a decision, judgment, decree, or other order by a court of competent jurisdiction, which has become final and unappealable; (iii) by a closing agreement or accepted offer in compromise under Section 7121 or 7122 of the Code, or comparable agreements under
-3-
the laws of other jurisdictions; (iv) by any allowance of a refund or credit in respect of an overpayment of Tax, but only after the expiration of all periods during which such refund may be recovered (including by way of offset) by the Tax imposing jurisdiction; or (v) by any other final disposition of liability in respect of a Tax provided for under applicable law, including by reason of the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations. "IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service. "Joint Return" means a state income tax return, including, but not limited to, a unitary, combined or consolidated state income tax return, that includes at least one Western Atlas Business and at least one UNOVA Business.
"Litton Agreement" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
"Norand Tax" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.11 of this Agreement.
"Notification Date" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
-4-
"Other Tax Return" means any Tax Return other than (1) a federal income tax return, (2) a state or local tax return and (3) a foreign tax return. "Pre-Distribution Year" means any taxable year beginning before the Distribution Date during which any member of the UNOVA Group was included in the Western Atlas Consolidated Group.
"Restructuring Taxes" means any Taxes, including related interest,
penalties and additions to Tax and reasonable attorneys' fees, resulting from
"Tax" means any of the Taxes. "Taxes" means all forms of taxation, whenever created or imposed, and whether of the United States or elsewhere, and whether imposed by a local, municipal, governmental, state, federation or other body, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall include income, sales, use, ad valorem, gross receipts, value added, franchise, transfer, recording, withholding, payroll, employment,
-5-
excise, occupation, premium and property taxes, together with any related interest, penalties and additions to any such tax, or additional amounts imposed by any taxing authority (domestic or foreign) upon the UNOVA Group, the Western Atlas Group or any of their respective members or divisions or branches. "Tax Benefit" means any item of loss, deduction, credit or any other Tax Item which decreases Taxes paid or payable, other than Tax Items resulting from an adjustment pursuant to Section 3.1(d) or 3.2(c). "Tax Detriment" means any item of income, gain, recapture of credit or any other Tax Item which increases Taxes paid or payable, including taxes paid or payable to Litton pursuant to the Litton Agreement, other than Tax Items previously taken into account pursuant to Section 3.1(d) and/or 3.2(c). "Tax Item" means any item of income, gain, loss, deduction, credit, recapture of credit or any other item which increases or decreases Taxes paid or payable, including an adjustment under Code Section 481 resulting from a change in accounting method.
-6-
"Tax Reserves" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.1 of this Agreement. "Tax Return" means any return, filing, questionnaire or other document required to be filed, including requests for extensions of time, filings made with estimated tax payments, claims for refund and amended returns that may be filed, for any period with any taxing authority (whether domestic or foreign) in connection with any Tax or Taxes (whether or not a payment is required to be made with respect to such filing). "UNOVA Business" means any present or future subsidiary, division or business of any member of the UNOVA Group which is not, or is not contemplated by the Distribution Agreement to be, part of the Western Atlas Group immediately after the UNOVA Distribution. UNOVA Business shall include any subsidiary, division or business listed on Schedule A hereto. "UNOVA Distribution" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preface to this Agreement. "UNOVA Group" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preface to this Agreement.
-7-
"UNOVA Group Separate Joint Tax Liability" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.2(b) of this Agreement. "UNOVA Group Separate Taxable Income" means, with respect to Calendar Year 1996 or the 1997 Stub Period, the sum of (i) the consolidated federal taxable income of the UNOVA Group members that were members of the Western Atlas Consolidated Group at any time during Calendar Year 1996 or Calendar Year 1997, determined as though such UNOVA Group members constituted a separate consolidated group of which UNOVA was the common parent and (ii) the UNOVA Group's portion of the federal taxable income of the FSC. "UNOVA Group Separate Tax Liability" means, with respect to Calendar Year 1996 or the 1997 Stub Period, the sum of (i) the consolidated federal income tax liability of UNOVA Group members that were members of the Western Atlas Consolidated Group at any time during such year, determined as though such UNOVA Group members constituted a separate consolidated group of which UNOVA was the common parent and (ii) the UNOVA Group's portion of the federal income tax liability of the FSC.
-8-
"UNOVA Indemnity Issue" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.1(a) of this Agreement. "UNOVA Issue" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.4(a) of this Agreement. "UNOVA Notice" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.1(b)(2)(B) and Section 3.2(b)(2)(B) of this Agreement. "Unrelated Person" means any person (within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(1) of the Code) other than a party hereto or a corporation that is a controlled subsidiary (within the meaning of Section 368(c) of the Code) of such party immediately prior to the Acquisition of such party's stock or assets. "Western Atlas Adjustment" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.1(b)(2)(A) and Section 3.2(b)(2)(A) of this Agreement. "Western Atlas Business" means any present or future subsidiary, division or business of any member of the Western Atlas Group, other than a present or future subsidiary, division or business of any member of the UNOVA Group. Western Atlas Business also shall include any former subsidi-
-9-
ary, division or business of Western Atlas not listed on Schedule A hereto. "Western Atlas Consolidated Group" means with respect to any taxable period, the affiliated group of corporations of which Western Atlas is the common parent (within the meaning of Section 1504 of the Code). "Western Atlas Group" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the preface to this Agreement.
"Western Atlas Issue" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
"Western Atlas Revision" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(e) of this Agreement. ARTICLE II
FILING OF TAX RETURNS
Section 2.1. MANNER OF FILING. All Tax Returns filed after the Distribution Date shall be prepared on a basis which is consistent with any opinion of counsel obtained by Western Atlas in connection with the UNOVA Distribution and shall be filed on a timely basis (including extensions) by the party responsible for such filing under this Agreement. In the absence of a change in controlling
-10-
law, all Tax Returns filed after the date of this Agreement shall be prepared on a basis consistent with the elections, accounting methods, conventions, and principles of taxation used for the most recent taxable periods for which Tax Returns involving similar Tax Items have been filed, except to the extent that an inconsistent position would not result in a Tax Detriment to the other party; provided, however, that any deduction attributable to the exercise after the Distribution Date of a stock option (with respect to either Western Atlas stock or Litton Industries, Inc. Stock) under section 83(h) of the Code or Treasury Regulation section 1.83-6 shall be claimed on the Tax Return of the UNOVA Group in the case of an employee, independent contractor, or director (other than a director who is an employee of Western Atlas) of any member of the UNOVA Group and on the Tax Return of the Western Atlas Group in the case of an employee, independent contractor or director (other than a director who is an employee of UNOVA) of any member of the Western Atlas Group. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, all decisions relating to the preparation of Tax Returns shall be made in the sole discretion of the party responsible under this Agreement for such preparation.
-11-
Section 2.2. PRE-DISTRIBUTION TAX RETURNS. (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 2.2, all Tax Returns required to be filed for periods beginning before the Distribution Date shall be filed by UNOVA or the appropriate UNOVA Business. (b) State and local tax returns (other than Joint Returns) and Other Tax Returns for all taxable periods beginning before the Distribution Date shall be filed by the Western Atlas Business or UNOVA Business, as the case may be, which had responsibility for filing such return for the last taxable period ending prior to the Distribution Date. (c) All foreign Tax Returns for taxable periods beginning before the Distribution Date shall be filed by the legal entity which had responsibility for filing such return for the last taxable period ending prior to the Distribution Date, regardless of whether such entity was a member of the Western Atlas Group or the UNOVA Group before or after the Distribution Date. (d) The United States consolidated federal income Tax Return for the Western Atlas Consolidated Group for the 1996 Calendar Year, if not filed before the Distribution Date, shall be filed by UNOVA. The United States consoli-
-12-
dated federal income Tax Return for the Western Atlas Consolidated Group for the 1997 Calendar Year shall be filed by Western Atlas. All Joint Returns for the 1996 Calendar Year, if not filed before the Distribution Date, shall be filed by UNOVA, and all Joint Returns for the 1997 Calendar Year shall be filed by Western Atlas. (e) IRS Form 8697, Interest Computation Under the Look-Back Method for Completed Long-Term Contracts, for the Western Atlas Consolidated Group for the 1997 Calendar Year shall be filed by Western Atlas. Section 2.3. POST-DISTRIBUTION TAX RETURNS. All Tax Returns of the UNOVA Group for periods beginning after the Distribution Date shall be filed by UNOVA or the appropriate UNOVA Business and all Tax Returns of the Western Atlas Group for periods beginning after the Distribution Date shall be filed by Western Atlas or the appropriate Western Atlas Business. ARTICLE III
PAYMENT OF TAXES
Section 3.1. UNFILED FEDERAL TAXES FOR PRE-DISTRIBUTION PERIODS.
-13-
Group a sum equal to the difference between (i) the UNOVA Group Separate Tax Liability for Calendar Year 1996, and (ii) an amount equal to all payments previously made by the UNOVA Group or any member thereof. On or about March 31, 1998, UNOVA shall deliver to Western Atlas an estimate of the UNOVA Group Separate Taxable Income for the period beginning on December 30, 1996 and ending on the last day in which the members of the UNOVA Group are includible in the Western Atlas Consolidated Group (the "1997 Stub Period"). On or about April 30, 1998, UNOVA shall pay to Western Atlas, or Western Atlas shall pay to UNOVA, as appropriate, a sum equal to the difference (if any) between (i) Western Atlas's estimate of the UNOVA Group Separate Tax Liability for the 1997 Stub Period, and (ii) an amount equal to all payments previously made by the UNOVA Group or any member thereof. Not later than one business day before April 15, 1998, Western Atlas shall deliver to UNOVA a schedule showing its estimate of the UNOVA Group Separate Tax Liability for the 1997 Stub Period and the amount payable by UNOVA to Western Atlas, or by Western Atlas to UNOVA, as the case may be, pursuant to this Section 3.1(a). (b) UNOVA shall pay to Western Atlas, or Western Atlas shall pay to UNOVA, as appropriate, an amount reflect-
-14-
ing the difference (if any) between (i) the Filed UNOVA Group Separate Tax Liability for the 1997 Stub Period and (ii) an amount equal to all federal income tax payments made by the UNOVA Group with respect to such period. Amounts due or refunds receivable from IRS Form 8697 which relate to the UNOVA Group shall be allocated to UNOVA. Such payment shall be made on or before November 15, 1998. The Filed UNOVA Group Separate Tax Liability for the 1997 Stub Period shall be determined pursuant to the following procedures: (1) On or before June 30, 1998, UNOVA shall deliver to Western Atlas all information (including without limitation, Federal Form 1120, prepared on a separate basis in accordance with past practice, together with schedules, statements and supporting documentation) as Western Atlas may reasonably request from time to time, with respect to each member of the UNOVA Group that was a member of the Western Atlas Consolidated Group at any time in Calendar Year 1997, for the preparation of the federal income Tax Return of the Western Atlas Consolidated Group for Calendar Year 1997. All information provided by UNOVA pursuant to this paragraph shall correctly reflect the facts regarding the income, properties, operations and status of each such
-15-
member of the UNOVA Group and shall be prepared applying elections and methods of accounting that are consistent with those made or used by such member in prior taxable periods. (2) (A) Western Atlas shall make any adjustments to the information so submitted that it deems appropriate (individually, a "Western Atlas Adjustment") and shall prepare and file the consolidated federal income Tax Return for the Western Atlas Consolidated Group for Calendar Year 1997. Western Atlas shall determine, in good faith, the UNOVA Group Separate Tax Liability for 1997 Stub Year, including amounts due or refunds receivable with respect to IRS Form 8697. Western Atlas shall notify UNOVA in writing of the amount of such liability no later than October 15, 1998. Such notification shall include an explanation of the basis for any Western Atlas Adjustments and a copy of the calculations of the UNOVA Group Separate Tax Liability. (B) On or before November 15, 1998, UNOVA shall provide Western Atlas with written notice (the "UNOVA Notice") of all Western Atlas Adjustments with which UNOVA disagrees, together with the grounds for such disagreement and any supporting documentation. For all known tax adjust-
-16-
ments, including credits, for the UNOVA Group for which an amended Joint Return has not been filed as of the Distribution Date, UNOVA shall notify Western Atlas within 120 days of the Distribution Date of those known adjustments and resulting tax liabilities or refunds. The resulting tax liabilities or refunds shall be an amount by which actual Taxes paid or payable by Western Atlas shall increase or decrease. Within 30 days after such notification, Western Atlas shall pay to UNOVA, or UNOVA shall pay to Western Atlas, as appropriate, such liability or refund, as the case may be. If and to the extent that any Western Atlas Adjustments remain in dispute, Western Atlas shall provide to any branch of a nationally recognized accounting firm not then engaged by either party as its primary auditor (hereinafter, "Accounting Firm") all portions of the UNOVA Notice pertaining to the disputed Western Atlas Adjustments, together with a statement of Western Atlas's position with respect to each such adjustment and any supporting documentation. Accounting Firm's fees and expenses shall be borne equally by Western Atlas and UNOVA. Western Atlas shall provide such information to Accounting Firm no later than December 15, 1998. Accounting Firm shall resolve all
-17-
disputed Western Atlas Adjustments and shall notify the parties of such resolution, which shall be binding on the parties hereto. Such notification shall be given on or before January 15, 1999 (the "Notification Date"). Any communication by either party with Accounting Firm prior to the applicable Notification Date shall be in writing, with a copy simultaneously furnished to the other party. If Accounting Firm cannot resolve a disputed Western Atlas Adjustment by the applicable Notification Date, Western Atlas shall use its sole discretion in reflecting such disputed Western Atlas Adjustment on its federal income Tax Return. Accounting Firm shall be directed to proceed to a resolution of such disputed Western Atlas Adjustment as soon as practicable, and, if such resolution differs from the manner in which the disputed Western Atlas Adjustment was reflected on Western Atlas's federal income Tax Return, Western Atlas shall file an amended return reflecting such difference within two months of such resolution. Western Atlas shall make the appropriate adjustments to the amount of the Filed UNOVA Group Separate Tax Liability for the 1997 Stub Period, and shall promptly pay UNOVA any balance otherwise due UNOVA within three months of such resolution.
-18-
(c) Either party may extend any date referenced in this Section 3.1 with the consent of the other party, and such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be deemed to be given unless the other party objects to such extension in writing within a reasonable time after the request therefor. (d) For all known adjustments, including credits, for the UNOVA Group for which an amended federal return has not been filed as of the Distribution Date, UNOVA shall notify Western Atlas within 90 days of the Distribution Date of these known adjustments and resulting tax liabilities or refunds. The resulting tax liabilities or refunds shall be an amount by which the actual Taxes paid or payable Western Atlas shall increase or decrease. Within 30 days of such notification, Western Atlas shall pay to UNOVA, or UNOVA shall pay to Western Atlas, as appropriate, such liability or refund as the case may be. (e) (A) Western Atlas shall make any revisions to the known adjustments so submitted that it deems appropriate (individually, a "Western Atlas Revision") and shall determine, in good faith, a resulting tax liability of the known adjustments including any Western Atlas Revisions. Western Atlas shall notify UNOVA of the amount of such
-19-
liability including an explanation for any Western Atlas Revision no later than 180 days from the Distribution Date. (B) Within 30 days of such notice from Western Atlas, UNOVA shall provide Western Atlas with a response of all Western Atlas Revisions with which UNOVA disagrees, together with an explanation. If and to the extent and to the extent that any Western Atlas Revisions remain in dispute, Western Atlas and UNOVA shall jointly meet with Accounting Firm. The parties shall discuss all explanations, notices and calculations provided under this Subsection. Accounting Firm's fees and expenses shall be borne equally by Western Atlas and UNOVA. Accounting Firm shall resolve all disputed Western Atlas Revisions and shall notify the parties of such resolution, which shall be binding on the parties hereto. Such notification shall be given within 30 days of such meeting. Any communication with the Accounting Firm will include Western Atlas and UNOVA. If Accounting Firm cannot resolve a disputed Western Atlas Revision within the applicable period, an extension of time may be granted upon agreement of all parties. Western Atlas shall make the appropriate adjustments to the resulting tax liability, and Western Atlas or UNOVA, as the case may be, shall promptly
-20-
pay any balance otherwise due UNOVA or Western Atlas, as appropriate, within 30 days of such resolution. Section 3.2. UNFILED JOINT RETURNS FOR PRE-DISTRIBUTION PERIODS. (a) On or about November 15, 1997, Western Atlas shall pay to or receive from, as appropriate, the UNOVA Group a sum equal to the difference between (i) the UNOVA Group Separate Joint Tax Liability for Calendar Year 1996, and (ii) an amount equal to all payments previously made by the UNOVA Group or any member thereof. On or about April 30, 1998, UNOVA shall pay to Western Atlas, or Western Atlas shall pay to UNOVA, as appropriate, a sum equal to the difference (if any) between (i) Western Atlas's estimate of the UNOVA Group Separate Joint Tax Liability for the 1997 Stub Period, Computed using 1996 Apportionment factors and the taxable income numbers supplied in Section 3.1(a), and (ii) an amount equal to all payments previously made by the UNOVA Group or any member thereof. Not later than one business day before April 15, 1998, Western Atlas shall deliver to UNOVA a schedule showing its estimate of the UNOVA Group Separate Joint Tax Liability for the 1997 Stub Period and the amount payable by UNOVA to Western Atlas, or by
-21-
Western Atlas to UNOVA, as the case may be, pursuant to this Section 3.2(a).
(b) UNOVA shall pay to Western Atlas, or Western Atlas shall pay to
UNOVA, as appropriate, an amount reflecting the difference (if any) between (i)
the Filed UNOVA Group Separate Joint Tax Liability for the 1997 Stub Period and
(1) On or before July 31, 1998, UNOVA shall deliver to Western Atlas all information (including without limitation, schedules, statements and supporting documentation) as Western Atlas may reasonably request from time to time, with respect to each member of the UNOVA Group that Western Atlas, in its sole discretion, deems includible in the filing of a Joint Return for Calendar Year 1997. All information provided by UNOVA pursuant to this paragraph shall correctly reflect the facts regarding the income, properties, operations and status of each such member of the UNOVA Group and shall be prepared applying elections and methods of accounting
-22-
that are consistent with those made or used by such member in prior taxable periods or such other elections and methods of accounting as may be reasonably agreed upon by the parties. (2) (A) Western Atlas shall adjust the information so submitted in good faith and shall prepare and file all Joint Returns for Calendar Year 1997. Western Atlas shall determine, in good faith, the UNOVA Group Separate Joint Tax Liability of the UNOVA Group for each state in which UNOVA is included in a Joint Return for Calendar Year 1997. (the "UNOVA Group Separate Joint Tax Liability"), and its good faith determination shall be binding on the parties hereto. Western Atlas shall notify UNOVA in writing of the amount of such liability no later than November 30, 1998. Such notification shall include an explanation of the basis for any Western Atlas Adjustments and a copy of the calculations of the UNOVA Group Separate Joint Tax Liability. (B) On or before December 15, 1998, UNOVA shall pay to Western Atlas the amount of the UNOVA Group Separate Joint Tax Liability for the 1997 Stub Period.
-23-
(c) Either party may extend any date referenced in this Section 3.3 with the consent of the other party, and such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be deemed to be given unless the other party objects within a reasonable time after the request therefor. Section 3.3. CHANGE IN FEDERAL RETURNS AND JOINT RETURNS. (a) The parties acknowledge that there has not yet been a Final Determination of the federal income tax liability of the Western Atlas Group for any taxable year after the fiscal year ended August 1, 1982 and that certain members of the UNOVA Group were included in the Western Atlas Consolidated Group from March 18, 1994 through the Distribution Date. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Western Atlas and each member of the Western Atlas Group shall jointly and severally indemnify UNOVA and each member of the UNOVA Group against and hold them harmless from federal income taxes and all Taxes with respect to Joint Returns for all periods beginning before the Distribution Date and shall be entitled to receive and retain all refunds of federal income taxes and Taxes with respect to Joint Returns with respect to periods beginning before the Distribution Date.
-24-
(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, if as a result of any audit, amendment or other change in a federal income tax return or a Joint Return as filed by Western Atlas or UNOVA with respect to any period, the Final Determination of an adjustment to any Tax Item generates a Tax Detriment for any period and a corresponding Tax Benefit for UNOVA or any of the UNOVA Businesses for any period (a "Reimbursable Adjustment"), then Western Atlas shall notify UNOVA of such Reimbursable Adjustment. (c) If UNOVA receives a notice of a Reimbursable Adjustment, UNOVA shall use reasonable efforts to have the Tax Benefit to UNOVA flow through to Western Atlas.
(d) If UNOVA is unable to have a Tax Benefit flow through to Western
Atlas as described in Section 3.3(c), within ninety (90) days of receiving
notice of a Reimbursable Adjustment that generates a Tax Benefit for UNOVA or
any member of the UNOVA Group for any taxable period(s) with respect to which
-25-
shall, within 30 days after receipt, pay to Western Atlas any refunds received by UNOVA resulting from the filing of a refund claim pursuant to the preceding sentence, together with any interest refunded with respect thereto. In the event that UNOVA would have received a refund with respect to such claim had such refund not been offset by the United States Government (or the relevant state government in the case of a Joint Return) against deficiencies, interest or penalties assessed against UNOVA or any member of the UNOVA Group, UNOVA shall pay to Western Atlas, within 30 days after receipt of written notice of such offset, an amount equal to the amount of such offset, together with interest at the overpayment rate established under Section 6621 of the Code. If, for any taxable year, UNOVA is required to and does make a repayment to the IRS (or a state governmental authority in the case of a Joint Return) of any portion of a refund described herein, then Western Atlas shall pay to UNOVA, within 30 days following the date UNOVA notifies Western Atlas of such repayment, the amount of such repayment, including related interest. (e) In the event that UNOVA receives notice of a Reimbursable Adjustment that generates a Tax Benefit for UNOVA or any member of the UNOVA Group for any taxable
-26-
period(s) with respect to which a federal income tax return or a Joint Return has not been filed and UNOVA is unable to have such Tax Benefit flow through to Western Atlas as described in Section 3.3(c), then UNOVA (or the appropriate member of the UNOVA Group) shall file federal Form 1120(s) (or corresponding form under relevant state law in the case of a Joint Return) reflecting such Tax Benefit and shall pay to Western Atlas, no later than thirty (30) days after the filing of such return(s), the amount by which such Tax Benefit actually reduces the federal income taxes and/or Taxes with respect to a Joint Return payable by UNOVA or such member of the UNOVA Group with respect to such taxable period(s), using the appropriate statutory income tax rate applicable to such period(s). If, pursuant to a Final Determination for any taxable year, UNOVA is required to and does make a payment to the IRS (or a state governmental authority in the case of a Joint Return) representing any portion of the amount paid to Western Atlas pursuant to the preceding sentence, then Western Atlas shall pay to UNOVA, within 30 days following the date UNOVA notifies Western Atlas of such payment to the IRS (or a state governmental authority in the case of a Joint Return), the amount of such payment, including related interest.
-27-
(f) Western Atlas may notify UNOVA of a Reimbursable Adjustment prior to the Final Determination of such adjustment if Western Atlas, in its sole discretion, determines that such Reimbursable Adjustment may, upon Final Determination, generate a Tax Benefit for UNOVA with respect to which a refund claim may be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. If Western Atlas so requests, UNOVA shall file a refund claim for the appropriate taxable period(s) reflecting such Tax Benefit, and shall pay to Western Atlas any Tax and interest refunded with respect thereto under the terms and conditions set forth in subsection (c) of this Section 3.3. All refund claims filed by UNOVA pursuant to this Section 3.3(e) shall be prepared in cooperation with Western Atlas, shall fully explain the circumstances giving rise to the claim and shall be identified with the notation "Protective Claim". (g) If as a result of any audit, amendment or other change in a federal income Tax Return or a Joint Return filed by UNOVA with respect to any period beginning after the Distribution Date, an adjustment to any Tax Item generates a Tax Detriment to UNOVA or any UNOVA Business and a corresponding Tax Benefit for Western Atlas or any Western Atlas Business for any taxable period, then the provisions of
-28-
subsections (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of this Section 3.3 shall be applied by substituting Western Atlas for UNOVA and UNOVA for Western Atlas, as the context requires.
(h) Any payment not made on or before the last day on which such
payment could be timely made under this Section 3.3 shall thereafter bear
interest at the rate established for large corporate underpayments pursuant to
(i) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary,
the total amount payable by UNOVA to Western Atlas with respect to any
Reimbursable Adjustment pursuant to subsections (c), (d) and/or (e) of this
Section 3.4. CHANGE IN OTHER PRE-DISTRIBUTION YEAR STATE, LOCAL OR OTHER RETURN. (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.4, if as a result of any audit, amendment or other change in a state or local tax return (other than a Joint Return) or any Other Tax Return filed with respect to any period beginning before the Distribution Date, there is an adjustment to any Tax Item, then Western Atlas shall be responsible for and shall hold UNOVA harmless
-29-
from any such adjustment generated by or attributable to Western Atlas or any Western Atlas Business (a "Western Atlas Issue"), and UNOVA shall be responsible for and shall hold Western Atlas harmless from any such adjustment generated by or attributable to UNOVA or any UNOVA Business (a "UNOVA Issue"). Upon request by Western Atlas, UNOVA or any member of the UNOVA Group shall use its reasonable best efforts to cooperate in any contest of such UNOVA Issue. (b) Any payment required to be made under this Section 3.4 shall be inclusive of interest and penalties and shall be made no later than 30 days after the party required to make such payment receives written notice of a Final Determination of the Western Atlas Issue or UNOVA Issue, as the case may be, giving rise to such payment; provided, however, that no payment shall be due under this Section 3.4 unless the total amount payable with respect to any individual state or local return (other than a Joint Return) or Other Tax Return by Western Atlas or by UNOVA, as the case may be, equals or exceeds $10,000 exclusive of interest and penalties. Any payment not made within the 30-day period described in the preceding sentence shall thereafter bear interest at the rate established for large corporate underpayments pursuant to Section 6621(c)(1) of the Code.
-30-
Section 3.5. CHANGE IN PRE-DISTRIBUTION YEAR FOREIGN RETURN. Any legal entity responsible for filing a foreign Tax Return with respect to any taxable period beginning prior to the Distribution Date shall be responsible for the payment of all Taxes, penalties and interest whenever assessed, due or payable in connection therewith and shall be entitled to all refunds, whenever granted, attributable thereto, regardless of whether such legal entity is a member of the Western Atlas Group or the UNOVA Group before or after the Distribution Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a decrease in foreign Taxes results in a Tax Detriment to Western Atlas and a corresponding Tax Benefit to UNOVA or any of the UNOVA Businesses, UNOVA shall pay Western Atlas an amount equal to such Tax Detriment. In the event that an increase in foreign Taxes results in a Tax Benefit to Western Atlas and a corresponding Tax Detriment to UNOVA or any of the UNOVA Businesses, Western Atlas shall pay UNOVA an amount equal to the amount by which such Tax Benefit actually reduces the Taxes of Western Atlas. Section 3.6. RESTRUCTURING TAXES. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, and except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.6, Western Atlas shall pay fifty percent (50%) of all Restructuring Taxes and UNOVA shall pay fifty percent (50%) of all Restruc-
-31-
turing Taxes. UNOVA and each member of the UNOVA Group will jointly and severally indemnify Western Atlas and each member of the Western Atlas Group against and hold them harmless from any payment of Restructuring Taxes in excess of fifty percent (50%) of such taxes, and Western Atlas and each member of the Western Atlas Group will jointly and severally indemnify UNOVA and each member of the UNOVA Group against and hold them harmless from any payment of Restructuring Taxes in excess of fifty percent (50%) of such taxes.
(b) In the event that any Restructuring Taxes are attributable to the
acquisition ("Acquisition") of fifty percent (50%) or more of the stock or
assets of Western Atlas or UNOVA by an Unrelated Person, then the party so
acquired, or the party whose assets were so acquired, as the case may be, shall
pay and shall indemnify and hold harmless the other party to this Agreement from
and against any and all Restructuring Taxes and from and against any costs
whatsoever connected with such Restructuring Taxes. For purposes of this
-32-
(c) Any payment required to be made pursuant to this Section 3.6 shall be made no later than 30 days after the payor receives written notice of a Final Determination of such Restructuring Taxes. Any payment not so made within 30 days shall thereafter bear interest at the rate established for large corporate underpayments pursuant to Section 6621(c)(1) of the Code. (d) Neither Western Atlas nor UNOVA shall engage in any acts, other than an Acquisition, which would result in any Restructuring Taxes. In the event that any Restructuring Taxes are attributable to such acts, the party so engaged shall pay and shall indemnify and shall hold harmless the other party to this Agreement from and against any such Restructuring Taxes. Section 3.7. LIABILITY FOR TAXES WITH RESPECT TO POST-DISTRIBUTION PERIODS. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Western Atlas Group shall pay all Taxes and shall be entitled to receive and retain all refunds of Taxes with respect to periods beginning after the Distribution Date which are attributable to Western Atlas Businesses. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, the UNOVA Group shall pay all Taxes and shall be entitled to receive and retain all
-33-
refunds of Taxes with respect to periods beginning after the Distribution Date which are attributable to UNOVA Businesses. Section 3.8. CARRYBACKS. (a) If, for any taxable year beginning on or after the Distribution Date, a member of the UNOVA Group (or a successor to such member) incurs a net operating loss that may be carried back to a Pre-Distribution Year in which such member was a member of the Western Atlas Consolidated Group, such member shall make an election pursuant to section 172(b)(3) of the Code, unless Western Atlas, in its sole discretion, consents to treat such net operating loss as a Carryback Item pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 3.8. (b) If, for any taxable year beginning on or after the Distribution Date, a member of the UNOVA Group (or a successor to such member) incurs a net capital loss, business tax credit, or foreign tax credit (each a "Carryback Item") that may be carried back to a consolidated federal income tax return which was filed by the Western Atlas Consolidated Group, UNOVA (or such member of the UNOVA Group) may file a refund claim pursuant to Code section 6411 reflecting such Carryback Item. In the event that UNOVA (or such member of the UNOVA Group) shall not elect to file such a claim (or shall not be eligible to file such claim under applicable
-34-
law), Western Atlas shall, at the request and expense of UNOVA, file amended returns or refund claims reflecting such Carryback Item. Western Atlas shall, within 30 days after receipt, pay to UNOVA any refunds received by Western Atlas resulting from the filing of a refund claim pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.8(b), together with any interest refunded with respect thereto. In the event that Western Atlas would have received a refund with respect to such claim had such refund not been offset by the United States Government against deficiencies, interest or penalties assessed against the Western Atlas Consolidated Group or any member thereof (other than deficiencies, interest or penalties attributable to (i) the operations of the UNOVA Group and with respect to which the UNOVA Group would otherwise be responsible under the terms of this Agreement or (ii) a taxable year of the Western Atlas Consolidated Group for which the statute of limitations has expired), Western Atlas shall pay to UNOVA, within 30 days after receipt of notice of such offset, an amount equal to the amount of such offset, together with interest at the overpayment rate established under Section 6621 of the Code. To the extent that a member of the Western Atlas Group or a member of the UNOVA Group receives a double benefit as a result of this Section 3.8(b) and the operation of the Code, Western Atlas or UNOVA,
-35-
respectively, will compensate UNOVA or Western Atlas, respectively, for the duplication of the benefit. If, for any taxable year, Western Atlas is required to and does make a repayment to the IRS of any portion of a refund described herein, then UNOVA shall pay to Western Atlas, within 30 days following the date Western Atlas notifies UNOVA of such repayment, the amount of such repayment, including interest. Section 3.9. STATUTES OF LIMITATIONS. (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, UNOVA or Western Atlas may allow a statute of limitations to expire, extend a statute, or make exceptions for any Tax Item in a final agreement with the IRS in respect of any taxable period ending after the Distribution Date, as UNOVA or Western Atlas in its sole discretion may determine. (b) At least six months prior to the expiration of the statute of limitations with respect to any consolidated federal income Tax Return or any Joint Return of UNOVA for any taxable period, UNOVA shall advise Western Atlas in writing of the date of such expiration. Section 3.10. EARNINGS AND PROFITS. The allocation of earnings and profits described in Section 312(h) of the Code and Treas. Reg. Section 1.312-10 shall be made by Western
-36-
Atlas in its sole discretion and its good faith determination shall be binding on the parties hereto. Western Atlas shall provide such allocation to UNOVA on or before the second anniversary of the Distribution Date. Section 3.11. LIABILITY FOR NORAND TAXES. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, UNOVA shall represent Norand Corporation in connection with, and shall pay and hold harmless Western Atlas from and against any and all Taxes, together with related penalties and interest, assessed in respect of any audit, amendment or other change in a Tax Return filed by or on behalf of Norand Corporation for any taxable period ending prior to the date upon which Norand Corporation became a member of the Western Atlas Consolidated Group (hereinafter, "Norand Taxes"). Section 3.12. BREACH. Western Atlas shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the UNOVA Group and UNOVA shall indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Western Atlas Group from and against any Taxes, penalties or interest required to be paid as a result of the breach by a member of the Western Atlas Group or the UNOVA Group, as the case may be, of any obligation under this Agreement.
-37-
ARTICLE IV
INDEMNITY: COOPERATION AND EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION Section 4.1. INDEMNITY.
(a) Western Atlas shall have full responsibility and discretion in
the handling of any federal income tax controversy or controversy with respect
to a Joint Return, including, without limitation, any audit, protest to the
Appeals Division of the IRS, or litigation in Tax Court or any other court of
competent jurisdiction or comparable state governmental authority in the case of
any Joint Return of the Western Atlas Consolidated Group. Upon request by
Western Atlas, UNOVA or any member of the UNOVA Group shall use its reasonable
best efforts to cooperate in a defense in any such federal income tax
controversy or Joint Return controversy with respect to any Reimbursable
Adjustment, or any Restructuring Tax, for which UNOVA could be liable under
(b) Western Atlas shall (i) promptly notify UNOVA of any inquiries by any taxing authority or any other administrative, judicial or other governmental authority that relate to any UNOVA Indemnity Issue or any liability of any
-38-
member of the UNOVA Group that might arise under this Agreement, (ii) shall provide UNOVA with such notice and information as is necessary to keep UNOVA reasonably apprised of the progress of any audit or proceeding involving a UNOVA Indemnity Issue and (iii) shall in good faith consider all reasonable suggestions of UNOVA with respect to the contest of such issue. UNOVA shall promptly notify Western Atlas of any inquiries by any taxing authority or any other administrative, judicial or other governmental authority that relate to any Tax that may be imposed on any member of the Western Atlas Group or any liability of any member of the Western Atlas Group that might arise under this Agreement. Section 4.2. COOPERATION AND EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION. (a) Western Atlas, on behalf of itself and each member of the Western Atlas Group, agrees to provide the UNOVA Group, and UNOVA, on behalf of itself and each member of the UNOVA Group, agrees to provide the Western Atlas Group, with such cooperation and information as the other shall reasonably request in connection with the preparation or filing of any Tax Return or claim for refund contemplated by this Agreement or in conducting any audit or other proceeding in respect of Taxes. Such cooperation and information shall include without limitation promptly forwarding copies of
-39-
appropriate notices and forms or other communications received from or sent to any taxing authority which relate to Western Atlas Businesses in the case of the UNOVA Group and UNOVA Businesses in the case of the Western Atlas Group, or which relate to any Tax Item for which the other party may bear responsibility under the terms of this Agreement, and providing copies of all relevant Tax Returns, together with accompanying schedules and related workpapers, documents relating to rulings or other determinations by taxing authorities, including, without limitation, foreign taxing authorities, and records concerning the ownership and tax basis of property, which either party may possess. Western Atlas shall make available to UNOVA any information in Western Atlas's possession that would enable UNOVA to compute the tax basis of its assets or stock. UNOVA shall collect and make available to Western Atlas foreign tax receipts with respect to periods beginning before the Distribution Date, regardless of when such foreign tax receipts are issued. Each party shall make its employees and facilities available on a mutually convenient basis to provide explanation of any documents or information provided hereunder. However, neither party or its employees shall make any voluntary disclosures to any taxing authority, respecting any taxable period or Tax Item for which the other party may bear
-40-
responsibility under the terms of this Agreement, without the specific prior consent of such other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. (b) Subject to subsection (d) of this Section 4.2, UNOVA and Western Atlas agree to retain all Tax Returns, related schedules and workpapers, and all material records and other documents relating thereto existing on the date hereof or created through or with respect to periods ending on or before the first anniversary of the Distribution Date, until the expiration of the statute of limitations (including extensions) of the taxable years to which such Tax Returns and other documents relate and until the Final Determination of any payments which may be required in respect of such years under this Agreement. Western Atlas and UNOVA agree to advise each other promptly of any such Final Determination. (c) If any member of the Western Atlas Group or the UNOVA Group, as the case may be, fails to provide any information requested pursuant to Section 3.1(b)(1), Section 3.2(a) or this Section 4.2 by (i) the date(s) specified in such Section or (ii) if no date is specified, within a reasonable period, as determined in good faith by the party requesting the information, then the requesting party shall have the right to engage a public accountant of its choice to
-41-
gather such information. UNOVA and Western Atlas, as the case may be, agree upon 24 hours' notice, in the case of a failure to provide information pursuant to Section 3.1(b)(1) or Section 3.2(a) of this Agreement, and otherwise upon 30 days' notice after the expiration of such reasonable period, to permit any such public accountant full access to all appropriate records or other information in the possession of any member of the Western Atlas Group or the UNOVA Group, as the case may be, during reasonable business hours and to reimburse or pay directly all costs and expenses in connection with the engagement of such public accountant. (d) Upon the expiration of any statute of limitations, the documentation of Western Atlas or UNOVA or any member of their respective groups, including, without limitation, books, records, Tax Returns and all supporting schedules and information relating thereto, may be destroyed or disposed of unless (i) the other party requests that such documentation be retained, by written notice describing in reasonable detail the documentation to be retained, and (ii) the recipient of such notice agrees in writing to such retention. If the recipient of such notice objects, then the party proposing the retention shall promptly offer to take
-42-
delivery of such materials from the objecting party at the expense of the objecting party. Section 4.3. RELIANCE ON EXCHANGED INFORMATION. If either Western Atlas or UNOVA, or a member of their respective groups, supplies information to another party upon such party's request, and an officer of the requesting party intends to sign a statement or other document under penalties of perjury in reliance upon the accuracy of such information, then a duly authorized officer of the party supplying such information shall certify, to the best of such party's knowledge, the accuracy and completeness of the information so supplied. ARTICLE V
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 5.1. RESERVES. The parties agree that all accrued taxes, tax reserves and other tax balances in the balance sheet accounts of Western Atlas and its subsidiaries as of the Distribution Date, including but not limited to Financial Consolidations accounts (hereinafter, "Tax Reserves"), shall remain with the Western Atlas Group after the UNOVA Distribution, except for those Tax Reserves which
-43-
shall belong to the UNOVA Group upon the UNOVA Distribution, as set forth by company and division on Schedule B hereto. Section 5.2. EXPENSES. Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or in the Distribution Agreement, each party shall bear any and all expenses that arise from their respective obligations under this Agreement. Section 5.3. PAYMENTS. All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be made in immediately available funds. Section 5.4. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; TERMINATION OF PRIOR AGREEMENTS OTHER THAN LITTON AGREEMENT. Except for that certain Tax Sharing Agreement dated as of March 17, 1994 by and between Litton Industries, Inc. and Western Atlas (the "Litton Agreement"), this Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other agreements, whether or not written, in respect of any Tax between or among any member or members of the Western Atlas Group, on the one hand, and any member or members of the UNOVA Group, on the other hand. All such agreements other than the Litton Agreement are hereby canceled and any rights or obligations existing thereunder are hereby fully and finally settled without any payment by any
-44-
party thereto. This Agreement may not be amended except by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto. Anything in this Agreement or the Distribution Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event and to the extent that there shall be a conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Distribution Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall control. In the event and to the extent that there shall be a conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Litton Agreement, the provisions of the Litton Agreement shall control. Section 5.5. NOTICES. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered (provided a receipt is obtained therefor); or mailed by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested); transmitted by telex or telecopy; or sent by private messenger or carrier that issues delivery receipts, to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses for a party as shall be specified by like notice) and shall be deemed given on the date on which such notice is received: To Western Atlas or any member of the Western Atlas Group:
-45-
General Counsel
To UNOVA or any member of the UNOVA Group:
General Counsel
Section 5.6. APPLICATION TO PRESENT AND FUTURE SUBSIDIARIES. This Agreement is being entered into by Western Atlas and UNOVA on behalf of themselves and each member of the Western Atlas Group and UNOVA Group, respectively. This Agreement shall constitute a direct obligation of each such member and shall be deemed to have been readopted and affirmed on behalf of any corporation which becomes a member of the Western Atlas Group and UNOVA Group in the future. Western Atlas and UNOVA hereby guarantee the performance of all actions, agreements and obligations provided for under this Agreement of each member of the Western Atlas Group and the UNOVA Group, respectively. Western Atlas and UNOVA shall, upon the written request of the other, cause any of their respective group members formally to execute this Agreement. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, the successors, assigns and persons controlling any of the corporations bound hereby for so long
-46-
as such successors, assigns or controlling persons are members of the Western Atlas Group or the UNOVA Group or their successors and assigns. Section 5.7. TERM. This Agreement shall commence on the date of execution indicated below and shall continue in effect until otherwise agreed to in writing by Western Atlas and UNOVA or their successors. Section 5.8. TITLES AND HEADINGS. Titles and headings to sections herein are inserted for the convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Section 5.9. LEGAL ENFORCEABILITY. Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof. Any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provisions in any other jurisdiction. Without prejudice to any rights or remedies otherwise available to any party hereto, each party hereto acknowledges that damages would be an inadequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and
-47-
agrees that the obligations of the parties hereunder shall be specifically enforceable. Section 5.10. FURTHER ASSURANCES. Subject to the provisions hereof, the parties hereto shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver such other instruments and documents, and take all such other actions, as may be reasonably required in order to effectuate the purposes of this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. Subject to the provisions hereof, each of the parties shall, in connection with entering into this Agreement, perform its obligations hereunder and take any and all actions relating hereto, comply with all applicable laws, regulations, orders, and decrees, obtain all required consents and approvals and make all required filings with any governmental agency, other regulatory or administrative agency, commission or similar authority and promptly provide the other parties with all such information as they may reasonably request in order to be able to comply with the provisions of this sentence. Section 5.11. PARTIES IN INTEREST. Except as herein otherwise specifically provided, nothing in this Agreement expressed or implied is intended to confer any right or benefit upon any person, firm or corporation other
-48-
than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Section 5.12. SETOFF. All payments to be made under this Agreement shall be made without setoff, counterclaim or withholding, all of which are expressly waived. Section 5.13. CHANGE OF LAW. If, due to any change in applicable law or regulations or the interpretation thereof by any court of law or other governing body having jurisdiction subsequent to the date of this Agreement, performance of any provision of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated thereby shall become impracticable or impossible, the parties hereto shall use their best efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such provision. Section 5.14. GOVERNING LAW AND INTERPRETATION. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California applicable to agreements made and to be performed in the State of California, without regard to conflict of laws principles thereof.
-49-
Section 5.14. RESOLUTION OF CERTAIN DISPUTES.
(a) Disagreements between Western Atlas, on the one hand, and the
members of the UNOVA Group, on the other, with respect to amounts that Western
Atlas claims are owed by the UNOVA Group, or that the UNOVA Group claims are
owed by Western Atlas, under Sections 3.3, 3.4 or 3.6 of this Agreement shall be
resolved as follows: No later than the last day on which a disputed payment
could be timely made pursuant to Section 3.3, 3.4 or 3.6 of this Agreement, as
the case may be, the complaining party shall provide written notice to the other
party of the amount of the payment with which it disagrees and the basis for
such disagreement. Any disagreement that is not resolved by mutual agreement
within 30 days of such notice shall be resolved by arbitration pursuant to this
(b) Any arbitrator selected pursuant to this Section 5.15 shall have at least five years of experience in the
-50-
field of corporate taxation, shall be an attorney licensed to practice law in any state of the United States and shall not be or have been employed by or affiliated with either party. The parties shall first attempt to agree on a mutually satisfactory arbitrator. If the parties are unable to agree on a mutually satisfactory arbitrator within 15 days after expiration of the 30-day dispute resolution period specified in subsection (a) of this Section 5.15, such arbitrator shall be selected by the American Arbitration Association. If the position of an arbitrator is vacated, the person or persons who originally selected the arbitrator to fill such position shall select a new arbitrator to fill the position. The arbitrator's fees and expenses shall be borne equally by Western Atlas and UNOVA. (c) Arbitration Procedure. (i) The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the rules set forth in Exhibit A. The arbitration shall not be conducted under the auspices of the American Arbitration Association. (ii) Each party within 30 days after engagement of the arbitrator shall submit to the arbitrator a written statement of the party's position (including the total net amount it
-51-
asserts is owed by it or is due to it) regarding the total amount in dispute, which position shall be consistent with any notice provided by such party pursuant to subsection (a) of this Section 5.15, together with a copy of such notice. (iii) The arbitrator shall base his decision on the following standards. In the case of a factual dispute between the parties, the arbitrator shall make a determination of the correct facts. In the case of a dispute regarding a legal issue or a settlement amount, the arbitrator shall consider the strength of Western Atlas's and UNOVA's litigation positions (with respect to all issues raised by the taxing authority with whom the settlement was made in a Revenue Agent's Report or similar document) relative to the costs and risks of litigation. Upon making determinations with respect to all issues in dispute the arbitrator shall find in favor of the party whose statement submitted pursuant to paragraph (ii) above proposed the amount closest to the aggregate of the amounts so determined. (iv) The arbitrator shall render a written decision stating only the amount of such decision as soon as practicable. The arbitrator shall also orally explain the bases of such decision to both parties as soon as practicable. If and only if both parties request, the arbitrator shall state the bases
-52-
of such decision in writing. The arbitrator's decision shall be in an amount equal to one of the total amounts asserted by one of the parties in the written statements submitted pursuant to paragraph (ii) above. The arbitrator shall not, and is not authorized to, render a decision in any other amount. (v) The arbitrator's decision shall be final and binding on the parties.
Section 5.16. CONFIDENTIALITY. Each party shall hold and shall cause
its consultants and advisors to hold in strict confidence, unless compelled to
disclose by judicial or administrative process or, in the opinion of its
counsel, by other requirements of law, all information (other than any such
information relating solely to the business or affairs of such party) concerning
the other parties hereto furnished it by such other party or its representatives
pursuant to this Agreement (except to the extent that such information can be
shown to have been (i) previously known by the party to which it was furnished,
-53-
advisors, bankers and other consultants and advisors who shall be advised of the provisions of this Agreement. Each party shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligation to hold confidential information concerning or supplied by the other party if it exercises the same care as it takes to preserve confidentiality for its own similar information. Section 5.17. LIMITATION ON WAIVERS. The provisions of this Agreement may be waived only if the waiver is in writing and signed by the party making the waiver. No delay or omission in exercising any right under this Agreement will operate as a waiver of the right on any further occasion. No waiver of any particular provision of this Agreement will be treated as a waiver of any other provision, and no waiver of any rights will be deemed a continuing waiver of the same right with respect to subsequent occurrences that give rise to it. All rights given by this Agreement are cumulative to other rights provided for in this Agreement and to any other rights available under applicable law. Section 5.18. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
-54-
Section 5.19. FAIR MEANING. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with its fair meaning and shall not be construed strictly against the drafter. Section 5.20. CONSTRUCTION. In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, the terms "herein," "hereof," "hereto," and "hereunder" refer to this Agreement. Section 5.21. TERMINATION. This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Distribution Date, without the approval of UNOVA, by and in the sole discretion of the Western Atlas Board of Directors. In the event of such termination, no party shall have any liability to the other party from or for the terminated Agreement, except that expenses incurred in connection with the preparation of this Agreement shall be paid as provided in Section 5.2 hereof.
-55-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first above written. WESTERN ATLAS INC.
By:
Title: UNOVA INC.
By:
Title: -56- EXHIBIT "A" ARBITRATION PROCEDURAL RULES 1. Administration and Conduct of Arbitration. (a) At the discretion of the Arbitrator, an administrative conference with the Arbitrator and the parties and/or their representatives will be scheduled in appropriate cases to expedite the Arbitration proceedings. (b) It is intended that the Arbitration be conducted in an expeditious manner and without evidentiary hearing or oral presentation and argument, unless the Arbitrator determines, at any time, that an evidentiary hearing, and/or oral presentation or argument is desired by the Arbitrator for the rendition of an award or a decision. However, the Arbitrator shall fix limits on the duration of any such evidentiary hearing and/or oral presentation and argument, in advance, with time equally divided between the parties. (c) On such schedule as may be established by the Arbitrator, each of the parties shall submit simultaneous briefs, including exhibits, to the Arbitrator supporting their respective positions. There shall be no limit to the number of pages included in such briefs or to the number of exhibits. Each party shall have a reasonable opportunity, as determined by the Arbitrator, to reply to the brief of the other. The Arbitrator shall have the right to request additional written statements of all or any of the parties; provided that each party shall have the reasonable opportunity to reply to any such additional statements submitted in response to the request of the Arbitrator. 2. Fixing of Locale. The parties may mutually agree to the locale where the Arbitration is to be held. If the parties cannot agree on the locale, the Arbitrator shall have the power to determine the locale and its decision shall be final and binding. 3. Date, Time and Place of Hearing. The Arbitrator shall set the date, time, and place for any hearing. The Arbitrator shall mail to each party notice thereof at least ten days in advance, unless the parties by mutual agreement waive such notice or modify the terms thereof. 4. Postponements. The Arbitrator for good cause show may postpone any hearing upon the request of a party or upon the Arbitra-
-2-
tor's own initiative, and shall also grant such postponement when all of the parties agree thereto. 5. Oaths. Before proceeding with the first hearing, the Arbitrator may take an oath of office and, if required by law, shall do so. The Arbitrator may require witnesses to testify under oath administered by any duly qualified person and, if it is required by law, shall do so. 6. Order of Proceedings and Communication with Arbitrator. (a) A hearing shall be opened by the filing of the oath of the Arbitrator, where required, and by the recording of the date, time, and place of the hearing, and the presence of the Arbitrator, the parties, and their representatives, if any. (b) The Arbitrator may, at the beginning of the hearing, ask for statements clarifying the issues involved. (c) The complaining party shall then present evidence and/or argument, as required by the Arbitrator, to support its claim. The defending party shall then present evidence and/or argument supporting its position and responding to the position of the other. Witnesses, if any, for each party shall submit to questions or other examination. The
-3-
Arbitrator has the discretion to vary this procedure but, within the time limits specified above, shall afford a full and equal opportunity to all parties for the presentation of any material and relevant evidence. (d) Exhibits, when offered by either party, may be received in evidence by the Arbitrator. The names and addresses of any witnesses and a description of the exhibits in the order received shall be made a part of the record. (e) There shall be no direct communication between the parties and the Arbitrator other than at oral hearing, unless the parties and the Arbitrator agree in writing. 7. Arbitration in the Absence of a Party or Representative. Unless the law provides to the contrary, the Arbitration may proceed in the absence of any party or representative who, after due notice, fails to be present or fails to obtain a postponement ("absence in default"). An award shall not be made solely on the default of a party. The Arbitrator shall require the party who is present to submit such evidence as the Arbitrator may require for the making of an award.
-4-
8. Evidence. (a) The parties may offer such evidence as is relevant and material to the dispute and shall produce such evidence as the Arbitrator may deem necessary to an understanding and determination of the dispute. (b) The Arbitrator shall be the judge of the relevance and materiality of the evidence offered, and conformity to legal rules of evidence shall not be necessary. All evidence shall be taken in the presence of the Arbitrator and all of the parties, except where any of the parties is absent in default or has waived the right to be present. 9. Evidence by Affidavit and Post-Hearing Filing of Documents or Other Evidence. (a) The Arbitrator may receive and consider the evidence of witnesses by affidavit, but shall give it only such weight as the Arbitrator deems it to be entitled to after consideration of any objection made to its admission. (b) If the parties agree or the Arbitrator directs that documents or other evidence be submitted to the Arbitrator after the hearing, the documents or other evidence shall be
-5-
filed with the Arbitrator. All parties shall be afforded an opportunity to examine such documents or other evidence. 10. Closing of Hearing. If satisfied that the record is complete, the Arbitrator shall declare the hearing closed and a minute thereof shall be recorded. If briefs are to be filed, the hearing shall be declared closed as of the final date set by the Arbitrator for the receipt of briefs. If documents are to be filed as provided in Section 9 and the date set for their receipt is later than that set for the receipt of briefs, the later date shall be the date of closing of the hearing. 11. Reopening of Hearing. The hearing may be reopened on the Arbitrator's initiative at any time before the award is made. If reopening the hearing would prevent the making of the award within the specified time limit, the matter may not be reopened unless the parties agree on an extension of time. 12. Waiver of Oral Hearing. The parties may provide, by written agreement, for the waiver of oral hearing in any case.
-6-
13. Waiver of Rules. Any party who proceeds with the Arbitration after knowledge that any provision or requirement of these rules has not been complied with and who fails to state an objection thereto in writing shall be deemed to have waived the right to object. 14. Extensions of Time. The parties may modify any period of time by mutual agreement. The Arbitrator may for good cause extend any period of time established by these rules, except the time for making the award. The Arbitrator shall notify the parties of any extension. 15. Serving of Notice. Each party shall be deemed to have consented that any papers, notices, or process necessary or proper for the initiation or continuation of an Arbitration under these rules, for any court action in connection therewith, or for the entry of judgment on any award made under these rules may be served on a party by mail addressed to the party or its representative at the last known address or by personal service, in or outside the state where the Arbitration is to be
-7-
held, provided that reasonable opportunity to be heard with regard thereto has been granted to the party. 16. Time of the Award. The award shall be made promptly by the Arbitrator and, unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing or specified by law, no later than thirty days from the date of closing the hearing, or, if oral hearings have not been held, from the date of the transmittal of the final briefs, statements and proofs to the Arbitrator. 17. Award upon Settlement. If the parties settle their dispute during the course of the Arbitration, the Arbitrator may set forth the terms of the agreed settlement in an award. Such an award is referred to as a consent award. 18. Deliver of Award to Parties. Parties shall accept as legal delivery of the award the placing of the award or a true copy thereof in the mail addressed to a party or its representative at the last known address, personal service of the award, or the filing of the award in any other manner that is permitted by law.
-8-
19. Applications to Court and Exclusion of Liability. (a) No judicial proceeding by a party relating to the subject matter of the Arbitration shall be deemed a waiver of the party's right to arbitrate. (b) Parties to these rules shall be deemed to have consented that judgment upon the Arbitration award may be entered in any federal or state court having jurisdiction thereof. 20. Interpretation and Application of Rules. The Arbitrator shall interpret and apply these rules insofar as they relate to the Arbitrator's powers and duties. If there is more than one Arbitrator and a difference arises among them concerning the meaning or application of these rules, it shall be decided by a majority vote. 21. Complex Procedures. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the parties mutually agree, any Arbitration to be conducted between the parties may be concluded in the manner provided for in the Supplementary Procedure for Large Complex Disputes of the American Arbitration Association, with such modification as the parties may agree upon.
-9-
EXHIBIT 10E INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY AGREEMENT This Intellectual Property Agreement, dated this day of , 1997, is entered into by and between Western Atlas Inc., a Delaware corporation ("WESTERN"), and UNOVA, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("UNOVA"). WHEREAS, WESTERN proposes the distribution (the "Distribution") to its shareholders in a tax-free spin-off of UNOVA which will own WESTERN's industrial automation systems business, consisting of the automated data collection and mobile computing businesses operated by Intermec Corporation, Norand Corporation and United Barcode Industries and the integrated manufacturing systems, body welding and assembly systems and precision grinding and abrasive systems businesses operated by various WESTERN divisions (collectively, the "UNOVA Businesses"); WHEREAS, WESTERN will retain its oilfield information services businesses (the "Western Businesses"); WHEREAS, WESTERN and UNOVA each desire to allocate intellectual property to the business which is using or holding for use the intellectual property; WHEREAS, WESTERN became a publicly traded company as a result of a tax-free spin-off from Litton Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Litton"), on March 17, 1994; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, WESTERN and UNOVA agree as follows: 1. Definition: "Intellectual Property" is defined to mean patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, registrations and applications for registration of trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights, software, mask works, trade secrets and technical information and licenses relating thereto. 2. Patents: WESTERN does hereby sell, assign, transfer and convey unto UNOVA, its successors and assigns, the entire right, title and interest in and to the patents and patent applications set forth in Attachment A.1 including any divisions, continuations or continuations-in-part thereof, and any re-examinations or re-issues thereof, not only for, to and in the United States of America, its territories and possessions, but for, to and in all countries foreign thereto, together with the right to recover for past infringement. 3. Trademarks: 3.1 WESTERN does hereby sell, assign, transfer, and convey unto UNOVA, its successors and assigns, the entire right, title and interest in and to the trademark or service mark registrations and applications for registrations set forth in Attachment B.1 including the right to recover for past infringement of said trademarks and service marks and the good will of the business in connection with which said trademarks and service marks are used and which is symbolized thereby. 3.2 UNOVA has adopted and begun to use the name "UNOVA" as a trade name, trademark and service mark. WESTERN is currently the owner of trademark, service mark and/or trade name applications for registration and/or reservations of "UNOVA" in the United States of America, several States within the United States of America and countries foreign thereto. WESTERN does hereby sell, assign, transfer, and convey unto UNOVA, its successors and assigns, the entire right, title and interest in and to such "UNOVA" trademark, service mark, and/or trade name applications and reservations, including the right to recover for past infringement of said marks and the good will in the business in connection with which said marks are used and which is symbolized thereby.
1
3.3 WESTERN shall retain ownership in the corporate name, trademark and service mark "WESTERN ATLAS," including the trademark and service mark applications for registration and registrations of "WESTERN ATLAS" in the United States of America and countries foreign thereto listed in Attachment B.5 whose files shall be transferred from the present corporate headquarters of WESTERN to the Houston Texas, offices of WESTERN upon the Distribution. 4. Assistance: 4.1 The distribution on March 17, 1994, by Litton, which resulted in the tax-free spin-off of WESTERN, included that certain Intellectual Property Agreement, Annex C of the Distribution Agreement, under which Litton was to sell, assign, transfer and convey unto WESTERN certain patents and trademarks. Some of those certain patents may still be assigned of record to Litton and/or its subsidiaries (or a predecessor in interest to Litton and/or its subsidiaries). Attachments A.2, A.3 and A.4 hereto list, respectively, patents owned by Litton Industrial Automation Systems, Inc. (LIAS)(which changed its name to WESTERN); Litton Industrial Products, Inc. (LIPI); and Pratt & Whitney (PW). Some of those certain trademarks may still be assigned of record to Litton and/or its subsidiaries. Attachments B.2, B.3 and B.4 hereto list, respectively, trademarks owned by Litton Industries, Inc. (LII); Litton Industrial Automation Systems, Inc. (LIAS); and Litton Industrial Products, Inc. (LIPI). WESTERN, if requested, will execute documents as reasonably requested by UNOVA, and without expense to WESTERN, to obtain the sale, assignment, transfer and conveyance unto UNOVA, its successors and assigns of the entire right, title and interest in and to the patents and trademarks set forth in Attachments A.2, A.3, A.4, B.2, B.3 and B.4 hereto. 5. Other Intellectual Property: The ownership of Intellectual Property not specifically referred to in Sections 2, 3, 4 and 6 of this Intellectual Property Agreement shall be as follows: 5.1 Intellectual Property owned by each incorporated subsidiary owned in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, by WESTERN or UNOVA will continue to be owned by each such subsidiary. 5.2 Intellectual Property which is used or held for use by a division or other unit of WESTERN in the Western Businesses, including Intellectual Property from discontinued operations of the oilfield information services business, shall continue to be owned by WESTERN. 5.3 Intellectual Property which is used or held for use by a division or other unit of WESTERN in the UNOVA Businesses, including Intellectual Property from discontinued operations of the UNOVA Businesses, shall be owned by, and all WESTERN's right, title and interest is hereby assigned by WESTERN to, UNOVA. 5.4 Intellectual Property used jointly by the Western Businesses and the UNOVA Businesses listed in Attachment C hereto shall be retained by WESTERN. 5.5 Copyrights, software, software services and licenses and agreements relating thereto, presently owned by WESTERN, including e-mail, which have been used at the corporate headquarters of WESTERN and which relate to or are utilized primarily or exclusively by the Western Businesses shall remain the property of WESTERN. Copyrights, software, software services and licenses and agreements relating thereto, presently owned by WESTERN, including e-mail, which have been used at the corporate headquarters of WESTERN, and which relate to or are utilized primarily or exclusively by the UNOVA Businesses shall become the property of UNOVA, to the extent the same may be transferred to UNOVA. If requested, WESTERN will assist with the assignment to UNOVA of any transferable right, title and interest of WESTERN in such copyrights, software, software services and related licenses and agreements which relate to or are utilized primarily or exclusively by the UNOVA Businesses. Copyrights, software, software services and licenses and agreements relating thereto, presently owned by WESTERN, including e-mail, which have been used at the corporate headquarters of WESTERN and which relate to or are utilized by both the Western Businesses and the UNOVA Businesses and not primarily by the Western Businesses shall become the property of UNOVA, to the extent the same may be transferred to UNOVA;
2
provided, however, that UNOVA will cooperate with and, if requested, assist WESTERN to obtain similar copyrights, software, software services and licenses and agreements relating thereto. 6. Licenses: 6.1 In no event shall UNOVA, or any direct or indirect subsidiary or division of UNOVA have any interest in or rights under the non-exclusive license granted to Litton under the Amalgamation Agreement dated April 30, 1987 (including Section ll.9(b), Exhibit M and Schedule M(b)), among Litton Industries, Inc. Research Holdings, Inc., a successor-in-interest to Western Geophysical Company of America, of the first part, Dresser Industries, Inc., of the second part, and Western Atlas International, Inc., of the third part, and the Letter Agreement dated June 10, 1993 among Litton Industries, Inc., Western Atlas Inc. and Western Atlas International, Inc. ("Non-Exclusive License"). 6.2 Promptly following the Distribution Date (as defined in the Distribution and Indemnity Agreement), UNOVA shall cause all UNOVA subsidiaries with names that include the words "Western Atlas" or derivations thereof to change their corporate names to names that do not include such words or derivations. WESTERN grants to UNOVA and the UNOVA subsidiaries the right to leave the Western Atlas name on all buildings, vehicles, inventory and supplies owned by UNOVA or the UNOVA subsidiaries in the form it appears thereon on the Distribution Date, until the sooner of the date on which all inventory and supplies existing on the Distribution Date have been consumed or sold or six months following the Distribution Date; provided, however, that UNOVA shall indemnify WESTERN for any loss incurred by WESTERN in connection with such use by UNOVA and the UNOVA subsidiaries. Nothing in this Section 6.2 shall be construed to grant to UNOVA or the UNOVA subsidiaries any rights whatsoever in the Western Atlas name. WESTERN and UNOVA shall, and shall require their subsidiaries to, take such actions and execute such documents as required to carry out and complete the transfer of Intellectual Property contemplated under this Agreement. After the Distribution should a patent or patent application, or a trademark registration or application for registration of a trademark be discovered which is assigned directly to WESTERN, and which is a part of the UNOVA Businesses, WESTERN will assign such patent, patent application, trademark registration or application for registration of a trademark to UNOVA. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto affix their respective hands as of the date indicated above.
WESTERN ATLAS INC.
By:___________________________________ (Print Name) (Print Title) UNOVA, INC. By:___________________________________ (Print Name) (Print Title) 3 CHANGE OF CONTROL EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT AGREEMENT by and between UNOVA, Inc. , a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and , dated as of the day of . The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board"), has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication of the Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined below) of the Company. The Board believes it is imperative to diminish the inevitable distraction of the Executive by virtue of the personal uncertainties and risks created by a pending or threatened Change of Control and to encourage the Executive's full attention and dedication to the Company currently and in the event of any threatened or pending Change of Control, and to provide the Executive with compensation and benefits arrangements upon a Change of Control which ensure that the compensation and benefits expectations of the Executive will be satisfied and which are competitive with those of other corporations. Therefore, in order to accomplish these objectives, the Board has caused the Company to enter into this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS: 1. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS. (a) The "Effective Date" shall mean the first date during the Change of Control Period (as defined in Section 1(b)) on which a Change of Control (as defined in Section 2) occurs. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if a Change of Control occurs and if the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated prior to the date on which the Change of Control occurs, and if it is reasonably demonstrated by the Executive that such termination of employment (i) was at the request of a third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change of Control or (ii) otherwise arose in connection with or anticipation of a Change of Control, then for all purposes of this Agreement the "Effective Date" shall mean the date immediately prior to the date of such termination of employment. (b) The "Change of Control Period" shall mean the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the third anniversary of the date hereof; provided, however, that commencing on the date one year after the date hereof, and on each annual anniversary of such date (such date and each annual anniversary thereof shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Renewal Date"), unless previously terminated, the Change of Control Period shall be automatically extended so as to terminate three years from such Renewal Date, unless at least 60 days prior to the Renewal Date the Company shall give notice to the Executive that the Change of Control Period shall not be so extended. 2. CHANGE OF CONTROL. For the purpose of this Agreement, a "Change of Control" shall mean: (a) An acquisition by any individual, entity, or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) (a "Person") of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 30 percent or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding Company Common Stock") or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting Securities"); excluding , however, the following acquisitions of Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities: (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company, or (iv) any acquisition by any Person pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii), and (iii) of subsection (c) of this Section 2; or
1
(b) Individuals who, as of the effective date hereof, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to such effective date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but provided further, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest ( as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or (c) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a reorganization, merger, or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company ( "Business Combination") or if consummation of such Business Combination is subject, at the time of such approval by shareholders, to the consent of any government or governmental agency, obtaining of such consent (either explicitly or implicitly by consummation); excluding, however, such a Business Combination pursuant to which (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60 percent of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 30 percent or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination will have been members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or (d) The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company. 3. EMPLOYMENT PERIOD. The Company hereby agrees to continue the Executive in its employ, and the Executive hereby agrees to remain in the employ of the Company subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of such date (the "Employment Period"). 4. TERMS OF EMPLOYMENT. (a) POSITION AND DUTIES. (i) During the Employment Period, (A) the Executive's position (including status, offices, titles, and reporting requirements), authority, duties, and responsibilities shall be at least commensurate in all material respects with the most significant of those held, exercised, and assigned at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date and (B) the Executive's services shall be performed at the location where the Executive was employed immediately preceding the Effective Date or any office or location less than 35 miles from such location.
2
(ii) During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation and sick leave to which the Executive is entitled, the Executive agrees to devote reasonable attention and time during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company and, to the extent necessary to discharge the responsibilities assigned to the Executive hereunder, to use the Executive's reasonable best efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently such responsibilities. During the Employment Period it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to (A) serve on corporate, civic, or charitable boards or committees, (B) deliver lectures, fulfill speaking engagements, or teach at educational institutions, and (C) manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not significantly interfere with the performance of the Executive's responsibilities as an employee of the Company in accordance with this Agreement. It is expressly understood and agreed that to the extent that any such activities have been conducted by the Executive prior to the Effective Date, the continued conduct of such activities (or the conduct of activities similar in nature and scope thereto) subsequent to the Effective Date shall not thereafter be deemed to interfere with the performance of the Executive's responsibilities to the Company. (b) COMPENSATION. (i) BASE SALARY. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall receive an annual base salary ("Annual Base Salary"), which shall be paid at a monthly rate, at least equal to twelve times the highest monthly base salary paid or payable, including any base salary which has been earned but deferred, to the Executive by the Company and its affiliated companies in respect of the twelve-month period immediately preceding the month in which the Effective Date occurs. During the Employment Period, the Annual Base Salary shall be reviewed no more than 12 months after the last salary increase awarded to the Executive prior to the Effective Date and thereafter at least annually. Any increase in Annual Base Salary shall not serve to limit or reduce any other obligation to the Executive under this Agreement. Annual Base Salary shall not be reduced after any such increase and the term Annual Base Salary as utilized in this Agreement shall refer to Annual Base Salary as so increased. As used in this Agreement, the term "affiliated companies" shall include any company controlled by, controlling, or under common control with the Company. (ii) ANNUAL BONUS. In addition to Annual Base Salary, the Executive shall be awarded, for each fiscal year ending during the Employment Period, an annual bonus in cash at least equal to the Executive's highest award or awards for any fiscal year under the Company's plan or plans which provide for the grant of annual cash bonuses or other short-term cash incentive awards during the last three full fiscal years prior to the Effective Date (any such award shall be annualized for any fiscal year in the event that the Executive was not employed by the Company for the whole of such fiscal year) (the "Annual Bonus"). Each such Annual Bonus plus unpaid but due amounts from prior awards shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan but in no event later than the last day of the Employment Period. In the event the Executive has not received an Annual Bonus during the period of three fiscal years prior to the Effective Date, the Annual Bonus shall be the maximum amount of the bonus or award the Executive could earn for the fiscal year during which the Effective Date occurs under any plan or arrangement in which the Executive participates or is eligible to participate and assuming: (1) the attainment of any performance goals or similar criterion applicable to the Executive to the extent necessary for the Executive to qualify to receive the maximum award; and (2) the Executive's employment by the Company for the full fiscal year. (iii) INCENTIVE, SAVINGS, AND RETIREMENT PLANS. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all incentive (including stock option or similar incentive plans), savings and retirement plans, practices, policies and programs applicable generally to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies, but in no event shall such plans, practices, policies, and programs provide the Executive with incentive opportunities (measured with respect to both regular
3
and special incentive opportunities, to the extent, if any, that such distinction is applicable), savings opportunities and retirement benefit opportunities, in each case, less favorable, in the aggregate, than the most favorable of those provided by the Company and its affiliated companies for the Executive under such plans, practices, policies, and programs as in effect at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or if more favorable to the Executive, those provided generally at any time after the Effective Date to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies. (iv) WELFARE BENEFIT PLANS. During the Employment Period, the Executive and/or the Executive's family, as the case may be, shall be eligible for participation in and shall receive all benefits under welfare benefit plans, practices, policies, and programs provided by the Company and its affiliated companies (including, without limitation, medical, prescription, dental, disability, salary continuance, employee life, group life, accidental death, and travel accident insurance plans and programs) to the extent applicable generally to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies, but in no event shall such plans, practices, policies, and programs provide the Executive with benefits which are less favorable, in the aggregate, than the most favorable of such plans, practices, policies, and programs in effect for the Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, those provided generally at any time after the Effective Date to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies. (v) EXPENSES. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the most favorable policies, practices, and procedures of the Company and its affiliated companies in effect for the Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies. (vi) FRINGE BENEFITS. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits, including, without limitation, if applicable, tax and financial planning services, use of an automobile and payment of related expenses, in accordance with the most favorable plans, practices, programs, and policies of the Company and its affiliated companies in effect for the Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies. (vii) OFFICE AND SUPPORT STAFF. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to an office or offices of a size and with furnishings and other appointments, and to exclusive personal secretarial and other assistance, at least equal to the most favorable of the foregoing provided to the Executive by the Company and its affiliated companies at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, as provided generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies. (viii) VACATION. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation in accordance with the most favorable plans, policies, programs, and practices of the Company and its affiliated companies as in effect for the Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies. 5. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. (a) DEATH OR DISABILITY. The Executive's employment shall terminate automatically upon the Executive's death during the Employment Period. If the Company determines in good faith that the Disability of the Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant to the definition of Disability set
4
forth below), it may give to the Executive written notice in accordance with
(b) CAUSE. The Company may terminate the Executive's employment during the Employment Period for Cause. For purposes of this Agreement, "Cause" shall mean: (i) the willful and continued failure of the Executive to perform substantially the Executive's duties with the Company or one of its affiliates (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company which specifically identifies the manner in which the Board or Chief Executive Officer believes that the Executive has not substantially performed the Executive's duties; or (ii) the willful engaging by the Executive in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company. For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act, on the part of the Executive, shall be considered "willful" unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Executive's action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or upon the instructions of the Chief Executive Officer or a senior officer of the Company or based upon the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. The cessation of employment of the Executive shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to the Executive and the Executive is given an opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Board, the Executive is guilty of the conduct described in subparagraph (i) or (ii) above, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. (c) GOOD REASON. The Executive's employment may be terminated by the Executive for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean: (i) the assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent in any respect with the Executive's position (including status, offices, titles, and reporting requirements), authority, duties, or responsibilities as contemplated by Section 4(a) of this Agreement, or any other action by the Company which results in a diminution in such position, authority, duties, or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;
(ii) any failure by the Company to comply with any of the provisions of
5
(iii) the Company's requiring the Executive to be based at any office or location other than as provided in Section 4(a)(i)(B) hereof or the Company's requiring the Executive to travel on Company business to a substantially greater extent than required immediately prior to the Effective Date; (iv) any purported termination by the Company of the Executive's employment otherwise than as expressly permitted by this Agreement; or (v) any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy Section 11(c) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Section 5(c), any good faith determination of "Good Reason" made by the Executive shall be conclusive. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, a termination by the Executive for any reason during the 30-day period immediately following the first anniversary of the Effective Date shall be deemed to be a termination for Good Reason for all purposes of this Agreement. (d) NOTICE OF TERMINATION. Any termination by the Company for Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 12(b) of this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Notice of Termination" means a written notice which (i) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (ii) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive's employment under the provision so indicated, and (iii) if the Date of Termination (as defined below) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the termination date (which date shall be not more than thirty days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance which contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Executive's or the Company's rights hereunder. (e) DATE OF TERMINATION. "Date of Termination" means (i) if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or any later date specified therein, as the case may be, (ii) if the Executive's employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date on which the Company notifies the Executive of such termination, and (iii) if the Executive's employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the Date of Termination shall be the date of death of the Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be. 6. OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY UPON TERMINATION. (a) GOOD REASON; OTHER THAN FOR CAUSE, DEATH OR DISABILITY. If, during the Employment Period, the Company shall terminate the Executive's employment other than for Cause or Disability or the Executive shall terminate employment for Good Reason: (i) the Company shall pay to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days after the Date of Termination the aggregate of the following amounts: A. the sum of (1) the Executive's Annual Base Salary through the Date of Termination to the extent not theretofore paid, (2) the product of (x) the Annual Bonus, and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the current fiscal year through the Date of Termination, and the denominator of which is 365, and (3) any compensation previously deferred by the Executive (together with any accrued interest or earnings thereon), any awards under the Performance Award Plan or any comparable or successor plan and any accrued vacation pay, in each case to the extent not theretofore paid (the sum of the amounts described in clauses (1), (2), and (3) shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Accrued Obligations"); and
6
B. the amount equal to the product of (1) three and (2) the sum of
C. utilizing actuarial assumptions no less favorable to the Executive
than those in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date, an amount
equal to the excess of (a) the actuarial equivalent of the benefit under
the Company's qualified defined benefit retirement plan (the "Retirement
Plan") and any excess or supplemental retirement plan in which the
Executive participates (together, the "SERP") which the Executive would
receive if the Executive's employment continued for three years after the
Date of Termination assuming for this purpose that all accrued benefits
are fully vested, and, assuming that the Executive's compensation in each
of the three years is that required by Section 4(b)(i) and Section
(ii) for three years after the Executive's Date of Termination, or such longer period as may be provided by the terms of the appropriate plan, practice, policy, or program, the Company shall continue benefits to the Executive and/or the Executive's family at least equal to those which would have been provided to them in accordance with the plans, programs, practices, and policies described in Section 4(b)(iv) of this Agreement if the Executive's employment had not been terminated or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies and their families, provided, however, that if the Executive becomes reemployed with another employer and is eligible to receive medical or other welfare benefits under another employer provided plan, the medical and other welfare benefits described herein shall be secondary to those provided under such other plan during such applicable period of eligibility. For purposes of determining eligibility (but not the time of commencement of benefits) of the Executive for retiree benefits pursuant to such plans, practices, programs, and policies, the Executive shall be considered to have remained employed until three years after the Date of Termination and to have retired on the last day of such period; (iii) the Company shall, at its sole expense as incurred, provide the Executive with outplacement services the scope and provider of which shall be selected by the Executive in his or her sole discretion; and (iv) to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive any other amounts or benefits required to be paid or provided or which the Executive is eligible to receive under any plan, program, policy, or practice or contract or agreement of the Company and its affiliated companies (such other amounts and benefits shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Other Benefits"). (b) DEATH. If the Executive's employment is terminated by reason of the Executive's death during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive's legal representatives under this Agreement, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive's estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as utilized in this Section 6(b) shall include, without limitation, and the Executive's estate and/or beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive, benefits at least equal to the most favorable benefits provided by the Company and affiliated companies to the estates and beneficiaries of peer executives of the Company and such affiliated companies under such plans, programs, practices, and policies relating to death benefits, if any, as in effect with respect to other peer executives and their beneficiaries at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive's estate and/or the Executive's beneficiaries, as in
7
effect on the date of the Executive's death with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies and their beneficiaries. (c) DISABILITY. If the Executive's employment is terminated by reason of the Executive's Disability during the Employment Period, this Agreement shall terminate without further obligations to the Executive, other than for payment of Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or provision of Other Benefits. Accrued Obligations shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum in cash within 30 days of the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of Other Benefits, the term Other Benefits as utilized in this Section 6(c) shall include, and the Executive shall be entitled after the Disability Effective Date to receive, disability and other benefits at least equal to the most favorable of those generally provided by the Company and its affiliated companies to disabled executives and/or their families in accordance with such plans, programs, practices, and policies relating to disability, if any, as in effect generally with respect to other peer executives and their families at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive and/or the Executive's family, as in effect at any time thereafter generally with respect to other peer executives of the Company and its affiliated companies and their families.
(d) CAUSE; OTHER THAN FOR GOOD REASON. If the Executive's employment shall
be terminated for Cause during the Employment Period or if the Executive
voluntarily terminates employment during the Employment Period, excluding a
termination for Good Reason, this Agreement shall terminate without further
obligations to the Executive other than the obligation to pay to the Executive
7. NON-EXCLUSIVITY OF RIGHTS. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive's continuing or future participation in any plan, practice, policy, or program provided by the Company or any of its affiliated companies and for which the Executive may qualify, nor, subject to Section 12(f), shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the Executive may have under any contract or agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies. Amounts which are vested benefits or which the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice, or program of or any contract or agreement with the Company or any of its affiliated companies at or subsequent to the Date of Termination shall be payable in accordance with such plan, practice, policy, or program or contract or agreement except as explicitly modified by this Agreement. 8. FULL SETTLEMENT. The Company's obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense, or other claim, right, or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement and such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment. The Company agrees to pay as incurred, to the full extent permitted by law, all legal fees and expenses which the Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any contest (regardless of the outcome thereof) by the Company, the Executive or others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or any guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result of any contest by the Executive about the amount of any payment pursuant to this Agreement), plus in each case interest on any delayed payment at the applicable Federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). 9. CERTAIN ADDITIONAL PAYMENTS BY THE COMPANY. (a) Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding and except as set forth below, in the event it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement
8
or otherwise, but determined without regard to any additional payments required under this Section 9) (a "Payment") would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Executive with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as (the "Excise Tax")), then the Executive shall be entitled to receive an additional payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") in an amount such that after payment by the Executive of all taxes (including any interest or penalties imposed with respect to such taxes), including, without limitation, any income taxes (and any interest and penalties imposed with respect thereto) and Excise Tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment, the Executive retains an amount of the Gross-Up Payment equal to the Excise Tax imposed upon the Payments. (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 9(c), all determinations required to be made under this Section 9, including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up Payment and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by Deloitte & Touche or such other certified public accounting firm as may be designated by the Executive (the "Accounting Firm") which shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity, or group effecting the Change of Control, the Executive shall appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any Gross-Up Payment, as determined pursuant to this Section 9, shall be paid by the Company to the Executive within five days of the receipt of the Accounting Firm's determination. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive. As a result of the uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of the Code at the time of the initial determination by the Accounting Firm hereunder, it is possible that Gross-Up Payments which will not have been made by the Company should have been made ("Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required to be made hereunder. In the event that the Company exhausts its remedies pursuant to Section 9(c) and the Executive thereafter is required to make a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting Firm shall determine the amount of the Underpayment that has occurred and any such Underpayment shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive. (c) The Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment. Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten business days after the Executive is informed in writing of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. The Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the 30-day period following the date on which it gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies the Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, the Executive shall: (i) give the Company any information reasonably requested by the Company relating to such claim; (ii) take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company; (iii) cooperate with the Company in good faith in order effectively to contest such claim; and (iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;
9
provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest and penalties with respect thereto) imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limitation on the foregoing provisions of this Section 9(c), the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forgo any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct the Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and the Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided, however, that if the Company directs the Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund, the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to the Executive, on an interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold the Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any Excise Tax or income tax (including interest or penalties with respect thereto) imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and further provided that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of the Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claimed to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company's control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and the Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority. (d) If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 9(c), the Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, the Executive shall (subject to the Company's complying with the requirements of Section 9(c)) promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by the Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to Section 9(c), a determination is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify the Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of 30 days after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid. 10. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. The Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential information, knowledge, or data relating to the Company or any of its affiliated companies, and their respective businesses, which shall have been obtained by the Executive during the Executive's employment by the Company or any of its affiliated companies and which shall not be or become public knowledge (other than by acts by the Executive or representatives of the Executive in violation of this Agreement). After termination of the Executive's employment with the Company, the Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or legal process, communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge, or data to anyone other than the Company and those designated by it. In no event shall an asserted violation of the provisions of this Section 10 constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts otherwise payable to the Executive under this Agreement. 11. SUCCESSORS. (a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and without the prior written consent of the Company shall not be assignable by the Executive otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's legal representatives.
10
(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns. (c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. As used in this Agreement, "Company" shall mean the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid. 12. MISCELLANEOUS. (a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect. This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives. (b) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows: If to the Executive:
If to the Company: UNOVA, Inc.
or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notices and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee. (c) The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement. (d) The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state, local, or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation. (e) The Executive's or the Company's failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including, without limitation, the right of the Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(c)(i)-(v) of this Agreement, shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement. (f) The Executive and the Company acknowledge that, except as may otherwise be provided under any other written agreement between the Executive and the Company, the employment of the Executive by the Company is "at will" and, subject to Section 1(a) hereof, prior to the Effective Date, the Executive's employment and/or this Agreement may be terminated by either the Executive or the Company at any time prior to the Effective Date, in which case the Executive shall have no further rights under this Agreement. From and after the Effective Date this Agreement shall supersede any other agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.
11
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive's hand and, pursuant to the authorization from its Board of Directors, the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.
12
EXHIBIT 10H UNOVA, INC. SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN THIS PLAN CONTAINS ARBITRATION CLAUSES
UNOVA, INC.
iv
UNOVA, INC. SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN ARTICLE I--INTRODUCTION AND PURPOSE UNOVA, Inc. establishes this UNOVA,Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the "Supplemental Plan") effective as of the Distribution Date. The purpose of the Supplemental Plan is to provide for supplemental retirement benefits to selected key employees of the Company (as that term is defined in Section 2.14 and as used hereinafter such term shall have such defined meaning), and thereby encourage those employees to continue providing services to the Company until retirement. The Supplemental Plan is intended to provide benefits solely for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"). Payments under the Supplemental Plan shall be made either from general assets of the Company or from the assets of a trust which may be established hereunder. It is intended that the Supplemental Plan remain at all times an unfunded plan for purposes of ERISA and that the trust, if established, shall constitute a grantor trust under Sections 671 through 679 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). ARTICLE II--DEFINITIONS SECTION 2.1 "ACTIVE PARTICIPANT" shall mean a person who has been designated as a Participant in the Supplemental Plan pursuant to Article III, and who continues to be employed by the Company continuously from such designation, except as provided for in Section 3.2 A Participant (other than a Disabled Participant during the period of Disability) shall be treated as having terminated from employment during any period of Leave of Absence, unless the Committee, in its sole and absolute discretion, and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may specify, decides otherwise. However, a Disabled or deceased Participant shall continue to be treated as an Active Participant and, thus, continue to accrue additional Years of Service until the earlier of the date that the Participant attains (or, if deceased, would have attained) age 65, or the date that the Participant is no longer Disabled. A Disabled Participant who returns to active employment with the Company when Disability ends shall thereafter be an Active Participant, so long as such employment continues, without further designation pursuant to Article III. An Active Participant who terminates employment with the Company (other than for Disability) and is subsequently re-employed with the Company shall not be treated as an Active Participant unless such individual is redesignated as an Active Participant pursuant to Article III. SECTION 2.2 "ACTUARIAL EQUIVALENT" shall mean the adjustment of an amount or amounts using actuarial methods and factors identical with those actuarial methods and factors then being used, at the time such calculations are to
1
be made hereunder, under the UNOVA Retirement Plan adopted by UNOVA, Inc. as of the Distribution Date and intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code, as such Plan may be amended from time to time and any retirement plan intended to replace such Plan (the "Qualified Plan"). SECTION 2.3 "AVERAGE EARNINGS" shall mean the average of gross base salary payments plus Bonuses as defined in Section 2.7 (except, for a Retired Participant receiving a Retirement Benfit as of the Distribution Date, Bonuses shall mean gross cash payments of Bonuses) from the Company to the Participant in the three twelve consecutive month periods (with no overlap), in which such Participant's gross base salary payments plus gross Bonuses are the highest, in the Participant's final 60 months of employment. For all purposes of calculating "Average Earnings" under this Supplemental Plan "gross base salary" shall include cash payments, during the relevant period, of commissions payable to a Participant as a regular part of the Participant's compensation, e.g. to a person engaged in sales or marketing; however, commissions not payable as a regular part of a Participant's compensation shall not be included in the calculation of Average Earnings. Commissions or portions thereof otherwise included in the calculation of Average Earnings pursuant to the preceding sentence which are deferred (other than at the election of a Participant) shall be included in the calculation of Average Earnings in the relevant period in which cash payments are made. For purposes of calculating Average Earnings under this Supplemental Plan salary (including relevant commission payments and bonuses) paid in a non-U.S. currency shall be converted to U.S. dollar equivalents using the quarterly UNOVA, Inc. official rates of exchange, as determined by the Chief Financial Officer and as utilized generally for corporate purposes. (a). Average Earnings for purposes of calculating a Disability or Death Benefit for or with respect to a Disabled Participant shall be calculated using the 60 months that include and precede the month that his or her Disability commenced. If a formerly Disabled Participant who has returned to active employment with the Company does not have a minimum of 36 consecutive calendar months of employment with the Company after such return to active employment, then Average Earnings shall be calculated by the Committee in accordance with subparagraph (e). (b). Average Earnings in the case of an Active Participant who dies prior to attaining age 65 shall be calculated using the 60 months that include and precede the month of the Participant's death (or Disability, in the case of a Disabled Participant who dies). For purposes of calculating a lump sum payment pursuant to Section 4.1(d) in the event of a Change of Control, with respect to a person (other than a Disabled or deceased Participant) who is an Active Participant as of the date of such calculation, Average Earnings shall be calculated as if the person's employment with the Company ended on such date. (c). For purposes of calculating Average Earnings, the Participant's gross base salary plus gross Bonuses received while employed by Western Atlas (beginning on or after March 17, 1994) or Litton (prior to such date), if and to the extent such Western Atlas or Litton employment is included
2
within the period of 60 months to be used in such calculation, shall be taken into account, provided that the Participant's benefits under the Western Atlas retirement plans were transferred to the Company pursuant to the Employee Benefits Agreement between Western Atlas and UNOVA,Inc. (the "Employee Benefits Agreement"). (d). If a Participant is eligible to receive payments under the Supplemental Plan but does not have 36 consecutive months of employment with Western Atlas and the Company, then Average Earnings shall be calculated by the Committee in accordance with subparagraph (e). (e). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may determine Average Earnings for the purposes of this Section by another methodology which it determines to be more appropriate under the facts and circumstances; provided, however, that, following a Change of Control, the authority of the Committee under this subparagraph (e) shall be limited to matters referred to in the last sentence of subparagraph (a) above and the matters referred to in subparagraph (d) above. SECTION 2.4 "BASE COMPENSATION AMOUNT" shall mean the applicable dollar amount on the date that the Active Participant terminates from employment with the Company, calculated as follows: (a). The Base Compensation Amount, as defined under the Western Plan, for the 12-month period ending on December 31, 1997; (b). For each 12-month period following the period described above in Section 2.4(a), the Base Compensation Amount shall be the dollar amount applicable for the immediately preceding 12-month period increased by a percentage, which shall be the sum of: (1) the percentage increase in the U.S. Department of Labor consumer price index for all urban consumers from the index amount in effect at the beginning of the immediately preceding 12-month period to the index amount in effect at the beginning of the current 12-month period, and; (2) one percent.
(c). In the case of an Active Participant who dies, the Base
Compensation Amount shall be the dollar amount in effect under Section 2.4(a)
or (b) for the month in which the Participant died and, in the case of a
Disabled Participant (who does not return to active employment with the
Company), the Base Compensation Amount shall be the dollar amount in effect
under Section 2.4(a) or (b) for the month in which the Disabled Participant
becomes disabled. For purposes of calculating a lump sum payment pursuant to
SECTION 2.5 "BENEFICIARY" or "BENEFICIARIES" shall mean those who are designated under the Supplemental Plan to receive payment of a benefit on
3
account of a Participant's death. If and to the extent the spouse of a deceased Participant is living, only the spouse may be the Beneficiary. Upon the death of the spouse of a deceased Participant prior to commencement of Retirement Benefit payments, the Dependent Children of the Participant may be Beneficiaries, but only of the Death Benefit. SECTION 2.6 "BOARD" shall mean the Board of Directors of UNOVA,Inc. or of its Successor, as of the time in question, the succession of which did not result from or constitute or follow a Change of Control ("Successor" or "Successors"). SECTION 2.7 "BONUS" or "BONUSES" shall mean the full amount of the bonus or similar cash incentive awarded with respect to any given fiscal year or portion thereof and shall be deemed, for purposes of the calculation of Average Earnings, to have been paid by the Company to the Participant, during the month in which determined and awarded by the Committee (or other body or individual having authority to award such Bonus) (except, for a Retired Participant receiving a Retirement Benefit as of the Distribution Date, Bonus or Bonuses shall mean gross cash payments of Bonuses), under Company-sponsored, formal or informal, incentive compensation or bonus plans, excluding, however, any payments under Company Stock-based option or award plans; provided, however, that, for purposes of calculating Average Earnings, any portion of a Bonus, the payment of which is deferred at the election of the Participant, shall be treated as paid during the month in which such Bonus was determined and awarded, notwithstanding such elected deferral, and payment of the deferred portion shall be disregarded for purposes of calculating Average Earnings. "Bonus or Bonuses" shall not include any bonus, commission or fee paid to a Participant for the accomplishment of a particular non-ordinary course transaction or circumstance. SECTION 2.8 "BUSINESS COMBINATION" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.9(c). SECTION 2.9 "CHANGE OF CONTROL" shall mean: (a). An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended [the "Exchange Act"] (a "Person") of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 30 percent or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding Company Common Stock") or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting Securities"); excluding, however, the following acquisitions of Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities: (A) any acquisition directly from the Company other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company; (B) any acquisition by the Company; (C) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company; or (D) any
4
acquisition by any Person pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (1), (2), and (3) of paragraph (c) below of this Section 2.9; or (b). Individuals who, as of the effective date hereof, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the effective date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but provided further that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or (c). The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company ("Business Combination"),or if consummation of such Business Combination is subject, at the time of such approval by shareholders, to the consent of any government or governmental agency, the obtaining of such consent (either explicitly or implicitly by consummation); excluding, however, such Business Combination pursuant to which: (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination, will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60 percent of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be; (2) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 30 percent or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed with respect to the Company prior to the Business Combination; and (3) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination will have been members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or
5
(d). Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company. SECTION 2.10 "CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER" shall mean the chief executive officer of UNOVA,Inc. or of its Successor. SECTION 2.11 "CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER" shall mean the chief financial officer of UNOVA, Inc. or of its Successor. SECTION 2.12 "CODE" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. SECTION 2.13 "COMMITTEE" shall mean: (a). The Compensation Committee of the Board. (b). Notwithstanding Section 2.13(a), upon a Change of Control, the Committee shall mean exclusively the "special administrators." The "special administrators" shall be the individuals who constituted the Company's Compensation Committee of the Board immediately prior to the Change of Control. The "special administrators" shall constitute the Committee until the earlier of the termination of the Supplemental Plan or the last day of the 18-month period following the month in which the Change of Control occurred. The "special administrators" shall have all rights and authority reserved to the Committee under the Supplemental Plan, including, but not limited to, the rights specified in Section 12.2. (c). If a "special administrator" dies, becomes disabled, or resigns as "special administrator" during the period that the "special administrators" constitute the Committee, the remaining "special administrator(s)" shall continue to serve as the Committee without interruption, and successor "special administrator(s)" shall be designated, and subject to removal, by the individual who was Chief Executive Officer immediately prior to the Change of Control from among the then remaining Participants, but such Chief Executive Officer shall also have the right to designate himself or herself as a successor "special administrator" but, in the event of the death or disability of such Chief Executive Officer, successor "special administrators" shall be designated by that one of the remaining "special administrators" who has the greatest seniority in terms of years of employment with the Company and Western Atlas including, for this purpose, years of service prior to age 40. No Participant who has been designated as a "special administrator" shall participate in any decision which addresses peculiarly the Benefits of or with respect to such Participant. If at any time there are no remaining "special administrators," the presiding Judge of the Superior Court of the State of California for Los Angeles County shall designate three "special administrators" from among the remaining Participants upon the application of any of the Participants. For purposes of this Section, the term "Participant" means a Participant who has satisfied the conditions
6
of Section 4.1(a)(3) or is a Disabled Participant, or is receiving Retirement Benefits. SECTION 2.14 "COMPANY" shall mean UNOVA,Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its Successors, and their respective subsidiaries. Any reference to stock or securities of the Company shall mean only the stock or securities of UNOVA,Inc. or of its Successor. SECTION 2.15 "DEATH BENEFIT" shall mean the benefit payable pursuant to Article V to the Participant's Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, if any. SECTION 2.16 "DEPENDENT CHILDREN" shall mean a natural or legally adopted son or daughter who either: (a) has not attained age 19; or (b) has attained age 19 but has not attained age 23 and is a full-time student at an accredited educational institution. SECTION 2.17 "DIRECTOR" shall mean a member of the Board of Directors of UNOVA,Inc. or of its Successor. SECTION 2.18 "DISABILITY" or "DISABLED" shall mean the condition of a person, or a person, who has been determined by the Committee to be unable to perform the material and substantive duties of the person's position or profession, to an extent which prevents the person from engaging in the person's regular position or profession, due to injury or sickness for which the person is receiving medical care from, or with respect to which a current certification of disability is received by the Committee from, a professional person appropriate for such injury or sickness. SECTION 2.19 "DISABILITY BENEFIT" shall mean the benefit payable pursuant to Article VI to an Active Participant who becomes Disabled. SECTION 2.20 "DISTRIBUTION DATE" shall mean the date determined by the Board of Directors of Western Atlas on which the shares of the Company are distributed by Western Atlas to the holders of Western Atlas common stock. SECTION 2.21 "EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AGREEMENT" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.3(c). SECTION 2.22 "ERISA" shall have the meaning specified in Article I.
SECTION 2.23 "EXCHANGE ACT" shall have the meaning specified in
SECTION 2.24 "LITTON" shall mean Litton Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries at the time in question. SECTION 2.25 "LEAVE OF ABSENCE," with respect to a person who has been designated a Participant, shall mean and refer to a discontinuance of regular, full-time services by the person for the Company resulting in the discontinuance,
7
in whole or in part, of base salary payments by the Company to such person during such discontinuance of service, provided, however, that, to the extent federal or state so-called "Family Leave Acts" or "Maternity or Pregnancy Leave Acts" may make unlawful the treatment of an absence or a portion of an absence as a termination for purposes of the Supplemental Plan, such absence or portion shall not constitute a Leave of Absence. SECTION 2.26 "NORMAL FORM" shall mean the form of Retirement Benefit payable under Section 4.5 to a Retired Participant. SECTION 2.27 "OFFSET AMOUNT" shall mean the sum of the annual "primary insurance amount" and the annual "Company-provided pension." (a). The "primary insurance amount" shall mean the annual benefit determined under the Social Security Act that is payable to the Participant as of the calendar year that Retirement Benefits to the Participant, if any, would commence under this Supplemental Plan. If no "primary insurance amount" is payable to a Participant, who is otherwise covered by the Social Security Act, as of the calendar year in which Retirement Benefit commences to the Participant, if any, would commence under the Supplemental Plan, then the "primary insurance amount" shall be deemed to be the "primary insurance amount" that would be payable to the Participant at the earliest date thereafter (or would have been payable at the earliest date thereafter, in the case of a deceased Participant); provided, however, that the amount payable under the Social Security Act shall be determined without regard to any election by the Participant or a Beneficiary to defer receipt of a benefit and without regard to any reduction of the amount of the Social Security Act benefit by virtue of the receipt of earned income by the Participant or a Beneficiary. The "primary insurance amount" shall also include any annual retirement benefit payable under any public retirement program of a foreign country that the Committee determines is comparable in purpose to the benefits payable under the Social Security Act. (b). The "Company-provided pension" shall mean the annual amount that would be payable to a Participant under any defined benefit or defined contribution plan sponsored by the Company, which is either intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code or is intended to restore benefits under such plan (excluding only this Supplemental Plan and Part II of the UNOVA, Inc. Restoration Plan). Any non-United States defined benefit or defined contribution plan of the Company which is not subject to the Code but which is comparable in purpose to plans which would qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code shall be included within the meaning of "Company-provided pension." Annual amounts payable under any retirement plans of a Participant's former employer, assuming for purposes of calculating such annual amount that the Participant withdrew his or her actual contributions, if any, and earnings thereon, shall be included in the calculations of the "Company-provided pension," if such former employer, or substantially all of such former employer's assets, have been acquired by the Company and the Participant's service with such former employer are included in the calculation of "Years of Service"; provided, however, that amounts payable under the Landis Tool Savings Plan shall not be included in the calculation of
8
"Company-provided pension"; and provided further, however, that amounts payable under the Intermec Canada Savings Plan, to the extent attributable to Company contributions or Company matching amounts, shall be included in the calculation of "Company-provided pensions." The amount of the "Company-provided pension" shall be deemed to be the amount which would have been payable if the Participant joined each such plan at the earliest date on which the Participant was eligible to join such plan and participated in the plan to the fullest extent possible and withdrew his or her actual and presumed contributions, plus income thereon. The amount of the "Company-provided pension" shall be calculated under the terms that were in effect during the Participant's actual, if any, and presumed participation, except that a subsequent, retroactive amendment to any of such plans shall be taken into account only to the extent that it actually would have increased the Participant's benefit under that plan. The "Company-provided pension" shall be computed as if the Participant actually received the plan benefits under such "Company-provided pension" as a single life annuity beginning on the date that Retirement Benefits commence under this Supplemental Plan. SECTION 2.28 "OUTSTANDING COMPANY COMMON STOCK" and "OUTSTANDING COMPANY VOTING SECURITIES" shall have the meanings specified for those items in Section 2.9(a). SECTION 2.29 "PARTICIPANT" shall mean a person who has been designated as a Participant in the Supplemental Plan pursuant to Article III and who is either an Active Participant, a Disabled Participant, a Retired Participant, a former Active Participant who has satisfied the condition of Section 4.1(a)(3), or a Participant who died while an Active Participant. SECTION 2.30 "PERSON" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.9(a).
SECTION 2.31 "QUALIFIED PLAN" shall have the meaning specified in
SECTION 2.32 "RETIRED PARTICIPANT" shall mean a Participant who has terminated from employment with the Company, and who has satisfied the conditions of Section 4.1. SECTION 2.33 "RETIREMENT BENEFIT" shall mean the benefits payable to a Retired Participant and, if applicable, the Beneficiary of a Retired Participant, as provided in Article IV. SECTION 2.34 "SPECIAL ADMINISTRATORS" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.13(b). SECTION 2.35 "SUCCESSOR" or "SUCCESSORS" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.6.
9
SECTION 2.36 "SUPPLEMENTAL PLAN" shall mean the UNOVA,Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan that is described in this document, as amended from time to time, and including any rules and regulations promulgated by the Committee for purposes of administering the Supplemental Plan. SECTION 2.37 "TRUST" shall mean a grantor trust under Section 671 through 679 of the Code, if and when established. The decision to establish a Trust shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Company. SECTION 2.38 "TRUSTEE" shall mean the trustee of the Trust. SECTION 2.39 "TRUST AGREEMENT" shall mean the terms of the agreement, entered into between UNOVA,Inc. or its Successor and the Trustee, that establishes the Trust. SECTION 2.40 "WESTERN ATLAS" shall mean Western Atlas Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. SECTION 2.41 "WESTERN ATLAS PLAN" shall mean the Western Atlas Inc. Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, as in effect immediately prior to the Distribution Date. SECTION 2.42 "YEARS OF SERVICE" shall mean the number resulting from: (a). The division of twelve into the number of consecutive and continuous calendar months of employment with the Company (and with an employer, all or substantially all of the assets of which were acquired by the Company only to the extent the Participant was employed by the employer at the date of the acquisition of the employer) that elapse from and including the month that an Active Participant commenced the period of employment with the Company (or such employer) and which ends: (1) upon the Active Participant's death; or (2) upon termination of an Active Participant's employment with the Company other than by death, until and including the earlier of the month of such death or termination; provided, however, the calculation of Years of Service shall not include any calendar months of employment preceding the calendar month in which the Active Participant attained age 40, nor shall such calculation include any calendar months of employment with the Company in any separate period of employment with the Company preceding the most recent and continuous period of employment with the Company; and provided, further, that an Active Participant who dies or becomes Disabled shall continue to accrue Years of Service from the date of such death or Disability until the earlier of the calendar month (x) in which such person attains or, if deceased, would have attained age 65, or (y) in which such Participant is no longer Disabled.
(b). For purposes of determining a Participant's Years of
Service under the terms of Section 2.42(a), service with Western Atlas
immediately preceding the period of service with the Company referred to in
10
than by death, and after the Participant attains age 40, shall be taken into account, provided that the Participant's benefits under the Western Atlas retirement plans were transferred to UNOVA,Inc. pursuant to the Employee Benefits Agreement. In addition, service with Litton immediately preceding the period of service with the Western Atlas which ends upon the Active Participant's death, or which ends upon an Active Participant's termination of employment with the Company other than by death, and after the Participant attains age 40, shall be taken into account, provided that the Participant's benefits under the Litton retirement plans were transferred to Western Atlas Inc. (c). In its discretion, the Committee may: (1) compute a Participant's Years of Service by treating separate but not continuous periods of employment with Litton, Western Atlas or the Company as continuous periods of employment; (2) credit a Participant with Years of Service in addition to the Years of Service accrued while actually employed with Litton, Western Atlas or the Company; and (3) credit a Participant for Years of Service solely for purposes of satisfying the vesting requirements of Sections 4.3. (d). For purposes of calculating a lump sum payment pursuant to Section 4.1(d) in the event of a Change of Control, with respect to a person (other than a Disabled or deceased Participant) who is an Active Participant, Years of Service shall be determined as if the person's employment with the Company ended on such date. ARTICLE III--PARTICIPATION SECTION 3.1 GENERAL. Participation in the Supplemental Plan is limited solely to key employees of the Company who are designated by the Committee, after nomination by the Chief Executive Officer. A key employee shall not be designated as an Active Participant prior to attaining age 40. A key employee shall not be disqualified from becoming an Active Participant solely because the key employee is also a Director. SECTION 3.2 ENTRY AND CONTINUING PARTICIPATION. A key employee shall become an Active Participant as of the date specified by the Committee. A key employee who is designated as an Active Participant shall continue to be an Active Participant until termination of employment with the Company, except as provided in Section 2.1 with respect to Disabled or deceased Participants. ARTICLE IV--RETIREMENT BENEFITS SECTION 4.1 ELIGIBILITY FOR RETIREMENT BENEFIT. (a). GENERAL. A Participant shall be eligible to begin receiving a Retirement Benefit if the Participant has (1) either attained age 65 or satisfied the conditions in Section 4.1(b) or (c) below; (2) filed an election to receive payments under Article VII; (3) satisfied the vesting requirement of Section 4.3; (4)
11
terminated employment with the Company; and, (5) except for a Participant
whose employment with the Company is terminated in connection with a Change
of Control, the Participant agrees that for a period of five years after
commencement of receipt of Retirement Benefits under this Supplemental Plan,
not to engage in any activity which interferes with the economic or business
interests, or contractual relationships of UNOVA,Inc. or its Successors or of
any of its subsidiaries or affiliates with third parties in connection with
which the Participant worked for UNOVA,or its subsidiaries or affiliates or
to perform services for any entity in competition with a business of
UNOVA,Inc. or of its subsidiaries or affiliates for which the Participant
worked and with respect to which the Participant possesses trade secrets or
business confidential information of UNOVA,or of its subsidiaries or
affiliates. In the event that any provision of the covenant provided for in
(b). RETIREMENT BENEFITS AT AGE 62. A Participant who has attained
age 62, but not yet attained age 65, and who has satisfied the conditions of
(c). RETIREMENT BENEFITS PRIOR TO AGE 62. A Participant shall not be entitled to begin receiving a Retirement Benefit prior to attainment of age 62, except in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee, and subject to such terms and conditions, including the imposition of Retirement Benefit reductions, that the Committee may specify. (d). CHANGE OF CONTROL. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon a Change of Control, an Active Participant and a Participant who has satisfied the conditions of Section 4.1(a)(3) and (4) shall be entitled to a lump sum payment equal to the Actuarial Equivalent, at the age of such Participant at the date of the Change of Control, of the Retirement Benefit which would be payable to such Participant at the later of age 65 or, if the Active Participant continued in employment with the Company after attaining age 65, at the earlier of the age at which such employment ended or at the age of such Participant at the date of such Change of Control, which has been earned by the Participant to the date of Change of Control assuming, for such purposes, that the Retirement Benefit is payable in the form of a single life annuity. In addition, there shall be waived any condition concerning eligibility for payment of a Retirement Benefit that requires: (1) the filing of any election; (2) the attainment of a specified age; (3) an agreement not to engage in competitive activities with the Company; (4)
12
satisfaction, as to such Active Participant, of the conditions of Section 4.1(a)(3) or of any other terms or conditions or the application of any benefit reductions described in Section 4.1(b) or (c); and (5) as to such Active Participant, termination of employment with the Company, in order to begin receiving Retirement Benefits. SECTION 4.2 RETIREMENT BENEFIT FORMULA. A Participant's annual Retirement Benefit shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the amount calculated under the formula: [(A + B) x C] - D = Retirement Benefit, where: (a). "A" is Average Earnings up to the Base Compensation Amount multiplied by 1.6 percent; (b). "B" is Average Earnings in excess of the Base Compensation Amount multiplied by 2.2 percent; (c). "C" is Years of Service not in excess of 25; and (d). "D" is the Offset Amount. SECTION 4.3 VESTING IN RETIREMENT BENEFIT. A Participant shall have no vested right to a Retirement Benefit prior to the later of attaining: (1) age 60 while an Active Participant; or (2) 15 Years of Service after attainment of age 40. Upon a Change of Control and thereafter, an Active Participant shall be vested in his or her Retirement Benefit regardless of Years of Service or age. SECTION 4.4 RETIREMENT BENEFIT FORMS. (a). GENERAL RULE. Unless a Participant had made an election to receive payment of Retirement Benefits in an available alternative form, a Participant shall be deemed to have elected the Normal Form. (b). ACTUARIAL EQUIVALENT. All forms of payment of Retirement Benefits shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of a single life annuity payable at age 65, except that, in the case of an Active Participant who remains in continuous employment with the Company after attaining age 65, the amount of the benefit shall be actuarially increased to reflect the commencement of the benefit after age 65. SECTION 4.5 NORMAL FORM OF RETIREMENT BENEFIT. (a). SINGLE LIFE ANNUITY. The Normal Form of payment of a Retirement Benefit for a Participant who is living at the time payment commences shall be a single life annuity for a Participant who is unmarried at the time that payment of the annual Retirement Benefit commences. Under a single life annuity, a Retired Participant shall receive a monthly benefit for life equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of 1/12 of his or her Retirement Benefit and all payments shall cease upon the Retired Participant's death.
13
(b). JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY. If a Participant is married at
the time that payment of the Retirement Benefit commences, the Normal Form of
Retirement Benefit shall be a joint and survivor annuity (which shall be the
Actuarial Equivalent of a single life annuity) for the benefit of the
Participant's spouse as of the date that payment of the Retirement Benefit
commences. Under the Normal Form of a joint and survivor annuity, a
Participant shall receive a monthly benefit for life and, upon the
Participant's death, the spouse, if living, shall receive a monthly benefit
for life equal to 100% of the monthly benefit that was payable to the
Participant. If a Participant, who has satisfied the conditions of Section
SECTION 4.6 ALTERNATIVE FORMS OF BENEFIT. (a). ELECTION OF FORMS OF BENEFIT. Prior to the commencement of payment of a Retirement Benefit, a Participant may file an election designating a payment form other than the Normal Form of Retirement Benefit; provided, however, that any such alternate payment form is a payment form available under the Qualified Plan and, if such Participant is entitled to a benefit under such Qualified Plan, is the same as the payment form elected under such Qualified Plan. If a Participant is married, an election to receive a Retirement Benefit in a form other than the Normal Form shall be valid only if such election includes the written consent of the Participant's spouse in the form and manner specified by the Committee. However, a joint and survivor annuity shall not be available under this Supplemental Plan with respect to any Beneficiary other than the spouse of the Participant as of the date that the Retirement Benefit commences.
(b). ADDITIONAL FORMS OF BENEFIT. From time to time, the
Committee may, in its sole discretion, make other forms of payment of
Retirement Benefits available; provided, however, that once a Participant or
the Participant's Beneficiary begins receiving Retirement Benefit payments,
no change may be made in the form of payment except as provided for in
(c). FORM OF BENEFIT ON CHANGE OF CONTROL. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section, upon a Change of Control, all Retirement Benefits including, without limitation, benefits payable to Active Participants who remain employed by the Company, shall be paid in a single sum payment that is the Actuarial Equivalent at the age of the Participant as of the date of Change of Control of a single life annuity payable at the later of age 65 or, if the Participant
14
had remained in continuous employment with the Company after attaining age 65, the age of the Participant at the date of Change of Control or at the date Participant's employment terminated, whichever is earlier.
15
ARTICLE V--BENEFITS UPON PARTICIPANT'S DEATH SECTION 5. 1 ELIGIBILITY FOR DEATH BENEFIT. The Beneficiary or Beneficiaries of an Active or Disabled Participant who dies prior to attaining age 65 and prior to the time Retirement Benefits to such Participant commence, shall be eligible to begin receiving a Death Benefit if the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries have filed a claim under Article VII. The Beneficiary or Beneficiaries of a Participant who is not a Disabled Participant and whose employment with the Company terminated prior to that Participant's death shall not be eligible for a Death Benefit. If there are no Beneficiaries at the date of the Participant's death, no Death Benefit shall be payable. The class of individuals who are eligible to be Beneficiaries of the Death Benefit is limited to the Participant's spouse, as of the date of the Participant's death, and the Participant's Dependent Children as of the date of Participant's death; provided, however, that such term also shall include any natural children of Participant born after Participant's death and any child who is in the process of being adopted by the Participant at the date of Participant's death and the adoption of whom is completed by the spouse of Participant after the date of Participant's death. If there is both a living spouse and Dependent Children as of the date of Participant's death, the Beneficiary shall be the spouse. The Dependent Children shall become the Beneficiaries of the Death Benefit, but only upon the death of Participant's spouse prior to the earlier of the date the Participant would have attained age 65, or the date the Participant's spouse commences to receive a Retirement Benefit. SECTION 5.2 DEATH BENEFIT.
(a). SPOUSAL BENEFIT. The Death Benefit for the surviving spouse
of an Active or Disabled Participant shall be an annual amount equal to 40%
of the Participant's Average Earnings. The spouse Beneficiary shall receive
the Death Benefit as a monthly benefit equal to 1/12 of the Death Benefit.
The Death Benefit for the spouse Beneficiary shall cease on the earlier of:
(b). DEPENDENT CHILDREN BENEFIT. If a spouse Beneficiary of a deceased Participant dies prior to the date at which the Participant would have attained age 65, then a Death Benefit shall be paid to any then Dependent Children for so long as any such remain Dependent Children. The aggregate amount of any Death Benefit payable to Dependent Children after the death of the spouse for each month is the amount equal to the monthly Death Benefit that would be payable to a spouse Beneficiary multiplied by a fraction (not greater than one), the numerator of which is the number of Dependent Children at the time of each monthly payment and the denominator of which is three. If there are no remaining living Dependent Children Beneficiaries, no further Death Benefit shall be paid. (c). VESTING IN DEATH BENEFIT. An Active or Disabled Participant shall at all times be vested in his or her right to a Death Benefit.
16
SECTION 5.3 SPOUSE RETIREMENT BENEFIT. To the extent that a spouse Beneficiary is receiving a Death Benefit on the date the Participant would have attained age 65, the spouse Beneficiary thereafter shall receive a Retirement Benefit pursuant to Article IV, if eligible, in the amount calculated pursuant to Article IV, and no further Death Benefit payments shall be payable to the spouse Beneficiary or to any Dependent Children Beneficiaries or otherwise. SECTION 5.4 CHANGE OF CONTROL. Upon a Change of Control, after the Participant's death but prior to the date the Participant would have attained age 65, the Participant's spouse, if then living, shall receive a single sum payment that is the Actuarial Equivalent, at the date of such lump sum payment, of the Death Benefit, calculated through the date that Participant would have attained age 65. The spouse Beneficiary, if then living, shall also be entitled to the lump sum payment of the Retirement Benefit, if any, pursuant to Section 4.1(d). Upon a Change of Control occurring after commencement of the payment of Death Benefits to the Dependent Children Beneficiaries pursuant to Section 5.2(b), the Dependent Children shall receive a single sum payment that is the Actuarial Equivalent, based upon the ages of the Dependent Children, of the Death Benefit calculated without regard to the date the Participant would have attained age 65. ARTICLE VI--BENEFITS OF DISABLED PARTICIPANTS SECTION 6.1 ELIGIBILITY FOR DISABILITY BENEFIT. An Active Participant who becomes Disabled prior to attaining age 65 shall be eligible to begin receiving a Disability Benefit if the Disabled Participant has filed a claim under Article VII. The Disability Benefit shall cease on the earlier of: (1) the first day of the calendar month following the Disabled Participant's attainment of age 65; (2) the date on which the Committee determines that the Participant is no longer Disabled; or (3) the date of the Disabled Participant's death (in which case a Death Benefit may be payable under Article V).
SECTION 6.2 DISABILITY FORMULA. A Disability Benefit shall be a
monthly amount equal to 1/12 of 40% of the Participant's Average Earnings,
offset by the sum of: (a) any other payment to the Disabled Participant that
would be made by or on behalf of the Company on account of the Disability
(including, without limitation, a Company-sponsored disability insurance plan
or any other benefit plan of the Company, any amounts payable as sick pay,
and any amounts payable under so-called Workers Compensation Acts or similar
laws of foreign governments other than lump sum amounts for the loss of an
organ or other body member and other than amounts paid for medical expenses),
calculated as if the Participant participated to the fullest extent possible
in such disability programs; and (b) the Social Security (or comparable
foreign government) disability benefits received by the Disabled Participant.
17
SECTION 6.3 VESTING DISABILITY BENEFIT. An Active Participant shall at all times be vested in his or her right to a Disability Benefit. SECTION 6.4 DISABLED PARTICIPANT'S RETIREMENT BENEFIT. If a Disabled Participant attains age 65, then he or she may be eligible to receive a Retirement Benefit subject to the rules of Article IV, as if such Disabled Participant continued his or her employment until age 65 with Average Earnings calculated as provided for in Section 2.3(a).
ARTICLE VII--ELECTIONS, CLAIMS, COMMENCEMENT OF
SECTION 7.1 GENERAL. All elections to receive benefits under this Supplemental Plan must be made in writing to the Committee in the form specified by the Committee and include the information or documentation that the Committee deems necessary. The Committee, in its discretion, may request additional information or reasonable documentation from time to time in order to determine whether a Participant receiving a Disability Benefit continues to be Disabled, and in order to determine whether any Beneficiary who is receiving a Death Benefit is entitled hereunder to continue receiving a Death Benefit or the amount thereof. SECTION 7.2 COMMENCEMENT OF PAYMENTS. Payment of benefits under this Supplemental Plan shall begin as soon as administratively feasible after the Participant (or Beneficiary, if applicable) has provided a claim for benefits in writing to the Committee, including any supporting documentation required by the Committee, and the Committee has determined that the Participant (or Beneficiary, if applicable) satisfies the requirements for payment. Retirement Benefits shall be payable on the later of: (a) the first day of the month following the month in which the Participant satisfies all of the conditions set forth in Section 4.1(a), or
(b) if later, the first day of the month following the month in which
the Participant attains the earlier of age 65, or the age, below 65, elected
by the Participant pursuant to and in accordance with the conditions of
provided, however, that in the event a Participant has satisfied the
conditions of Section 4.1(a)(1), (3) and (4) in or as of a particular month
18
the Committee. Disability and Death Benefits shall be payable from the first day of the month following the month in which the Participant becomes disabled or dies, as the case may be. In the event of any administrative delay in actual payments, payments shall be made retroactively to the first day of the month following the month in which the event which is the basis for the payment occurs but without any payment of interest or other compensation for such delay in payment. Notwithstanding any provision of the Supplemental Plan, upon a Change of Control the Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine to postpone the lump sum payment of Retirement, Death and Disability Benefits payable upon a Change of Control, in which case such Benefit payments shall be made as otherwise provided in the Supplemental Plan, without regard to the Change of Control. In the event the Committee later determines, in its sole discretion, to effect such a lump sum payment of the remainder of such Benefits, it shall have the power and authority to do so. SECTION 7.3 FORM OF BENEFIT ELECTIONS. An election to receive payment of Retirement Benefits in a form other than the Normal Form must be submitted to the Committee in writing at any time prior to the commencement of payments. An election must be made in the form specified by the Committee and include the information or documentation that the Committee deems necessary, including written consent of the spouse in the case of a married Participant who elects a Retirement Benefit in a form other than the Normal Form. The filing of an election as to the form of Retirement Benefits shall revoke any pre-existing election, except that a revocation of an election for a married Participant shall be valid only if accompanied by the spouse's written consent to the subsequent election (other than a subsequent election to receive payments in the Normal Form), and except that once Retirement Benefits have commenced under this Supplemental Plan, the form of the Retirement Benefit payable is irrevocable. SECTION 7.4 BENEFICIARIES. If the Committee makes available alternative benefit forms that provide for payments after a Participant's death, the Participant shall designate the Beneficiary under such payment form in accordance with the procedures set forth by the Committee. SECTION 7.5 FAILURE TO CLAIM. If a Participant whose employment with the Company terminated on or before attaining age 65 fails to claim payment of Retirement Benefits until after such Participant attains age 65, the Retirement Benefits payable to or with respect to such Participant shall be the monthly amount which would have been payable to such Participant at age 65, and such Participant shall be entitled to receive Retirement Benefit payments retroactive to the month such payments would have first accrued following attainment of age 65, but without interest or other payment on account of such deferred receipt. Similarly, if a Participant remains employed by the Company after attaining age 65 but, upon termination of employment by the Company after attaining age 65, fails to claim payment of Retirement Benefits until a date after such termination of employment, the Retirement Benefits payable to or with respect to such person shall, nevertheless, be the monthly amount which would have been payable to such person upon termination of employment with the Company, and such Participant shall be entitled to receive Retirement Benefit payments retroactive to the month
19
such payments would have first accrued following termination of employment, but without interest or other payment on account of such deferred payment. Participants do not have the right to defer payment of Retirement Benefits beyond the date Participants are otherwise eligible to begin receiving Retirement Benefits. ARTICLE VIII--ADMINISTRATION The Committee shall administer the Supplemental Plan in accordance with its terms and purposes. The Committee shall have full authority and discretion to interpret the Supplemental Plan, to determine benefits pursuant to the terms of the Supplemental Plan, to establish rules and procedures necessary to carry out the terms of the Supplemental Plan, and to waive or modify any requirements or conditions on the receipt or calculation of benefits under the Supplemental Plan where the Committee determines that such a waiver or modification is appropriate. In the event a Participant is or was also a participant in a similar supplemental retirement plan for highly-compensated employees within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a), and 401(a)(1) of Title I of ERISA and maintained by UNOVA,Inc. or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates or Western (a "Subsidiary Plan"), the Committee shall have the power and authority to modify and integrate the benefits payable under this Supplemental Plan with the benefits payable under the Subsidiary Plan. All decisions by the Committee shall be final and binding on all parties. The Committee may appoint one or more officers or employees of the Company to act on the Committee's behalf with respect to administrative matters related to the Supplemental Plan. ARTICLE IX--SOURCE OF PAYMENTS SECTION 9.1 GENERAL ASSETS OF COMPANY. Benefits payable under this Supplemental Plan shall be paid directly to the Participant, or to the Participant's Beneficiary, as applicable, from the general assets of the Company, including the assets of the grantor Trust to the extent that such a trust is created and so provides. If any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under this Supplemental Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company notwithstanding the fact that the Company may establish an advance accrual reserve on its books against its future liability under the Supplemental Plan.
20
ARTICLE X--CLAIMS AND ENFORCEMENT SECTION 10.1 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES. (a). NOTICE OF DENIAL. If the Committee determines that any person who has submitted a claim for payment of benefits under this Supplemental Plan is not eligible for payment of benefits or, if applicable, is not eligible for payment of benefits in the form or amount requested, then the Committee shall, within a reasonable period of time, but no later than 90 days after receipt of the written claim, notify the claimant of the denial of the claim. Such notice of denial: (1) shall be in writing; (2) shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant; and (3) shall contain: (A) the specific reason or reasons for denial of the claim; (B) a specific reference to the pertinent Supplemental Plan provisions or administrative rules and regulations upon which the denial is based; (C) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim; and (D) an explanation of the Supplemental Plan's appeal procedures. (b). RECONSIDERATION PROCEDURES. Within 90 days of the receipt by the claimant of the written notice of denial of the claim, the claimant may file a written request with the Committee that it conduct a full and fair review of the denial of the claimant's claim for benefits. The claimant's written request must include a statement of the grounds on which the claimant appeals the original claim denial. The Committee shall deliver to the claimant a written decision on the claim promptly, but not later than 60 days after the receipt of the claimant's request for review, except that if there are special circumstances that require an extension of time for processing, the 60-day period shall be extended to 120 days, in which case written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the end of the 60-day period. SECTION 10.2 ENFORCEMENT. (a). RIGHT TO ENFORCE. Within 90 days after exhaustion of the review and appeal procedures provided for in Section 10.1 or, if the Committee fails to grant or deny the claim within 120 days after the claimant's original claim or fails to provide the written decision of the Committee on any written request for reconsideration within the time period in Section 10.1(b), within 90 days after such failure, the Company's obligations under the Supplemental Plan may be enforced only through binding arbitration as provided for hereinafter, initiated by any Participant or, upon the death of a Participant, by any Participant's surviving spouse, Dependent Child, or personal representative (as the case may be, the "Claimant"). (b). ATTORNEYS' FEES AND COSTS. If, prior to a Change of Control, any Claimant is denied a claim, in whole or in part, for benefits under the Supplemental Plan and the Claimant requests reconsideration under the procedures described in Section 10.1(b), or initiates any other legal proceeding (other than binding arbitration pursuant to the following provisions of this Article X) with respect to such alleged claim, the Company shall have no obligation to pay or
21
reimburse the Claimant for attorneys' fees and costs. If, on or after a Change of Control, any Claimant is denied a claim for benefits under the Supplemental Plan and the Claimant has requested reconsideration under the procedures described in Section 10.1(b), or initiates binding arbitration or both reconsideration and binding arbitration, to enforce any obligation of the Company under the Supplemental Plan the basis of which is alleged failure of the Committee to administer the Supplemental Plan in accordance with its terms or, if following a Change of Control, the Company fails to make payment of Benefits as determined by the Committee, the Company shall pay such Claimant's attorneys' fees and costs incurred in connection with the review and binding arbitration proceedings, provided that the arbitrator determines that the claim is not frivolous; provided, however, that in no case shall the Company be liable for attorneys' fees and costs to the extent incurred relative to any dispute regarding any determination by the Committee made based upon the terms of the Supplemental Plan. All attorneys' fees and costs payable under this Section 10.2(b) shall be paid by the Company as they are incurred by the Claimant, but no later than 30 days from the date that the Claimant submits a bill or other statement to the Company. (c). INTEREST. If any Claimant prevails in a reconsideration procedure described in Section 10.1(b), or if a Claimant prevails in the binding arbitration proceeding pursuant to Section 10.3(a) to enforce the payment of benefits under the Supplemental Plan, the Company shall pay interest to the Claimant on any unpaid benefits accruing from the date that benefit payments should have commenced and continuing until the date that such owed and unpaid benefits are paid to the Claimant in full. For purposes of the preceding sentence, interest shall accrue at an annual rate equal to one percent, plus the prime rate reported by THE WALL STREET JOURNAL as in effect from time to time, each change in the prime rate to be effective for purposes of any interest computation on the date of publication of such changed prime rate in THE WALL STREET JOURNAL. SECTION 10.3 ARBITRATION. The rights resulting from the designation of a Participant pursuant to Article III are conditional upon the acceptance by the Participant, on the Participant's behalf and on behalf of the Claimants, of all of the terms and conditions of this Supplemental Plan including specifically and without limitation this Article X. Any controversy or claim arising out of or under the Supplemental Plan which is not resolved by the reconsideration referred to in Section 10.1(b) shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association ("AAA") or the Employment Arbitration Rules of the Judicial Arbitration and Mediation Services/Endispute ("JAMS"), subject to the further provisions of this Section 10.3. Hereinafter the term "Rules" means and refers to the aforesaid AAA Rules or the JAMS Rules, as the case may be. Judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator may be rendered in any court having jurisdiction. The Rules are modified or supplemented as follows: (a). There shall be one arbitrator, unless the parties agree to more than one arbitrator;
22
(b). The arbitrator shall be a retired judge or attorney with professional experience and expertise in designing or administering corporate retirement benefits and plans, and resident in the Southern California area, unless the parties agree otherwise; (c). The arbitration shall be conducted within Los Angeles County, California, unless the parties agree otherwise; (d). The party desiring to initiate the arbitration shall advise the other party in writing of such desire;
(e) Within 10 days of receipt of a notice pursuant to subparagraph
(f). All claims arising under the Supplemental Plan known or which should be known to the party initiating the arbitration shall be included in the issues presented to the AAA or JAMS, as the case may be, for arbitration and any which are not included shall be effectively waived; (g). The expedited procedures of the AAA or JAMS, as the case may be, shall be applied in any case where no disclosed claim or counterclaim exceeds the amount then established by the AAA or JAMS for use of expedited procedures, exclusive of interest and arbitration costs; (h). The decision of the arbitrator shall be rendered within 60 days after the close of hearings; (i). The Company and the Claimant shall furnish to the other, 30 days prior to the first hearing, a list and identification of all witnesses, and copies of all exhibits intended to be submitted by that party. Ten days prior to the first hearing, each party shall have the right to supplement their intended list of witnesses and provide additional exhibits. Only such witnesses and such exhibits identified by one party or the other may be offered in the arbitration hearings; and (j). Any documents, affidavits or other evidence requested by the arbitrator must be submitted within ten days after conclusion of the arbitration hearings, unless the arbitrator grants additional time. ARTICLE XI--AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION SECTION 11.1 AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN. (a). GENERAL. Although the Company intends to maintain the Supplemental Plan, the Company reserves the right to amend or terminate the Supplemental Plan at any time for whatever purposes it may deem appropriate,
23
except as specifically limited by this Article XI. The Company shall amend, terminate, or suspend the Supplemental Plan only by the action of the Board, except that the Committee shall have the authority to make any amendments that do not decrease the level of benefits payable and that it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Supplemental Plan. (b). AUTOMATIC TERMINATION. The Supplemental Plan may be terminated or suspended only by authorization of the Board, except that the Supplemental Plan shall terminate automatically if there are no Active Participants remaining and all Retirement Benefits, Death Benefits, and Disability Benefits have been paid. (c). PROTECTION OF BENEFITS. No amendment, termination, or suspension of the Supplemental Plan shall be effective to the extent that it reduces: (1) the Retirement Benefit payable to any Participant who has satisfied the conditions of Section 4.1(a)(3) and (4) immediately prior to such amendment, termination or suspension; or (2) Retirement Benefits, Death Benefits or Disability Benefits, which are being paid immediately prior to such amendment, termination or suspension. (d). PROTECTION OF ACTIVE PARTICIPANTS. No amendment, termination, or suspension of the Supplemental Plan shall be effective to the extent that it reduces the Retirement Benefits that an Active Participant may accrue unless the amendment, termination, or suspension also provides that the Active Participant is immediately vested in a Retirement Benefit calculated as if the Active Participant terminated employment immediately prior to the later of the date that the amendment, termination, or suspension is enacted or is effective. (e). CHANGE OF CONTROL. On or after a Change of Control, any amendment, termination, or suspension of the Supplemental Plan shall be effective only upon the written consent of at least eighty-five percent (85 %) of all Participants. The preceding sentence shall not apply to: (1) a termination that occurs under Section 11.1(b); (2) any amendment, termination, or suspension that affects the accrual of Retirement Benefits and that complies with the terms of Section 11.1(c) and (d); or (3) any amendment, termination, or suspension of the Supplemental Plan that reduces Death or Disability Benefits but that: (i) does not reduce Death or Disability Benefit payments that have commenced; and (ii) does not reduce the Death or Disability Benefit that an Active Participant is eligible to receive, calculated as if he or she died or became Disabled as of the later of the effective date or enactment of the amendment, termination, or suspension. SECTION 11.2 CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION. The Company makes a contractual obligation that any amendment, suspension, or termination of the Supplemental Plan shall comply with the terms of Section 11.1.
24
ARTICLE XII--MISCELLANEOUS SECTION 12.1 EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS. Nothing contained in the Supplemental Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment between the Company and the Participant, or as a right of any employee to be continued in the employment of the Company, or as a limitation of the right of the Company to discharge any of its employees, with or without cause. SECTION 12.2 RIGHTS OF THE COMMITTEE. To the extent permitted by law, the Company shall indemnify the Committee (including any officers and employees of the Company appointed to act on behalf of the Committee) and hold such individuals harmless from and against any damages, losses, costs, and expenses incurred (including, without limitation, expenses of investigation and the fees and expenses of counsel) in the course of administering the Supplemental Plan. The Company shall bear all expenses of the Committee incurred in the course of administering the Supplemental Plan. SECTION 12.3 BENEFIT STATEMENTS. At least annually, the Company shall provide a statement of benefits under the Supplemental Plan to all Participants (or Beneficiaries) that includes the information necessary to calculate the possible prospective Retirement Benefit, Disability Benefit, and Death Benefit with respect to the Participant, based upon Participant's compensation through such year. SECTION 12.4 ASSIGNMENT. The benefits payable under the Supplemental Plan may not be assigned or alienated. SECTION 12.5 APPLICABLE LAW. The Supplemental Plan shall be governed by the laws of Delaware. SECTION 12.6 EFFECTIVE DATE. The Supplemental Plan shall take effect as of the Distribution Date. SECTION 12.7 ENTIRE PLAN. This writing is the final expression of the Supplemental Plan and a complete and exclusive statement of its terms, except that to the extent that this Supplemental Plan refers to the Trust, the terms of the Trust Agreement, as of the date immediately preceding a Change of Control, shall be deemed to be incorporated herein. SECTION 12.8 TERMS. Except as required otherwise by the context, capitalized terms that are used in this Supplemental Plan shall have the meaning assigned to them in Article II or elsewhere in this Supplemental Plan. Feminine or neuter pronouns shall be substituted for those of the masculine form and the plural shall be substituted for the singular, in any place or places herein where the context may require such substitution or substitutions. The title and headings of the Sections of this Supplemental Plan are for convenience only, and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Supplemental Plan.
25
SECTION 12.9 WAIVER. Any waiver of or failure to enforce any provision of this Supplemental Plan in any instance shall not be deemed a waiver of such provision as to any other or subsequent instance. ARTICLE XIII--BENEFITS FOR RETIRED WESTERN ATLAS EMPLOYEES SECTION 13.1 BENEFIT PAYMENTS. If, as a result of the spin-off of UNOVA, Inc. from Western Atlas, the parties agree that the Company will assume the benefit obligations under the Western Atlas Plan with respect to certain individuals who are in pay status under the Western Atlas Plan, such benefit obligations shall be provided hereunder as if such benefits accrued under this Supplemental Plan, as it may be amended from time to time. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Supplemental Plan to be executed by its duly authorized officers as of the ____ day of ___________________, 1997. UNOVA, INC.
By: ________________________
WITNESS: _________________
By: ________________________
WITNESS: _________________
26
EXHIBIT 10I UNOVA, INC. RESTORATION PLAN UNOVA, INC. RESTORATION PLAN
iii
SECTION 1 - GENERAL 1.1 PURPOSE - UNOVA, Inc. establishes this Plan effective as of the Distribution Date. The purpose of the Plan is to provide for Annual Benefits to the Affected Employees of the Participating Divisions of UNOVA, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any unit thereof, enumerated in Section 2 and hereinafter referred to collectively as the "Company." An additional purpose of the Plan is to provide for the satisfaction of any Western Atlas Inc. Restoration Plan Benefit and Litton Restoration Plan Benefit previously earned by an employee under the Litton Restoration Plan and the Western Atlas Inc. Restoration Plan, to the extent the obligation for payment of such benefit has been transferred to and assumed by UNOVA, Inc. The Plan is intended to provide benefits solely for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"). Payments under the Plan shall be made either from general assets of the Company or from the assets of a trust which may be established hereunder. It is intended that the Plan remain at all times an unfunded plan for purposes of ERISA and that the trust, if established, shall constitute a grantor trust under Sections 671 through 679 of the Code. 1.2 COVERAGE A. Unless otherwise provided, the provisions of the Plan shall apply to any Affected Employee who incurs a Termination of Employment on or after the Distribution Date. B. Any subsequent amendment to this Plan shall apply only to an Affected Employee who incurs a Termination of Employment on or after the effective date of said amendment, unless said amendment provides otherwise. SECTION 2 - PARTICIPATING DIVISIONS AND SUBSIDIARIES 2.1 PARTICIPATING DIVISIONS OR SUBSIDIARIES - The Participating Divisions and Subsidiaries and their respective participation dates are as set forth in the FSSP. When the name or status of a Participating, Division or Subsidiary is changed, such change shall also be effective for Plan purposes.
1
SECTION 3 - DEFINITIONS As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings defined below: 3.1 ACTUARIAL EQUIVALENT - The definition of such term under the UNOVA, Inc. Retirement Plan, as amended. 3.2 AFFECTED EMPLOYEE - An Affected Employee, for any particular Plan Year, is an individual employed as a common law employee by the Company (except that the Chief Executive Officer of the Company for such Plan Year shall, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, be deemed to have a Part I Restricted Amount of zero for such Plan Year) 8% of whose Annual Compensation for that particular Plan Year exceeds the maximum amount of elective deferrals available to such Affected Employee under a Code section 401(k) plan for such Plan Year and who was a participant in the FSSP, as amended from time to time, for such Plan Year and who contributed his or her legally permissible maximum amount to the FSSP for such Plan Year. 3.3 AFFILIATE COMPANY - Each company fifty percent (50%) or more of whose voting stock is owned directly or indirectly by UNOVA, Inc., its successors or assigns, and which company is not a Participating Division or Subsidiary of the Company participating in the Plan.
3.4 ANNUAL BENEFIT - The portion of the total annual retirement benefit
that an Affected Employee is entitled to with respect to a particular
Plan Year, determined in accordance with Section 6.1, Section 6.2, or
3.5 ANNUAL BENEFIT STATEMENT - The statement given to an Affected Employee for each Plan Year such Affected Employee is entitled to an Annual Benefit under the Plan. All such Annual Benefit Statements shall be in the form prescribed by the Plan Administrator. 3.6 ANNUAL COMPENSATION - An Affected Employee's wages paid by the Company (limited, however, to wages paid by the Company on or after the date the Participating Division by which the Affected Employee is employed became a Participating Division), as determined under section 3121 of the Code without regard to the dollar limitation of section 3121(a)(1) of the Code, plus any amounts treated as excluded from gross income by reason of Code sections 125 and 401(k), excluding therefrom any amount so paid which represents (a) reimbursed expenses, (b) wages not paid in cash, (c) cash received pursuant to the exercise of a stock option or a stock appreciation right, or (d) certain other wage items as may be agreed to from time to time between the Company and one or more Affected Employees; provided, however, that for the Plan Year ending December 31, 1997, wages paid by Western Atlas Inc. shall be taken into
2
account for all purposes under the Plan. 3.7 BOARD - The Board of Directors of UNOVA, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 3.8 BREAK IN CREDITED SERVICE - The definition of such term under the UNOVA, Inc. Retirement Plan, as amended from time to time. 3.9 CHANGE OF CONTROL -
a) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the
meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended [the "Exchange Act"] (a
"Person") of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule
13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 30 percent or more
of either (1) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the
Company (the "Outstanding Company Common Stock") or (2) the
combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities
of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting Securities");
excluding, however, the following acquisitions of Outstanding
Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities:
b) Individuals who, as of the effective date hereof, constitute the Board (the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the effective date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but provided further that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or c) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a reorganization,
3
merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company ("Business Combination"), or if consummation of such Business Combination is subject, at the time of such approval by shareholders, to the consent of any government or governmental agency, the obtaining of such consent (either explicitly or implicitly by consummation); excluding, however, such Business Combination pursuant to which: (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination, will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60 percent of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be; (2) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 30 percent or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed with respect to the Company prior to the Business Combination; and (3) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination will have been members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or d) Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company. 3.10 CODE - The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 3.11 COMMITTEE - The Compensation Committee of the Board, unless at the time no Compensation Committee has been constituted, in which case the
4
Committee shall mean the Board. 3.12 COVERAGE DATE - The Distribution Date, or the date an employee of the Company first becomes an Affected Employee, if later. 3.13 CREDITED SERVICE - The definition of such term under the UNOVA, Inc. Retirement Plan, as amended.
3.14 DESIGNATED FOREIGN CORPORATION - An entity: (a) created under the laws
of a country other than the United States; (b) of which a majority of
the voting shares are owned directly or indirectly by UNOVA, Inc., and
3.15 DISTRIBUTION DATE - The date determined by the Board of Directors of Western Atlas on which the shares of UNOVA, Inc. are distributed by Western Atlas to the holders of Western Atlas common stock. 3.16 FSSP - The UNOVA, Inc. Financial Security and Savings Program, as amended, or the Western Atlas Inc. Financial Security and Savings Program, prior to The Distribution Date. 3.17 INTEREST - The amount of interest (based on a stated rate of interest, compounded annually, as determined by the Board or its delegate) with respect to the Parts I and II Restricted Amounts of all Affected Employees for a particular Plan Year with such rate of interest to be fixed for both of such Restricted Amounts and to commence on the first day of the Plan Year succeeding such particular Plan Year and to continue for all Plan Years thereafter; but such interest shall cease with respect to the Part I and Part II Restricted Amounts of any particular Affected Employee upon the later of: (i) the last day of the month such Affected Employee is projected to attain his or her Normal Retirement Date for purposes of determining the amount of such Affected Employee's annual retirement benefit pursuant to Section 6.1; or (ii) if such Affected Employee attains Retirement after his or her Normal Retirement Date, the last day of the month such Affected Employee attains Retirement. 3.18 LITTON - Litton Industries, Inc., a Delaware corporation. 3.19 LITTON RESTORATION PLAN BENEFIT - The annual benefit earned by an Affected Employee while a participant in the Litton Industries, Inc. Restoration Plan, the obligation for payment of which was assumed by Western Atlas Inc. and, if it has been assumed by UNOVA, Inc., then for purposes of this Plan it shall be treated as a Western Atlas Restoration Plan Benefit. 3.20 PART I RESTRICTED AMOUNT - As applied for any particular Plan Year to a
5
particular Affected Employee, the Part I Restricted Amount, if any, shall be that portion of such Affected Employee's Restricted Amount for such Plan Year which is equal to the excess, if any, of 4% of such Affected Employee's Annual Compensation for such Plan Year over the maximum amount of elective deferrals available to such Affected Employee under Part I of the FSSP for such Plan Year. 3.21 PART II RESTRICTED AMOUNT - As applied for any particular Plan Year to a particular Affected Employee, the Part II Restricted Amount of such Affected Employee shall be equal to 2% of such Affected Employee's Annual Compensation for such Plan Year reduced by one-half (1/2) of the actual amount of elective deferrals made by such Affected Employee to Part II of the FSSP for such Plan Year. 3.22 PLAN - UNOVA, Inc. Restoration Plan. 3.23 PLAN ADMINISTRATOR - The person appointed to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 12. 3.24 PLAN YEAR - The Distribution Date to December 31, 1997 and each calendar year thereafter. 3.25 RESTRICTED AMOUNT - As applied for any particular Plan Year to a particular Affected Employee, the Restricted Amount of such Affected Employee shall be the amount, if any, by which 8% of such Affected Employee's Annual Compensation for the particular Plan Year under consideration exceeds the maximum amount of elective deferrals available to such Affected Employee under a Code section 401(k) plan for such Plan Year. 3.26 RETIREMENT - An Affected Employee who incurs a Termination of Employment attains Retirement under the Plan when he or she is eligible to and elects to receive his or her annual retirement benefit under the Plan except that any Affected Employee who continues to be employed by the Company after his or her Normal Retirement Date shall attain Retirement immediately upon his or her Termination of Employment. 3.27 SPOUSE - A person who has been married to the Affected Employee throughout the one-year period ending on the earlier of the date the Affected Employee's annual retirement benefit commences under the Plan, or the date of the Affected Employee's death. 3.28 TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT - When an Affected Employee is discharged or quits from the Company; provided, however, that such term shall not include an authorized leave of absence from the Company. 3.29 WESTERN ATLAS - Western Atlas Inc., a Delaware corporation. 3.30 WESTERN ATLAS INC. RESTORATION PLAN BENEFIT - The benefit earned by an
6
employee of the Company while a participant in the Western Atlas Inc. Restoration Plan prior to the Distribution Date, the obligation for payment of which has been assumed by UNOVA, Inc. Provided, however, that such benefit shall be taken into account only if the individual who earned the benefit becomes an employee of the Company on or before 90 days following the Distribution Date and had not retired, become disabled or terminated employment pursuant to the Western Atlas Restoration Plan prior to the Distribution Date. SECTION 4 - PARTICIPATION 4.1 PARTICIPATION - Effective as of the Distribution Date, each Affected Employee of the Company shall be a participant in the Plan. SECTION 5 - RETIREMENT DATES 5.1 NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE - An Affected Employee's sixty-fifth (65th) birthday or the completion of five (5) years of Credited Service, if later.
5.2 EARLY RETIREMENT DATE - The date that an eligible Affected Employee
elects to retire and receive an early retirement benefit prior to his
or her Normal Retirement Date. Except as otherwise provided in the
following sentence with respect to the surviving Spouse of a deceased
Affected Employee, an Affected Employee may not elect to receive an
early retirement benefit unless he or she is age sixty-two (62) or
older and is one hundred percent (100%) vested pursuant to Section
5.3 DISABILITY RETIREMENT DATE - The date that an eligible Affected
Employee elects to retire and receive a disability retirement benefit
prior to his or her Normal Retirement Date. An Affected Employee may
not elect to receive a disability retirement benefit unless he or she
is an Affected Employee who becomes totally and permanently disabled
while employed by the Company and who has attained age fifty-five
7
SECTION 6 - AMOUNT OF RETIREMENT INCOME 6.1 NORMAL RETIREMENT BENEFIT a) Any employee of the Company who was an Affected Employee with respect to one or more Plan Years and who attains Retirement on or after his or her Normal Retirement Date and/or who is entitled to a Western Atlas Restoration Plan Benefit, shall be entitled to receive an annual retirement benefit, payable by the Company, which will be equal to ([(i) plus (ii)] multiplied by (iii)), wherein: (i) is equal to the aggregate amount of such Affected Employee's Annual Benefit amounts with respect to all Plan Years during which such Affected Employee was an Affected Employee with each such amount being computed for each such Plan Year in accordance with paragraphs (b) below; wherein (ii) is equal to the aggregate Western Atlas Restoration Plan Benefit, if any, of such employee; and wherein (iii) is equal to the vested percentage of such Affected Employee, determined in accordance with Section 6.4, in his or her annual retirement benefit.
(b)(1) For any particular Plan Year, an Affected Employee's Annual
Benefit attributable to his or her Part I Restricted Amount, if
any, for such Plan Year shall be equal to eighty-five percent
(85%) of the Part I Restricted Amount of such Affected Employee
for such Plan Year reduced by ([the sum of (i) plus (ii)]
multiplied by (iii)), wherein: (i) is equal to the Part I
Restricted Amount of such Affected Employee for such Plan Year;
wherein (ii) is equal to the amount of Interest with respect to
(2) For any particular Plan Year, an Affected Employee's Annual
Benefit attributable to his or her Part II Restricted Amount
shall be equal to ([the sum of (i) plus (ii)] multiplied by
8
Employee's projected age at his or her Normal Retirement Date, or
(3) With respect to the Plan Year ending December 31, 1997, the Annual Benefit of an Affected Employee who was a participant in the Western Atlas Restoration Plan shall not exceed the benefit to which the Affected Employee would have been entitled under the Western Atlas Restoration Plan for such year had such Affected Employee been a participant in such plan until the earlier of his Retirement, death, Termination of Employment or December 31, 1997, offset by the amount actually payable to such Affected Employee under the Western Atlas Inc. Restoration Plan for such Plan Year.
6.2 EARLY RETIREMENT BENEFIT - At his or her Early Retirement Date an
Affected Employee who attains Retirement, or his or her surviving
spouse if a benefit is payable pursuant to Section 7.1 of the Plan,
shall be entitled to an annual early retirement benefit which will be
equal to the annual retirement benefit amount calculated pursuant to
6.3 DISABILITY RETIREMENT BENEFIT - At his or her Disability Retirement Date an Affected Employee who attains Retirement, shall be entitled to an annual disability retirement benefit which will be equal to the normal retirement benefit amount calculated pursuant to Section 6.1(a) above for such Affected Employee reduced by one-half percent (1/2%) for each full month by which his or her Disability Retirement Date precedes his or her Normal Retirement Date. 6.4 VESTING SCHEDULE - An Affected Employee shall be vested in his or her annual retirement benefit under the Plan according to the Company-purchased retirement benefit vesting schedule under the UNOVA, Inc. Retirement Plan, as amended from time to time, except that: (i) for purposes of this Plan only, on the Disability Retirement Date of any Affected Employee, such Affected Employee shall become one hundred percent (100%) vested in his or her annual disability retirement benefit, notwithstanding his actual number of years of Credited Service; (ii) for purposes of this Plan only, if an Affected Employee should die prior to incurring a Termination of Employment, such Affected Employee's Spouse, if any, shall become one hundred percent (100%) vested in his or her annual retirement benefit, notwithstanding, such Affected Employee's
9
actual number of years of Credited Service at the time of his or her death; (iii) for purposes of this Plan only, upon Change of Control, unless the Committee decides otherwise prior to said Change of Control, such Affected Employee shall become one hundred percent (100%) vested in his or her annual retirement benefit. 6.5 INITIAL AND SUBSEQUENT PAYMENT DATES - An Affected Employee's annual retirement benefit shall be payable in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing effective the first of the month following the month the Affected Employee attains Retirement and the first payment shall be made no later than sixty (60) days following the end of the Plan Year in which the Affected Employee attains Retirement, except that no payment shall be made until the date that an Affected Employee files with the Company a request for payment of an annual retirement benefit on a form prescribed by the Plan Administrator. SECTION 7 - DEATH BENEFITS
7.1 PRE-RETIREMENT SPOUSE BENEFIT - If a married Affected Employee dies
after becoming either wholly or partially vested under this Plan and
before commencing to receive an annual retirement benefit, his or her
surviving Spouse shall be entitled to receive an annual benefit,
payable by the Company, commencing on the first day of the month
following the later of the date of death of the Affected Employee or
the date the Affected Employee would have attained his or her Early
Retirement Date, and terminating with the last monthly payment
preceding the surviving Spouse's death. In the case of an Affected
Employee who dies before commencing to receive an annual retirement
benefit, but after he or she has attained his or her Early Retirement
Date, the amount of annual benefit to which such Affected Employee's
surviving Spouse shall be entitled shall be equal to the amount which
would have been payable to the surviving Spouse had the Affected
Employee commenced receiving an annual retirement benefit pursuant to
10
joint and survivor income annuity computed in accordance with Section 9.1 on his or her Normal Retirement Date or his or her Early Retirement Date, whichever is applicable, and died immediately thereafter. 7.2 DEATH AFTER RETIREMENT - Upon the death of an Affected Employee after he or she has attained Retirement, his or her surviving Spouse shall be entitled to an annual benefit, payable by the Company, and determined in accordance with Section 9.1.
11
SECTION 8 - TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT 8.1 RIGHTS OF AFFECTED EMPLOYEES - In the event that an Affected Employee incurs a Termination of Employment, any part of his or her accrued benefit which is not then vested in accordance with Section 6.4 shall be forfeited. Such amount forfeited shall not be restored unless such Affected Employee is reemployed by the Company and has not incurred a Break in Credited Service prior to such reemployment by the Company. 8.2 TRANSFER OF EMPLOYMENT - If an Affected Employee transfers from a category of employment covered by the Plan to a category of employment not covered by the Plan but who continues to be employed either with UNOVA, Inc., with any Affiliate Company or with a Designated Foreign Corporation, said Affected Employee shall not be deemed to have incurred a Termination of Employment. SECTION 9 - FORMS OF RETIREMENT INCOME 9.1 JOINT AND SURVIVOR INCOME ANNUITY - The annual retirement benefit of an Affected Employee who is married at the time he or she attains Retirement shall be payable by the Company, to the Affected Employee in twelve (12) equal monthly payments commencing with the first calendar month after the Affected Employee attains Retirement and shall be payable for his or her life, and shall continue to be payable monthly to his or her surviving Spouse, following the death of the Affected Employee, for the life of the surviving Spouse. Payments will cease with the last payment made prior to the date of the death of the surviving Spouse. Such annual retirement benefit shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of a straight life annuity computed in accordance with Section 6.1, Section 6.2, or Section 6.3, whichever is applicable, payable for the life of the Affected Employee. Any such survivor benefit shall be equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the annual retirement benefit payable during the joint lives of the Affected Employee and his or her surviving Spouse. 9.2 STRAIGHT LIFE ANNUITY - If an Affected Employee does not have a Spouse at the time he or she attains Retirement, his or her annual retirement benefit shall be payable by the Company, in the form of a straight life annuity for the life of the Affected Employee and shall be payable in twelve (12) equal monthly payments commencing with the first calendar month after the Affected Employee attains Retirement. Payments will cease with the last payment made prior to the date of death of the Affected Employee. The amount of the annual retirement benefit will be computed in accordance with Section 6.1, Section 6.2, or Section 6.3, whichever is applicable. 9.3 FORM OF BENEFIT ON CHANGE OF CONTROL - Notwithstanding the other
12
provisions of this Section, upon a Change of Control, benefits payable to an Affected Employee who remains employed by the Company, shall be paid in a lump sum payment equal to the Actuarial Equivalent at the age of the Affected Employee as of the date of Change of Control of a single life annuity payable at the later of age 65 or, if the Affected Employee had remained in continuous employment with the Company after attaining age 65, the age of the Affected Employee at the date of Change of Control or at the date Affected Employee's employment terminated, whichever is earlier, unless the Committee decides otherwise prior to said Change of Control. SECTION 10 - MISCELLANEOUS 10.1 RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS - Any payment to any Affected Employee, his or her surviving Spouse or to his or her legal representative or to any committee appointed for such Affected Employee or surviving Spouse in accordance with the provisions of this Plan shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of such benefit claim under the Plan. As a condition precedent to the payment, such Affected Employee, surviving Spouse, legal representative or committee may be required to execute a receipt and release therefor in such form as shall be determined by the Plan Administrator. 10.2 DISPUTE AS TO BENEFIT PAYMENTS - Upon written notice to the Plan Administrator that there is a dispute as to the proper recipient of any benefits not yet distributed under the Plan, the Plan Administrator may in his or her sole discretion enter into any arrangement necessary to prevent the benefits from being paid to the wrong party until the dispute shall have been determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or settled by the claimants concerned. 10.3 NO CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT - Nothing herein contained shall be construed as giving any Affected Employee the right to be retained in the service of the Company, nor upon dismissal or upon his or her voluntary Termination of Employment, to have any right or interest in this Plan other than as provided herein. 10.4 COMMUTATION OF BENEFIT - If the amount of the annual retirement benefit payable hereunder to any Affected Employee or to his or her surviving Spouse is less than one hundred dollars ($100.00) per month, payment of the Actuarial Equivalent of such payments may be made in a lump sum in full settlement of all sums payable hereunder. 10.5 ASSIGNMENT - The benefits payable under the Plan may not be assigned or alienated.
13
10.6 APPLICABLE LAW - The Plan shall be governed by the laws of Delaware. 10.7 TERMS - Except as required otherwise by the context, capitalized terms that are used in the Plan shall have the meaning assigned to them in Article II or elsewhere in the Plan. Feminine or neuter pronouns shall be substituted for those of the masculine form and the plural shall be substituted for the singular, in any place or places herein where the context may require such substitution or substitutions. The title and headings of the Sections of this Plan are for convenience only, and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of the Plan. 10.8 WAIVER - Any waiver of or failure to enforce any provision of this Plan in any instance shall not be deemed a waiver of such provision as to any other or subsequent instance. 10.9 SEVERABILITY - In the event that any provision of this Plan shall be declared illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Plan but shall be fully severable, and this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein. 10.10 UNFUNDED TOP HAT PLAN - It is the Company's intention that this Plan be a Top Hat Plan, defined as an unfunded plan maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as provided in Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), and 401(a)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time. The Company may establish and fund one or more trusts for the purpose of paying some or all of the benefits promised to Affected Employees under the Plan; provided, however, that (i) any such trust(s) shall at all times be subject to the claims of the Company's general creditors in the event of the insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, and (ii) notwithstanding the creation or funding of any such trust(s), the Company shall remain primarily liable for any obligation hereunder. Notwithstanding the establishment of any such trust(s), the Affected Employees shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of any such trust or of the Company. SECTION 11 - AMENDMENT OR DISCONTINUANCE, ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES AND COORDINATION OF BENEFITS 11.1 AMENDMENT OF PLAN - Unless otherwise stated in a particular amendment, UNOVA, Inc., or its corporate successor, is designated the agent for the Company to alter, amend or change the Plan on behalf of all the Participating Divisions enumerated in Section 2; and each Participating
14
Division agrees, so long as it shall be a Participating Division under the Plan, to be governed by the resolutions of the agent acting on behalf of the Participating Divisions. The Company may amend the Plan in its sole discretion in any manner or at any time. No amendment to the Plan shall retroactively adversely affect benefits to which the Affected Employees are entitled. 11.2 FREEZING PLAN BENEFITS - The Company intends and expects to continue the Plan indefinitely, but necessarily reserves the right at any time to discontinue, in whole or part, future benefits under the Plan. No Affected Employee shall have any rights to benefits beyond the freeze date. Solely for purposes of computing the Affected Employee's vesting under Section 6.4, Credited Service, if any, with the Company after the freeze date shall be taken into account. 11.3 TERMINATION OF PLAN - The Company intends and expects to continue the Plan indefinitely, but necessarily reserves the right at any time or times to terminate the Plan (including the partial termination of the Plan). If the Plan is so terminated and is not continued by a successor employer or merged into another plan of the Company or a successor employer, each Affected Employee who is employed by the Company at such time shall be vested one hundred percent (100%) in his or her annual retirement benefit, notwithstanding the actual number of his or her years of Credited Service. 11.4 MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION - In the event of any merger or consolidation of the Plan with any other plan of deferred compensation maintained or to be established for the benefit of all or some of the Affected Employees of this Plan, each Affected Employee shall (if either this Plan or the other Plan then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit he or she would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated). 11.5 ASSUMPTION OF LIABILITIES - If as a result of the spin-off of the Company from Western Atlas, the parties agree that the Company will assume the benefit obligations under the Western Atlas Inc. Restoration Plan with respect to certain individuals who are on pay status under the Western Atlas Inc. Restoration Plan, such benefit obligations shall be provided hereunder as if such benefit accrued under the Plan, as amended from time to time. 11.6 COORDINATION OF BENEFITS - In the event an Affected Employee is or was also a participant in a similar restoration plan for highly compensated employees within the meaning of Section 201(2), 301(a) and 401(a) of the Title I of ERISA and maintained by the Company or Western Atlas (a
15
"Subsidiary Plan"), the Plan Administrator shall have the power and authority to reduce or modify the benefits payable under this Plan in order to integrate the benefits with the benefits payable under the Subsidiary Plan. SECTION 12 - PLAN ADMINISTRATION 12.1 PLAN ADMINISTRATOR A. GENERAL - A Plan Administrator appointed by and serving at the pleasure of the Board of Directors of the Company shall be responsible for the supervision and control of the operation and administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall not have the right to alter or change any terms of the Plan, such right being retained solely by the Board of Directors of the Company and any Committee thereof to which the Board of Directors may have delegated such right. B. SPECIFIC POWERS AND DUTIES - The Plan Administrator shall have all powers and duties, express and implied, necessary to carry out the supervision and control of the Plan, as provided above, which shall include, but not by way of limitation, the following: (1) To interpret the Plan and to decide any and all matters arising hereunder; including the right to remedy possible ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions; provided, however, that all such interpretations and decisions shall be applied in a uniform manner to all Affected Employees similarly situated; (2) To compute the amount of retirement benefit which shall be payable to any Affected Employee or Spouse in accordance with the provisions of the Plan; (3) To authorize payments under the Plan; and (4) To establish a claims procedure to provide each Affected Employee or Spouse a full and fair review of any denial, in whole or part, of a claim for benefits. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan to be executed by its duly authorized officers as of the ___ day of _________________, 1997. UNOVA, INC.
16
17
EXHIBIT 10J EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is between Intermec Corporation, a Washington corporation (the "Corporation"), and Michael Ohanian (the "Executive"), and dated this 18th day of May, 1995 (the "Effective Date"). WHEREAS, the Corporation wishes to retain the services of the Executive for a certain period of time; WHEREAS, the Executive wishes to enter into and remain in the employ of the Corporation during such period. NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows: 1. EMPLOYMENT PERIOD. The Corporation hereby agrees to engage and continue the Executive in its employ, and the Executive hereby agrees to remain in the employ of the Corporation, for the period commencing on the Effective Date of this Agreement and ending on February 28, 1997 (the "Employment Period"). 2. DUTIES. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall perform such managerial duties and responsibilities of the Corporation as may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or by any superior officer of the Corporation. During the Employment Period, the Executive shall accept such office or offices to which he may be elected by the Board of Directors of the Corporation. 3. BASE SALARY. During the Employment Period, the Corporation shall pay the Executive a base salary of $250,000. per annum, payable in bi-weekly installments. 4. BENEFITS. In addition to the salary provided by Section 3, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Corporation's life insurance plan, disability, plan, medical and dental, health and accident and other benefits and prerequisites reasonably comparable to those applicable to other officers of the Corporation. The Corporation recognizes that the Executive was previously employed by the Corporation and will recognize that previous employment in calculating seniority or time in service if either is relevant to any of the benefits described in the first sentence of this Section 4. The Executive shall be entitled to four (4) weeks vacation per calendar year and to such personal and sick leave as may be established by Corporation policy for officers of the Corporation. 5. HIRING BONUS. The Executive will receive a Hiring Bonus of $50,000., payable within thirty (30) days of the Effective Date. 6. EXECUTIVE FLEX BENEFIT. The Executive will receive an Executive Flex Benefit of $7,500 per calendar year, pro-rated for any calendar year in which the Executive is not employed for the full year. 7. PERFORMANCE BONUS. The Executive will receive a Performance Bonus for each fiscal year during any part of which he is employed, such Performance Bonus to be pro-rated to reflect that portion of the year in which he was employed. The maximum bonus payable for any fiscal year will be 100% of the base salary payable for that fiscal year (or the pro-rated portion thereof), with the performance goals and targets to be mutually-agreed by the Corporation and the Executive no later than June 23, 1995. The Performance Bonus plan must be approved in writing by the Executive Vice President for Industrial Automation Systems of Western Atlas Inc.
-2-
In the event that the Corporation and the Executive are not able to reach
agreement on the terms of the Performance Bonus plan by June 23, 1995, the
Corporation may, at its sole option, terminate this Agreement without further
obligation to the Executive, except that in such an event of termination by the
Corporation the parties agree that any Consultant Agreement which was in effect
on May 17, 1995 will be reinstated and will continue to be observed as if it had
not been terminated. Further, any Hiring Bonus which had been received by the
Executive will be returned by the Executive to the Corporation within thirty
8. COMPANY CAR. The Corporation will provide an automobile for the Executive's use and will be responsible for the ordinary expenses of operating and maintaining such automobile during the period of the Executive's employment, provided that the Corporation will not be responsible for any damages to persons or property except to the extent such is covered by the Corporation's automobile liability insurance. The automobile furnished will be consistent with those provided to the presidents of other operating divisions of Western Atlas Inc. 9. FSSP. The Executive will be eligible to participate in the Corporation's FSSP retirement and savings plan to the extent allowed and under the conditions set out in the plan. 10. CONSULTANT AGREEMENT. The parties agree that the Consultant Agreement between the Executive and the Corporation dated the 15th of July, 1994, as amended on September 5, 1994, will be terminated by the parties, effective May 18, 1995. The Executive will receive any compensation due under that Consultant Agreement through the end of May, 1995. The parties further agree that at the end of the Employment Period they will enter into a new Consultant
-3-
Agreement with terms substantially similar to those of the Consultant Agreement described above in this Section 10, except that the new agreement will be for a period of one year, with a basic compensation rate of $2,500 per day for the first three days in any calendar month, $1,500 for any additional days in any calendar month, and a minimum monthly payment of $7,500. 11. COMPETITION; CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. The Executive and the Corporation recognize that, due to the nature of his association with the Corporation, the Executive has had access to and has acquired, will have access to and will acquire, and has assisted in and may assist in developing, confidential and proprietary information relating to the business and operation of the Corporation and its affiliates. The Executive acknowledges that such information has been and will continue to be of central importance to the business of the Corporation and its affiliates and that disclosure of it to others or to use by others could cause substantial loss to the Corporation. The Executive and the Corporation also recognize than an important part of the Executive's duties will be to develop good will or the Corporation through his personal contact with others having business relationships with the Corporation and its affiliates, and that there is a danger that this good will, a proprietary asset of the Corporation and its affiliates, may follow the Executive if and when his relationship with the Corporation is terminated. In consideration of the benefits and compensation to be received by the Executive under this Agreement, the Executive accordingly agrees as follows: 11.1. NON-COMPETITION. From the date of this Agreement and until the earlier of the end of one year after the end of the Employment Period or six months after the end of any Severance Period resulting from a termination under Paragraph 12.2, the Executive will not, directly or indirectly, either individually or as owner, partner, agent, employee, consultant or
-4-
otherwise, except for the account of and on behalf of the Corporation or its affiliates, engage in any activity competitive with the business of the Corporation or its affiliates. However, nothing in this Section 11 shall be construed to prevent the Executive from owning, as an investment, up to 1% of a class of equity securities issued by any competitor of the Corporation that is publicly traded and registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. 11.2. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION. The Executive will not disclose any confidential information of the Corporation or its affiliates which is now known to him or which hereafter may become known to him as a result of his employment or association with the Corporation or its affiliates and shall not at any time directly or indirectly disclosure any such information to any person, firm or corporation, or use the same in any way other than in connection with the business of the Corporation or its affiliates during and at all times after the expiration of the Employment Period. 11.3. CORPORATION'S REMEDIES FOR BREACH. It is recognized that damages in the event of breach of this Section 11 by the Executive would be difficult, if not impossible, to ascertain, and it is therefore agreed that the Corporation, in addition to and without limiting any other remedy or night it may have, shall have the right to an injunction or other equitable relief in any court of competent jurisdiction, enjoining any such breach, and the Executive hereby waives any and all defenses he may have on the ground of lack of jurisdiction or competence of the court to grant such an injunction or other equitable relief. The existence of this right shall not preclude the Corporation from pursuing any other rights and remedies at law or in equity which the Corporation may have.
-5-
11.4. BREACH OF THIS SECTION 11. The Executive agrees that there
shall be no obligation on the part of the Corporation to provide any further
payments or benefits (other than benefits or payments already earned or accrued)
described in Sections 3 through 8 if, between the date of this Agreement and the
end of the Employment Period, the Executive shall breach the provisions of this
12. TERMINATION. 12.1. PERFORMANCE AND TERMINATION - EMPLOYMENT PERIOD. Subject to the performance of the covenants and agreements made by the Corporation herein, the Executive will perform his duties during the Employment Period in good faith and will observe faithfully the covenants and agreements made by him herein. The Executive shall not be discharged during the Employment Period except for substantial and serious cause involving dishonesty, moral turpitude, or material breach of express obligations of this Agreement within the control of the Executive. The discharge of the Executive for reasons other than those specified in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a discharge without justifiable cause. No breach or default by the Executive shall be deemed to have occurred hereunder unless written notice thereof shall have been given by the Corporation to the Executive and the Executive shall have failed to cure the breach or default within 30 days after he receives the notice. 12.2. EXECUTIVE'S REMEDIES FOR TERMINATION. During the Employment Period, if the Corporation shall terminate the Executive (other than for causes provided in Paragraph 12. 1), then the Executive shall nevertheless, for the period which begins at the date of such termination and ends at February 28, 1997 (the "Severance Period"), continue to receive the salary, a bonus
-6-
(equal to the target bonus in effect at the time of the termination, to the extent the relevant target has been achieved) and the other compensation and employee benefits that the Corporation has in Sections 3 through 8 agreed to pay and to provide for the Executive, in each case in the amount of kind and at the time provided for in Sections 3 through 8. The parties agree that, because there can be no exact measure of the damage which would occur to the Executive as a result of a breach by the Corporation, the foregoing payments and benefits shall be deemed to constitute liquidated damages and not a penalty for the Corporation's breach, and the Corporation agrees that the Executive shall not be required to mitigate his damages and the Corporation shall not be entitled to any offset for amounts payable by other employers or otherwise earned by the Executive during the remaining term of the Employment Period, provided however the Corporation shall not be obligated to continue benefits such as life insurance, disability insurance, medical and dental, health and accident coverage to the extent the Executive receives such benefits from another employer. Executive agrees to promptly inform the Corporation as to the receipt of such benefits during the Severance Period. 13. EFFECT OF DEATH OR DISABILITY. The death or disability of the Executive shall have no effect on the Corporation's obligation to continue to make payments of salary and bonuses, and benefits (to the extent such are for the benefit of the Executive's spouse and/or dependents) for the remaining term of the Severance Period, provided however that the amount of such payments shall be reduced, but not below zero, by any amounts received by the Executive and his personal representative or his heirs pursuant to life insurance or disability plans maintained or provided by the Corporation.
-7-
14. WAIVERS. The waiver by either party of a breach of the other party of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach. 15. NOTICES. Any notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and if personally served, or sent by registered or certified mail to Executive at the last address he has filed in writing with the Corporation or, in the case of the Corporation, at its principal executive offices. 16. NON-ALIENATION. The Executive shall not have any right to pledge, hypothecate, anticipate or in any way create a lien upon any amounts provided under this Agreement, and no benefits payable hereunder shall be assignable in anticipation of payment either by voluntary or involuntary acts, or by operation of law. 17. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Washington.
-8-
18. AMENDMENTS. This Agreement may not be changed, waived or discharged orally, but only by an instrument in writing, signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver or discharge is sought. 19. SUCCESSORS. This Agreement shall extend to and be binding upon the Corporation, its successors and assigns. For purposes of this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to the Corporation shall include its subsidiaries and affiliated persons. 20. SEVERABILITY. In the event that any provision or portion of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect. 21. HEADINGS. The headings of the paragraphs in this Agreement are solely for convenience or reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement.
-9-
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written, which is agreed to be the Effective Date of this Agreement.
-10-
AMENDMENT NO. 1
This Amendment No. 1, effective the 28th day of February 1997, is made to that certain Employment Agreement between Intermec Corporation and Michael Ohanian, dated the 18th day of May, 1995 (hereinafter called the "Agreement"). WHEREAS, the parties to the Agreement wish to extend the Employment Period described in the Agreement from February 28, 1997 to February 28, 1998. NOW THEREFORE, by mutual agreement of the parties, the Agreement is hereby amended as follows: 1. TERM OF AGREEMENT: The date "February 28, 1997" which appears in numbered Paragraphs 1, EMPLOYMENT PERIOD, and 12.2, EXECUTIVE'S REMEDIES FOR TERMINATION, is hereby changed to read "February 28, 1998." 2. COMPENSATION: The base salary set forth in numbered Paragraph 3, BASE PAY, shall be $300,000 for the period of March 1, 1997 through February 28, 1998. All references to "Hiring Bonus," contained in the Agreement are deleted. 3. PERFORMANCE BONUS: Numbered Paragraph 7, PERFORMANCE BONUS, is deleted and replaced with the following: 7. PERFORMANCE BONUS: The Executive is eligible to receive a Performance Bonus for each fiscal year starting January 1, 1997 during any part of which he is employed, such Performance Bonus to be pro-rated to reflect that portion of the year in which he was employed. The maximum bonus payable for any given fiscal year shall be 125% of base salary payable for that fiscal year (or the prorated portion thereof, provided however, that any such Performance Bonus is subject to the provisions of the Western Atlas Inc., 1995 Incentive Compensation Plan. 4. OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS: Except as modified herein all other terms and conditions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as originally written. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have signed and delivered this Amendment No. 1 as of the date first written above.
Title: ________________________
-2-
|
Globe24h | Business | 中国 | Danmark | Deutschland | España | France | Italia | 日本 | Magyarország | Nederland | Norge | Polska | Portugal | România | Dezvăluiri